SERIES PUBLICATIONS OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

Emphasis upon publication as a means of “diffusing knowledge” was expressed by the first Secretary of the Smithsonian. In his formal plan for the Institution, Joseph Henry outlined a program that included the following statement: “It is proposed to publish a series of reports, giving an account of the new discoveries in science, and of the changes made from year to year in all branches of knowledge.” This theme of basic research has been adhered to through the years by thousands of titles issued in series publications under the Smithsonian imprint. commencing with Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge in 1848 and continuing with the following active series:

Smithsonian Contributions to Anthropology

Smithsonian Contributions to Botany

Smithsonian Contributions to the Earth Sciences

Smithsonian Contributions to the Marine Sciences

Smithsonian Contributions to Paleobiology

Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology

Smithsonian Folklife Studies

Smithsonian Studies in Air and Space

Smithsonian Studies in History and Technology

In these series, the Institution publishes small papers and full-scale monographs that report the research and collections of its various museums and bureaux or of professional colleagues in the world of science and scholarship. The publications are distributed by mailing lists to libraries, universities, and similar institutions throughout the world.

Papers or monographs submitted for series publication are received by the Smithsonian Institution Press, subject to its own review for format and style, only through departments of the various Smithsonian museums or bureaux, where the manuscripts are given substantive review. Press requirements for manuscript and art preparation are outlined on the inside back cover.

Robert McC. Adams

Secretary

Smithsonian Institution

SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO ZOOLOGY • NUMBER 543

The Caridean Shrimps (Crustacea: Decapoda) of the Albatross Philippine Expedition 1907–1910, Part 6: Superfamily Palaemonoidea

Fenner A. Chace, Jr., and A.J. Bruce

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION PRESS

Washington, D.C.

1993

ABSTRACT

Chace, Fenner A., Jr., and A.J. Bruce. The Caridean Shrimps (Crustacea: Decapoda) of the Albatross Philippine Expedition, 1907–1910, Part 6: Superfamily Palaemonoidea. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, number 543, 152 pages 23 figures, 1993.—World checklists are proposed for 194 presumably valid species and subspecies of the genus Macrobrachium, together with their synonyms and type localities, and for 70 recognized genera and 408 valid species and subspecies of the subfamily Pontoniinae, with their synonyms, type species, and type localities. Keys are offered to the families and subfamilies of the superfamily Palaemonoidea, to all recognized genera of the Pontoniinae, Gnathophyllidae, and the genera and species of the Hymenoceridae, to the Indo-Pacific genera of the Palaemoninae, to all species and subspecies of Leander, Leandrites, Leptocarpus, Nematopalaemon, Urocaridella, Anchistus, Coralliocaris, Dasella, Dasycaris, Hamodactylus, Harpiliopsis, Jocaste, Onycocaris, Palaemonella, Paranchistus, and Gnathophyllum, and to the Philippine-Indonesian species of Macrobrachium, Periclimenaeus, and Periclimenes. The following new species are described: Urocaridella vestigialis from Selat Butung, Celebes, Indonesia, in 68 meters; Periclimenes albatrossae from the South China Sea off western Luzon, Philippines, in 315 meters; and Periclimenes calcaratus from Albay Gulf, southeastern Luzon, Philippines, in about 267 meters. The specimen from Kepulauan Kai, Indonesia, identified by Holthuis (1952) as Periclimenaeus truncatus (Rathbun, 1906) proves to be distinct from that species and is designated as the holotype of the new species Periclimenaeus truncoideus.

OFFICIAL PUBLICATION DATE is handstamped in a limited number of initial copies and is recorded in the institution's annual report, Smithsonian Year. SERIES COVER DESIGN: The coral Montastrea cavernosa (Linnaeus).

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

(Revised fot Pt. 6)

Chace, Fenner Albert

The Caridean shrimps (Crustaces–Decapoda) of the Albatross Philippine Expedition, 1907–1910

(Smithsonian contributions to zoology ; no. 381–)

Includes bibliographies.

Supt. of Docs. no. SI 1.27:381

Supt. of Docs. no. SI 1.27:432

Contents: Pt. 1 Family Stylodactylidae—Pt. 2 Families Glyphocrangonidae and Crangonidae—[etc.]—Pt. 6. Superfamily Palaemonoidea.

1. Shrimps—Philippines—Classification. 2. Crustacea—Classification. 3. Crustacea Philippines—Classification. I. Title. II. Series: Smithsonian contributions to zoology ; no. 381, etc.

QL1.S54 no. 381, etc. 591s 83–600061 [QL444.M33 [595.3'843e]

art The paper used in this publication meets the minimum requirements of the American National Standard for Permanence of Paper for Printed Library Materials Z39.48—1984.

The Caridean Shrimps (Crustacea: Decapoda) of the Albatross Philippine Expedition, 1907–1910, Part 6: Superfamily Palaemonoidea

Fenner A. Chace, Jr., and A.J. Bruce

____________

Fenner A. Chace, Jr., Department of Invertebrate Zoology, National-Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. A.J. Bruce, Northern Territory Museum of Arts and Sciences, G.P.O. Box 4646, Darwin, N.T., 0801, Australia.

Introduction

General considerations about the Albatross Philippine Expedition and its collections have been presented in Part 1 of this series (Chace, 1983). Repeated below are those format particulars that are common to all of the parts.

The taxa numbered and itemized are those known from the Philippines and Indonesia, whether or not they are represented in the Albatross collections; those taken by that Expedition are indicated by an asterisk (*). The genera and species are arranged alphabetically, and the latter are numbered sequentially by order of appearance in the taxonomic portion of the report. The generic entries comprise at least the original reference, followed by designation of the type species and of the gender of the generic name, a diagnosis, and the geographic and, sometimes, bathymetric ranges of the genus. The original reference and range are given for each extraterritorial species and subspecies cited. There has been no attempt to list all references under the taxa headings in the text. Usually the species and subspecies entries are limited to (1) the original reference and type locality of both senior and junior synonyms mentioned; (2) a reference to a published illustration, if possible; (3) a diagnosis; and (4) the range of the taxon. Under “Material” of species and subspecies represented in the Albatross collections are listed the following particulars when known: (1) general locality; (2) station number; (3) latitude and longitude; (4) depth in meters (in brackets when estimated); (5) character of bottom; (6) bottom temperature in degrees Celsius; (7) date and astronomical time intervals (hours between midnight and midnight) that the gear operated at the indicated depth; (8) gear used; and (9) the number and sex of the specimens, with minimum and maximum postorbital carapace lengths in millimeters, in brackets (the numbers and size ranges of ovigerous females are included in the female totals, as well as separately). Additional station data may be available in Anonymous (1910).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.—If this study had been conducted in one of the physical sciences, the names of at least five of our colleagues would certainly have been added to the by-line. Austin B. Williams, Raymond B. Manning, Brian Kensley, L.B. Holthuis, and Alain Crosnier have made major contributions (some of them covert) to whatever value this report may convey. To identify the respective nature of those offerings might falsely suggest specific critical negligence as a cause of inadvertent errors in the post-review draft of this treatise. The individual benefactors know what they contributed, as do we, and we take this opportunity to thank them to the best of our ability for their sacrifice of personal research time in a truly selfless attempt to improvethe chances for significant progress in research on the palaemonoid shrimps. In addition to the assistance from the five colleagues mentioned above, we must note the special help received from the exchange of Macrobrachium checklists with Guido A. Pereira S. of the Instituto de Zoologia, Universidad Central de Venezuela, during his doctoral residency at the University of Maryland and the Smithsonian Institution.

*PALAEMONOIDEA Rafinesque, 1815

PALEMONIA Rafinesque, 1815:98.

PALAEMONIDAE Bruce, 1986a:469.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum immovable; 2nd maxilliped with distal segments articulating serially, not side by side, on penultimate segment; 3rd maxilliped composed of no more than 6 segments; pereopods without exopods or arthrobranchs, epipods, if present, not large, not extending dorsad into branchial chamber; 1st and 2nd pair of pereopods distinctly chelate, dactyl meeting opposing finger when flexed, not crossing, chelae not terminating in dense brushes of long setae; 1st pereopod not stouter than 2nd; 2nd pereopod with undivided carpus.

FIGURE 1.—The Philippines and central Indonesia, showing the positions of Albatross offshore stations at which caridean shrimps were obtained.

RANGE.—Cosmopolitan; freshwater and marine, to a depth of 1820 meters, also subterranean.

CLASSIFICATION.—The following key, modified from the one in Bruce (1986a:469), is still far from definitive. It reflects the belief that Bathypalaemonella Balss, 1914a, and Campylonotus Bate, 1888, which may or may not comprise the family Campylonotidae Sollaud, 1913, probably are not closely related to the genera here assigned to the superfamily Palaemonoidea. It also discloses our tentative conclusion that Gnathophyllum, Gnathophylloides, Pycnocaris, and Levicaris, because of their probably similar larval morphology, are related to the Pontoniinae but that they are distinguished sufficiently from that palaemonid subfamily by their unique, although diverse, mouthparts to negate the possibility of synonymy, thereby preserving the familiar name of the subfamily. There seems to be little doubt that the similarly unique anterior appendages of Hymenocera—to a lesser extent Phyllognathia—are of familial importance. Likewise, although Anchistioides seems to differ little from some of the pontoniines, its larvae, as described by Gurney (1936), seem to us to support familial separation on the basis of seemingly minor adult morphological details. Finally, the virtually single characters that distinguish the Eurafrican and South American freshwater genera Desmocaris, Sollaud, 1911, Euryrhynchus, Miers, 1877, and Typhlocaris Calman, 1909, may be important enough to justify familial recognition of each of those genera. On the other hand, the protean nature of the 70 pontoniine genera currently recognized is such as to overshadow the couple of seemingly evanescent differences that separate them from the other palaemonid genera.

Key to Families and Subfamilies of Palaemonoidea

*PALAEMONIDAE Rafinesque, 1815

PALAEMONIA Rafinesque, 1815:98.

PALAEMONIDAE.—Samouelle, 1819:96.

DIAGNOSIS.—Carapace without complete longitudinal suture; telson usually with 2 or 3 pairs of spines on posterior margin; antennule with 2 completely separate flagella, 1 with accessory branch; mandible usually with incisor process; 1st maxilla with mesial coxal lobe not unusually large, mesial basal lobe not reduced; 2nd maxilla with 0, 1, or 2 endites; 1st maxilliped with exopodal lash; 2nd maxilliped with marginal setae on distal segment not especially stout or dense; 3rd maxilliped with antepenultimate segment neither articulated with nor much wider than next proximal segment; 2nd pereopod with dactyl usually not distinctly serrate on extensor margin; 2nd pleopod with appendix masculina in male.

RANGE.—Cosmopolitan, freshwater and marine; littoral to 1285 meters.

*PALAEMONINAE Rafinesque, 1815

DIAGNOSIS.—Telson usually armed with 2 pairs of posterior spines (usually 3 pairs in Coutierella) and 2 or more submedian setae; 3rd maxilliped usually with 2 arthrobranchs.

RANGE.—Cosmopolitan, freshwater and marine; subterranean, littoral, and pelagic to 170 meters.

REMARKS.—The 11 palaemonine genera from the Indo-Pacific region recognized herein are incorporated in the following key.

The remaining genera assigned to this subfamily are confined to fresh water in the Americas or western Africa and are included in the comprehensive key in Holthuis (1955:43), except two genera from subterranean fresh water in Mexico: Bithynops Holthuis, 1974a:135, and Neopalaemon Hobbs, 1973a:25, both of which may be referred to in Hobbs, Hobbs, and Daniel (1977:46, 52).

Key to Indo-West Pacific Genera of Palaemoninae

Exopalaemon Holthuis, 1950

Exopalaemon Holthuis, 1950a:5,9,45 [type species, by original designation: Palaemon styliferus H. Milne Edwards, 1840:638; gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum with elevated dentate basal crest; carapace with branchiostegal spine and branchiostegal suture, without hepatic spine; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; mandible with palp; 3 posterior pairs of pereopods with dactyl simple, not biunguiculate, shorter than propodus; endopod of male 1st pleopod without appendix interna.

RANGE.—Indonesia, Vietnam, China, Korea, Japan; littoral, also brackish and fresh water.

REMARKS.—The characteristically crested rostrum seems sufficient to justify full generic status for the six or seven species originally assigned to the subgenus Exopalaemon by Holthuis (1950a). Only the type species has been recorded from the Philippine-Indonesian region.

1. Exopalaemon styliferus (H. Milne Edwards, 1840)

P[alaemon] longirostris H. Milne Edwards, 1837:394 [type locality: mouth of the Ganges; not P. longirostris H. Milne Edwards, 1837:392].

P[alaemon] styliferus H. Milne Edwards, 1840:638.

Leander styliferus.—Kemp, 1917:214, figs. 5, 6a, b, pl. 8: fig. 2.

Palaemon (Exopalaemon) styliferus.—Holthuis, 1950a:46, fig. 8.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum armed with 5–7 teeth on basal crest, 1–3 dorsal subterminal teeth, and 6–10 ventral teeth; 4 posterior abdominal somites not sharply carinate in dorsal mid-line; antennular peduncle with distolateral spine on basal segment barely overreaching adjacent distal margin of segment, free part of shorter branch of dorsolateral flagellum several times as long as fused part; 2nd pereopod with carpus considerably shorter than chela; 3rd pereopod with dactyl no more than art as long as propodus; maximum carapace length nearly 20 mm.

RANGE.—India, Pakistan, Burma, Thailand, Borneo, and Java; shallow, salt, brackish, and fresh water.

*Leander E. Desmarest, 1849

Leander E. Desmarest, 1849:92 [type species, by monotypy: Leander erraticus E. Desmarest, 1849:92 (= Palaemon tenuicornis Say. 1818:249); gender: masculine].

Cryptoleander Gurney, 1938:35 [this name was proposed as a uninomial collective-group name; Gurney and Lebour (1941:145, 159) referred Leander tenuicornis to the name, thereby according it true generic status].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum without elevated basal crest; carapace with submarginal branchiostegal spine, without hepatic spine or branchiostegal suture; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; mandible with palp; 3 posterior pairs of pereopods with dactyl simple, not biunguiculate, shorter than propodus; endopod of male 1st pleopod with appendix interna.

RANGE.—Red Sea to Japan, Philippines, Indonesia, Australia, New Zealand, western Atlantic, eastern Atlantic, and Mediterranean; on floating weed in the open sea and among attached plants in shallow water.

REMARKS.—It is suggested that Urocaridella, which was treated as a synonym of Leander by Holthuis (1950a:6 and 1955:45), be reestablished as a distinct genus. Only the three species covered in the following key are therefore recognized herein as belonging to this genus.

Key to Species of Leander

2. Leander kempi Holthuis, 1950

Leander kempi Holthuis, 1950a:31 [type locality: Manado anchorage, northeastern Celebes (55 meters) and Beo, Kepulauan Talaud].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not sexually dimorphic; 4th and 5th abdominal somites with pleuron rounded, unarmed; basal antennular segment with distal margin sinuous lateral to 2nd segment, stylocerite short, not reaching level of mid-length of basal segment of antennular peduncle; 2nd pereopod without teeth on opposable margin of either finger; maximum carapace length about 8 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from three specimens in the Indonesian type series.

*3. Leander tenuicornis (Say, 1818)

Astacus locusta J.C. Fabricius, 1781:513 [type locality: “in Oceano. Mus. Dom. Banks”; not Astacus locusta Pennant, 1777].

?Penaeus punctatissimus Bosc, 1802:109, pl. 14: fig. 3 [type locality: North Atlantic “sur les fucus nageans”] .

P[alaemon] tenuicornis Say, 1818:249 [type locality: Banks of Newfoundland].

?Penaeus adspersus Tilesius, 1819:4, pl. 21a: fig. 1 [type locality: high seas].

P[alaemon] natator H. Milne Edwards, 1837:393 [type locality: Indian Ocean, “sur du fucus natans”] .

Palemon latirostris De Haan, 1833–1850:170, pl. 45: fig. 12 [type locality: Japan].

Leander erraticus E. Desmarest, 1849:92 [type locality: Guadeloupe].

P[alaemon] torensis Paulson, 1875:116, pl. 17: fig. 3 [type locality: Red Sea].

Leander tenuicornis.—Holthuis, 1950a:26, figs. 1, 2; 1952b:155, pls. 41, 42.—Manning, 1961:531–534, fig. 2d [n.b.], f.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum sexually dimorphic, vertically expanded in female; pleura of 4th and 5th abdominal somites dentate posteroventrally; basal antennular segment with distal margin straight or concave lateral to 2nd segment; stylocerite long, overreaching mid-length of basal segment of antennular peduncle; 2nd pereopod without teeth on opposable margin of fixed finger; maximum carapace length about 8 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Port Matalvi, western Luzon; [15°29′N, 119°56′E]; 23 Nov 1908; 130′ seine: 1 female [6.4].—Cagmanaba Bay, southeastern Luzon; [13°03′N, 123°18′E]; mouth of small stream; 11 Mar 1909: 1 ovig female [6.1].—Port Busin, Burias Island; [13°08′, 122°58′E]; tide pool; 8 Mar 1909 (0800); copper sulfate: 1 female [4.3].—South of Panay near sta 5184; surface under seaweed; 30[?] Mar 1908 [labeled “3/20/08”]: 1 juv [1.2].

RANGE.—Red Sea and South Africa to Japan, Philippines, Indonesia, Australia, New Zealand, and the Atlantic Ocean from Newfoundland to the Falkland Islands in the west and from the Mediterranean to the Tropic of Cancer in the east; associated with floating weed in the open sea and with attached vegetation in shallow water. The species is commonly believed to frequent all tropical and subtropical seas, except those off the Pacific coast of America, but the easternmost Pacific records in the literature seem to be those from New Zealand, and there are no identified specimens in the Smithsonian collections from the Pacific east of the Palau Islands.

REMARKS.—The juvenile specimen from south of Panay near Albatross station 5184 has the pleura of the fourth and fifth abdominal somites unarmed posteroventrally and a short stylocerite and short fingers of the second pereopod reminiscent of L. kempi, but the examination of series of western Atlantic specimens indicates that those characteristics are not atypical of juveniles of L. tenuicornis.

Leandrites Holthuis, 1950

Leandrites Holthuis, 1950a:4, 6, 30 [type species, by original designation: Leander celebensis De Man, 1881:141; gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum without elevated basal crest; carapace with submarginal branchiostegal spine, without hepatic spine or branchiostegal suture; 4th thoracic sternite with slender median process; mandible without palp; 3 posterior pairs of pereopods with dactyl simple, shorter than propodus; endopod of male 1st pleopod with appendix interna.

RANGE.—India, Singapore, and Indonesia; shallow, sometimes brackish water to 56 meters.

REMARKS.—With the proposed transfer of Leandrites cyrtorhynchus Fujino and Miyake, 1969a, to Urocaridella, only the four species covered in the following key are recognized herein. All four have been recorded from Indonesia or Singapore.

Key to Species of Leandrites

4. Leandrites celebensis (De Man, 1881)

Leander celebensis De Man, 1881:141 [type locality: Makasar, southwestern Celebes].

Palaemonetes hornelli Kemp, 1925:318, figs. 14, 15 [type locality: Silavathura Lagoon, southern India].

Leandrites celebensis.—Holthuis, 1950a:36, fig. 4.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum nearly straight, reaching to or slightly beyond level of distal end of antennal scale, armed with 13–17 (usually 14 or 15) dorsal teeth, including 2 more widely separated on carapace posterior to level of posterior margin of orbit, and 4–7 (usually 4) teeth extending over major part of ventral margin; 2nd pereopods overreaching antennal scale by length of chela and fully art of carpus; maximum carapace length about 10 mm.

RANGE.—Southern India, Indonesia, and Northern Territory, Australia; shallow, often brackish water.

5. Leandrites deschampsi (Nobili, 1903)

Leander Deschampsi Nobili, 1903a:8 [type locality: Singapore].

Leandrites deschampsi.—Holthuis, 1952a:202, fig. 1.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum curved dorsad, distinctly overreaching antennal scale, armed with 9 or 10 dorsal teeth, including 1 or 2 more widely separated on carapace posterior to level of posterior margin of orbit, and 4 or 5 teeth extending over major part of ventral margin; 2nd pereopods overreaching antennal scale by length of chela and part of carpus; maximum carapace length about 9 mm.

RANGE.—Singapore and China.

6. Leandrites indicus Holthuis, 1950

Leander indicus?.—De Man, 1881:139 [not L. indicus Heller, 1865].

Leandrites indicus Holthuis, 1950a:37, fig. 5 [type locality: off Makasar, southwestern Celebes].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum curved dorsad, distinctly overreaching antennal scale, armed with 11–14 dorsal teeth, including 2 widely separated on carapace posterior to level of posterior margin of orbit, and 8 or 9 teeth extending over major part of ventral margin; 2nd pereopods overreaching antennal scale by length of chela and part of carpus; maximum carapace length about 8 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the type series of two specimens from Makasar, Celebes.

7. Leandrites stenopus Holthuis, 1950

Leandrites stenopus Holthuis, 1950a:40, fig. 6 [type locality: Selat Madura, Indonesia; 7°25′S, 113°16′E; 56 meters].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum straight, not overreaching antennal scale, armed with 11 dorsal teeth, including 2 widely separated on carapace posterior to level of posterior margin of orbit, ventral margin unarmed except for 3 small subapical teeth; 2nd pereopods overreaching antennal scale by combined lengths of chela, carpus, and nearly entire merus; carapace length about 7 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the unique holotype from Selat Madura off northeastern Java; 56 meters.

REMARKS.—The virtually unarmed ventral margin of the rostrum and the unusually long pereopods of the unique female representative of this species emphasize the desirability of determining the still unknown configuration of the endopod of the first pleopod of the male; the absence of an appendix interna on that appendage would suggest that L. stenopus might not be congeneric with the other three species assigned to the genus.

Leptocarpus Holthuis, 1950

Leptocarpus Holthuis, 1950a:5, 11, 95 [type species, by original designation: Leander fluminicola Kemp, 1917:223; gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum with elevated basal crest; carapace without branchiostegal or hepatic spines, with branchiostegal suture; 4th thoracic sternite with slender median process; mandible with palp; 3 posterior pairs of pereopods with dactyl simple, shorter than propodus; endopod of male 1st pleopod without appendix interna.

RANGE.—India to Indonesia; fresh and brackish water.

REMARKS.—The two closely related species that have been assigned to this species since its establishment may be distinguished by the following key.

Key to Species of Leptocarpus

8. Leptocarpus potamiscus (Kemp, 1917)

Leander potamiscus Kemp, 1917:225, fig. 7 [type locality: Pattini River, below Pattini, Peninsular Thailand; fresh water under tidal influence].

Leptocarpus potamiscus.—Holthuis, 1950a:97.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching antennal scale by more than art rostral length, armed ventrally with 6–10 teeth; 2nd pereopod with fingers obscurely excavate longitudinally, little more than art as long as palm; 5th pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of dactyl and at least art of propodus; maximum carapace length about 10 mm.

RANGE.—India, Andaman Islands, Thailand, Malaya, Sumatra, and Java; fresh and brackish water.

*Macrobrachium Bate, 1868

Macrobrachium Bate, 1868a:363 [type species, selected by Fowler, 1912:558: Macrobrachium americanum Bate, 1868a:363; gender; neuter].

Eupalaemon Ortmann, 1891:696, 697 [type species, selected by Holthuis, 1955:53: Palaemon acanthurus Wiegmann, 1836:150; gender: masculine].

Parapalaemon Ortmann, 1891:696, 731 [type species, selected by Holthuis, 1955:53: Palaemon dolichodactylus Hilgendorf, 1879:840 (= Palaemon scabriculum Heller, 1862a:527); gender: masculine].

Macroterocheir Stebbing, 1908:39 [type species, by monotypy; Palaemon lepidactylus Hilgendorf, 1879:838; gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum rarely with elevated basal crest; carapace without branchiostegal spine, with hepatic spine, and branchiostegal suture; 4th thoracic sternite with median process; mandible with palp; 3 posterior pairs of pereopods with dactyl simple, shorter than propodus; endopod of male 1st pleopod without appendix interna.

RANGE.—Pantropical and subtropical, occasionally temperate, commonly fresh, sometimes brackish water, some species marine as juveniles.

REMARKS.—More than 175 valid species and subspecies of Macrobrachium are now generally recognized throughout the world. As there has been no attempt to compile a complete checklist of the genus since Holthuis (1950a:12–19) did so, we offer the following list of species described prior to 1990 for what it may be worth to our colleagues who have to cope with this difficult genus.

Checklist of Species of Macrobrachium

Valid species-group names (boldface italics)

Synonyms and species inquirendae (italics)

Type localities (roman)

Macrobrachium acanthochirus Villalobos, 1967;168

Rio Valdeflores, Valdeflores de Tonameca, Pochutla, Estado de Oaxaca, Mexico

P[alaemon] (Eupalaemon) acanthosoma Nobili, 1899:242

“Katau” [?= Binaturi River, near Fly River], Papua New Guinea

=Macrobrachium equidens

Macrobrachium acanthurus (Wiegmann, 1836)

Palaemon acanthurus Wiegmann, 1836:150

“Brazilian coast”

Palaemon forceps

Palaemon Swainsonii

Palaemon mexicanus

Macrobrachium longidigitum

Palaemon dasydactylus

Palaemon sexdentatus

Palaemon Potiete

Macrobrachium acanthurus panamensis—See Macrobrachium panamense

Macrobrachium acherontium Holthuis, 1977:188

Grutas del Cocona, near Teapa, Tabasco, Mexico

Macrobrachium coconaensis

Palaemon acutirostris Dana, 1852a:26

Hawaii

= Macrobrachium grandimanus

Macrobrachium adscitum adscitum Riek, 1951:363

Queensland, Australia

Macrobrachium aemulum (Nobili, 1906)

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) aemulus Nobili, 1906a:258

Gatavake, Gambier Islands, Tbamotu Archipelago

Palaemon aequatorialis—See P. appuni var. aequatorialis

Macrobrachium africanum Bate, 1868a:366

“Tambo River” [Peru]

= Cryphiops caementarius (Molina, 1782)

Palaemon africanus Kingsley, 1882:107

West coast of Africa

= Macrobrachium macrobrachion

Palaemon africanus Bouvier—See P. jamaicensis var. africanus

Macrobrachium ahkowi Chong and Koo, 1987b:561

Replacement name for M. johnsoni Chong and Koo, 1987a (not M. johnsoni Ravindranath, 1979)

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Alcocki Nobili, 1903b:9, fig. 5

Pondicherry, southeastern India

= Macrobrachium rude

Palaemon alphonsianus Hoffmann, 1874:33, pl. 9: figs. 63–65

La Réunion

= Macrobrachium australe

Macrobrachium altifrons altifrons (Henderson, 1893)

Palaemon altifrons Henderson, 1893:444, pl. 40: figs.4–6

Northern India

Macrobrachium altifrons ranjhai Tiwari, 1964:237

Kabul River at Nowshera, Peshawar District, Pakistan

Macrobrachium amaztanicum (Heller, 1862)

P[alaemon] amazonicus Heller, 1862b:418

Amazon River

Palaemon ensiculus

Palaemon Dieperinkii

Macrobrachium americanum Bate, 1868a:363

Lake Amatitlan, Guatemala

Macrobrachium andamanicum (Tiwari, 1952)

Palaemon andamanicum Tiwari, 1952:30

Andaman Islands

Palaemon angolensis—See P. (Macrobrachium) jamaicensis, var. angolensis

Palaemon Appuni Von Martens, 1869:31, pl. 2: fig. 5

Puerto Cabello, Venezuela

=Macrobrachium heterochirus

Palaemon appuni var. aequatorialis Ortmann, 1891:723, pl. 47: fig. 6

Ecuador

= Macrobrachium brasiliense

Macrobrachium aracamuni Rodriguez, 1982:379, fig. 2

Cerro Aracamuni, a tepuy or flat-top mountain. Territorio Federal Amazonas, Venezuela, 680 m above sea level

Palaemon armatus—See P. (Parapalaemon) trompi armatus

Palaemon asper Stimpson, 1860:41 [not Latreille, 1818]

Chinese rivers and streams near Kuangchou

= Macrobrachium nipponense

Macrobrachium asperulum. (Von Martens, 1868)

Palaemon asperulus Von Martens, 1868: pl. 1: fig. 5

Shanghai fish market ?

Palaemon asperulus var. brevirostris

Palaemon asperulus var. brevirostris Yu, 1931:287, fig. 4

China

?= Macrobrachium asperulum

Macrobrachium assamense assamense (Tiwari, 1958)

Palaemon assamensis Tiwari, 1958:297

Someswari River, near Siju, Garo Hills, Assam, India

Macrobrachium assamense peninsulare (Tiwari, 1958)

Palaemon assamensis peninsularis Tiwari, 1958:298

Nerbudda River at Khetgaon, Mandla District, Madhya Pradesh, India

Macrobrachium atabapense Pereira, 1986:202, figs. 4, 5, 6A

Atabapo River, Sta. Cruz, Territorio Federal Amazonas, Venezuela; 3°20′N, 67°29′W

Macrobrachium atactum atactum Riek, 1951:364, fig. 5

Conondale, Mary River, Queensland, Australia

Macrobrachium atactum ischnomorphum Riek, 1951:364, fig. 6

Elimbah, Elimbah Creek, Queensland, Australia

Macrobrachium atactum sobrinum Riek, 1951:364, fig. 7

Muttaburra, Queensland, Australia

*9. Macrobrachium australe (Guérin-Méneville, 1838)

Palaemon australis Guérin-Méneville, 1838:37

Tahiti

Palaemon sundaicus

Palaemon dispar

Palaemon alphonsianus

Palaemon parvus

Palaemon Malliardi

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) usiulatus

Leander Lepidus

Macrobrachium australiense australiense Holthuis, 1950a:13, 174

Gayndah, Rockhampton, and Peak Downs (Homestead), eastern Queensland, Australia

Macrobrachium australiense crassum Riek, 1951:366, fig. 11

Caims, Queensland, Australia

Macrobrachium australiense cristatum Riek, 1951;366, fig. 9

Pallai, Horton River, near Bingara, New South Wales

Macrobrachium australiense eupharum Riek, 1951:365, fig. 8

Burdekin River, Macrossan, Queensland, Australia

Palaemon australis Guérin-Méneville, 1838—See Macrobrachium austral

Palaemon australis Ortmann, 1891 (not Guérin-Méneville, 1838)

= Macrobrachium australiense

Palaemon aztecus De Saussure, 1857:504

Vera Cruz, Mexico

= Macrobrachium carcinus

Macrobrachium banjare (Tiwari, 1958)

Palaemon banjarae Tiwari, 1958:299

Banjar River off Aonrai Forest Village, Baihar Tehsil (Dist. Balaghat, MP.), India

Palaemon baramensis—See P. (Eupalaemon) sundaicus var. baramensis

*10. Macrobrachium bariense (De Man, 1892)

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) bariensis De Man, 1892:496, pl. 29: fig. 50

Berit, western Flores, Indonesia

Palaemon bataviana—See P. sundaicus var. bataviana

Macrobrachium birai Lobao, Melo, and Femandes, 1986;50

Rio Branca, Brazil; 24°54′44″S 47°58′30″W

Palaemon birmanicus—See P. spinipes Var. birmanicus

Palaemon boninensis Stimpson, 1860:41

Bonin Islands, in mountain streams

= Macrobrachium japonicum

Macrobrachium borellii (Nobili, 1896)

Palaemon Borellii Nobili, 1896:2

San Lorenzo (Provincia de Jujuy) and Provincia de San Luis, Argentina

Urocaridella borradailei Stebbing, 1923:8, pl. 14

Mhlatuze River, Natal

= Macrobrachium equidens

Palaemon brachydactyla Nobili—See P. (Eupalaemon) sundaicus var. brachydactyla

Palaemon brachydactylus Wiegmann, 1836:148

East coast of Mexico

= Macrobrachium carcinus

Macrobrachium brasiliense (Heller, 1862)

P[alaemon] brasiliensis Heller, 1862b:419, pl. 2: fig. 46

Brazil

Palaemon appuni var. aequatorialis

Palaemon brevicarpus De Haan, 1849:172

Purportedly but in all probability not “Japan’

=Macrobrachium carcinus

Palaemon brevicarpus var. heterochirus Yu, 1936:305, figs. 1, 2 [not P. heterochirus Wiegmann, 1836]

Ning-Erh, Yunnan, China

= Macrobrachium yui

Palaemon brevidigitus—See P. (Parapalaemon) horsti brevidigitus

Palaemon brevimanus—See P. (Parapalaemon) modestus brevimanus

Palaemon brevirostris—See P. asperulus var. brevirostris

Macrobrachium bullatum Fincham, 1987:351, fig. 1

Northern Territory, Australia

Palaemon cacharensis—See P. hendersoni cacharensis

Macrobrachium caledonicum (J. Roux, 1926)

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) caledonicus J. Roux, 1926:224, figs. 52–54

New Caledonia

11. Macrobrachium callirrhoe (De Man, 1898)

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) callirrhoe De Man, 1898:152, pl. 8

Kapuas Basin, Central Borneo

Macrobrachium canarae (Tiwari, 1958)

Palaemon canarae Tiwari, 1958:298

Sitanadi River near Ghata, South Kanara, Madras State, India

Macrobrachium carcinus (Linnaeus, 1758)

Cancer Carcinus Linnaeus, 1758:631

“Americae fluviis”

Cancer (Astacus) Jamaicensis

Palaemon brachydactylus

Palemon punctatus

Palemon brevicarpus

Palaemon aztecus

?Palaemon Montezumae

Palaemon laminates

Palemon ornatus Torralbas

Macrobrachium cavernicola (Kemp, 1924)

Palaemon cavernicola Kemp, 1924:42, pl. 3: figs. 1–4

Siju Cave, Garo Hills, Assam, India

Macrobrachium chevalieri (J. Roux, 1935)

Palaemon chevalieri (Macrobrachium) J. Roux, 1935a:193, figs. 1,2

Paul, Ilha de Sao Antao, Cape Verde Islands

Macrobrachium choprai (Tiwari, 1949)

Palaemon choprai Tiwari, 1949a:333, figs. 1, 2

Varanasi fish market, caught near Dufferin Bridge close to Varanasi, Utter Pradesh, northeastern India

Palaemon choprai choprai

Macrobrachium malcolmsonii choprai

12. Macrobrachium clymene (De Man, 1902)

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) clymene De Man, 1902:794, pl. 25: fig. 50

Batang Baram, Sarawak, Borneo

Macrobrachium cocoense Abele and Kim, 1984:951, figs. 1, 2

Stream on east side of Wafer Bay, Isla del Coco, Costa Rica

Macrobrachium coconaensis Guzman, Cabrera, and Kensler, 1977:208—Nomen nudum

= Macrobrachium acherontium

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) cognatus—Species inquirenda Palaemon congoensis—See P. (Eupalaemon) dux var. congoensis

Palaemon consobrinus De Saussure, 1857:504

Veracruz, Mexico

= Macrobrachium olfersii

Macrobrachium cortezi Rodriguez, 1982:383, fig. 3

Tobogan, near Puerto Ayacucho, Rio Orinoco, Venezuela

13. Macrobrachium cowlesi Holthuis, 1950a: 13, 257

Manila water supply, Luzon, Philippines

Macrobrachium crassum—See Macrobrachium australiense crassum

Macrobrachium crebrum Abele and Kim, 1989:6, fig. 2

Miraflores Third Locks Lake, Panama Canal

Macrobrachium crenulatum Holthuis, 1950b:95

Rio Peje Bobo, Panama

Macrobrachium cristatum—See Macrobrachium australiense cristatum

Macrobrachium crybelum Chace, 1975:30, figs. 1–4

Cave at Ciudad del Caribe (18°58′N, 70°23′W), Santo Domingo, D.N., Dominican Republic

= Macrobrachium faustinum lucifugum

Palaemon cubanus (Guérin-Méneville ms.) Sharp, 1893:123

Cuba

= Macrobrachium faustinum faustinum

Palaemon d'Acqueti Sunier, 1925:cxvii

Ambon [?]

= Macrobrachium rosenbergii]

Macrobrachium danae (Heller, 1865)

Palaemon Danae Heller, 1865:120, pl. 11: fig. 3

Sydney, Australia

Palaemon dasydactylus Streets, 1871:225, pl. 2: fig. 3

Rio Coatzacoalcos, Isthmus of Tehuantepec, Mexico

= Macrobrachium acanthurus

Macrobrachium dayanum (Henderson, 1893)

Palaemon Dayanus Henderson, 1893:443, pl. 40: figs. 7–13

India

Palaemon delagoae Stebbing, 1915:74, pl. 16

Delagoa Bay, Mozambique

= Macrobrachium equidens

Palaemon De Mani—See P. sundaicus var. De Mani

P[alaemon] Desausuri Heller, 1862b:420, pl. 2: fig. 47

Colombia

= Macrobrachium olfersii

Palaemon Dieperinkii (De Haan ms.) De Man, 1879:167 Surinam

= Macrobrachium amazonicum

Macrobrachium dierythrum Pereira, 1986:204, figs. 7–9, 12c

Aguaro River, Paso Garzerito, Edo, Guarico, Venezuela; 8°10′N, 66°W

Macrobrachium digitum Abele and Kim, 1989:8, figs. 3, 4

Miraflores Locks, Panama Canal

Macrobrachium digueti (Bouvier, 1895)

Palaemon Digueti Bouvier, 1895:159, figs. 1, 2

Mulege River, Baja California, Mexico

Leander dionyx Nobili, 1905a:482, Pl. 12: fig. 2 Bogadjim [= Stephansort], Papua New Guinea

= Macrobrachium lar

Palaemon dispar Von Martens, 1868:41

Pulau Adonara, east of Flores, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium australe

Palaemon (s.s.) dolichodactylus Hilgendorf, 1879:840 pl. 4: fig. 18

Tete, Mozambique

= Macrobrachium scabriculum

P[alaemon] dubius Henderson and Matthai, 1910:300, pl. 18: fig. 9

Chingleput District, southeastern India

= Macrobrachium scabriculum

Palaemon dulcis Thallwitz, 1891:99

Northern Celebes

= Macrobrachium esculentum

Macrobrachium dux (Lenz, 1910)

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) dux Lenz, 1910:129, pl. 3: figs. 2–5

Ituri River at Avakubi, Zaire

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Lenzii

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) dux var. congoensis

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) dux var. tenuicarpus

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) dux var. congoensis De Man, 1912a:416

Kole River, tributary of the Aruwimi, Uppere Zaire

= Macrobrachium dux

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) dux var. tenuicarpus De Man, 1925:47, fig. 12k (part)

“Kikada,” Zaire

= Macrobrachium dux

Macrobrachium edentatum Liang and Yan, 1986:109, figs. 1–4

Sichuan, China

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) elegans De Man, 1892:440, pl. 26: fig. 36 [not P. elegans Rathke, 1837]

Bogor and “Sinagar,” Java, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium sintangense

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) endehensis De Man, 1892:465, pl. 27: fig. 42

Flores, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium latidactylus

Palaemon ensiculus Smith, 1869a:26, 40, pl. 1: fig. 2

Para, Brazil

= Macrobrachium amazonicum

*14. Macrobrachium equidens (Dana, 1852)

Palaemon equidens Dana, 1852a:26

Singapore

Palaemon sundaicus var. bataviana

P[alaemon] (Eupalaemon) sundaicus var brachydactyla

P[alaemon] sundaicuis var. De Mani

P[alaemon] (Eupalaemon) acanthosoma

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) sundaicus var. baramensis

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) nasutus

Palaemon sulcatus

Palaemon delagoae

Urocaridella borradailei

Macrobrachium eriocheirum Dai, 1984:247, 251, figs. 13–17

Jungsan, Xishuangbanna Dai Aut. Pref., Yunnan Province, China

15. Macrobrachium esculentum (Thallwitz, 1891)

Palaemon esculentus Thallwitz, 1891:98

Northern Celebes, Indonesia

Palaemon dulcis

Macrobrachium eupharum—See Macrobrachium australiense eupharum

Palaemon euryrhynchus Ortmann, 1891:738, pl. 47; fig. 12

Fiji Islands

= Macrobrachium latimanus

Macrobrachium faustinum faustinum (De Saussure, 1857)

Palaemon Faustinus De Saussure, 1857:505

Near Jacmel, Haiti

Palaemon cubanus

Palemon spinimanus H. Milne Edwards, 1837 [not Latreille, 1818]

Macrobrachium faustinum lucifugum Holthuis, 1974b:233, figs. 2, 3

Cueva del Agua de Yara, “barrio” Yara, east of Baracoa, Oriente Province, Cuba

Macrobrachium crybelum

Macrobrachium felicinum Holthuis, 1949a: 183

Catumbela near Benguela, Angola

Macrobrachium ferreirai Kensley and Walker, 1982:4, figs. 5, 6, 12b

Igarappe near Castanhai, Aripuana, Mato Grosso, Brazil

Macrobrachium fluviale (Streets, 1871)

Palaemon fluvialis Streets, 1871:227, pl. 2: fig. 5

Tributary to Coatzacoalcos River, Isthmus of Tehuantepec, Mexico (Atlantic drainage)

P[alaemon] (Eupalaemon) Foai Coutière, 1902:517

Macrobrachium foai (Coutière, 1902)

Upper Congo

Palaemon forceps H. Milne Edwards, 1837:397

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil

= Macrobrachium acanthurus

Macrobrachium formosense Bate, 1868a:364, pl. 31: fig. 1

Tansui River, northern Taiwan

Palemon longipes

Macrobrachium fukienense Liang and Yan, 1980:30

Fujian Province, China

Macrobrachium gallus Holthuis, 1952b:67, fig. 1

Rio Peripa, Ecuador

Macrobrachium gangeticum Bate, 1868a:365—Species inquirenda

“Patna, a distance of 250 miles from Calcutta”

Macrobrachium georgii—See Macrobrachium idella georgii

Macrobrachium geron Holthuis, 1950a:258, fig. 52

Bangka, east of southern Sumatra, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium malayanum

Macrobrachium glypticum Riek, 1951:363, fig. 4

Coen, northern Queensland, Australia

P[alemon] gracilimanus Randall, 1840:143

Hawaii

= Macrobrachium grandimanus

*16. Macrobrachium gracilirostre (Miers, 1875)

Palaemon gracilirotris Miers, 1875:343

Upolu, Samoa Islands

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) modestus

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) modestus brevimanus

Macrobrachium sophronicum

Macrobrachium grandimanus (Randall, 1840)

P[alemon] grandimanus Randall, 1840:142

Hawaii

P[alemon] gracilimanus

Palaemon acutirostris

17. Macrobrachium gua Chong, 1989:32, figs. 1, 2

Stream issuing from Gomantong Hill, about 5°N, 118°E, Sabah, Borneo

Macrobrachium guangxiense Liang and Yan, 1981 ?

Guangxi Province, China ?

18. Macrobrachium hainanense (Parisi, 1919)

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) hainanense Parisi, 1919:87, pl. 3: fig. 1, pl. 6: figs. 1, 7

Keng-kong River, Hainan

Palaemon similis

Macrobrachium hancocki Holthuis, 1950b:96

Esparta, Rio Barranca, Costa Rica

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) handschini J. Roux, 1933:345

Katherine River, Northern Territory, Australia

Species inquirenda

Macrobrachium hendersodayanum (Tiwari, 1952)

Palaemon henderso-dayanus Tiwari, 1952;29

Western Ghats (Satara District to Mysore State), India

Macrobrachium hendersoni hendersoni (De Man, 1906)

Palaemon (Parapalaemon?) Hendersoni De Man, 1906:405 Darjeeling, western Bengal, India

Palaemon yunnanensis

Macrobrachium hendersoni cacharense (Tiwari, 1952)

Palaemon hendersoni cacharensis Tiwari, 1952:32

Assam, India

Macrobrachium hendersoni platyrostre (Tiwari, 1952)

Palaemon hendersoni platyrostris Tiwari, 1952:32

Darjeeling, western Bengal, India

Palaemon Herklotsii—See P. (Macrobrachium) jamaicensis, var. Herklotsii

Macrobrachium heterochirus (Wiegmann, 1836)

Palaemon heterochirus Wiegmann, 1836:149

East Coast of Mexico

Palaemon Appuni

Palaemon heterochirus Yu, 1936—See p. brevicarpus var. heterochirus

Macrobrachium hildebrandti (Hilgendorf, 1893)

Bithynis? hildebrandti Hilgendorf, 1893a:244

Central Madagascar

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) Hilgendorfi Coutière, 1899:382

Eastern Madagascar

= Macrobrachium lepidactylus

Macrobrachium hirsutimanus (Tiwari, 1952)

Palaemon hirsutimanus Tiwari, 1952:31

Doi Chaung, Thailand

Macrobrachhium hirtimanus (Olivier, 1811)

Palaemon hirtimanus Olivier, 1811:663

Indian Ocean

Macrobrachium hobbsi Nates and Villalobos, 1990:7, fig. 3

Rio El Naranjo, about 8 km NE of Pijijiapan (Carretera Tonala-Pijtjiapan), Chiapas, Mexico

Macrobrachium holthuisi Genofre and Lobao, 1978:273, fig. 1

Guaeca River, Sao Sebastiao, Sao Paulo, Brazil

19. Macrobrachium horstii (De Man, 1892)

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) Horstii De Man, 1892:460, pl. 27: fig. 39

Palopo, central Celebes

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) horsti brevidigitus

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) horsti brevidigitus J. Roux, 1930:358

Bali, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium horstii

*20. Macrobrachium idae (Heller, 1862)

P[alaemon] ldae Heller, 1862b:416, pl. 2: fig. 40, 41

Borneo, Indonesia

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) ritsemae

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Idae, var. subinermis

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Mariae

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) robustus

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) idae, var. idella—See Macrobrachium idella

Palaemon idae var. mammillodactylus—See Macrobrachium mammillodactylus

P[alaemon] (Eupalaemon) Idae, var. subinermis Nobili, 1899:237

San Guiseppe River near Innawi, Meheo District, Papua New Guinea

= Macrobrachium idae

Macrobrachium idella idella (Hilgendorf, 1898)

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) idae, var. idella Hilgendorf, 1898:29, fig. A

Tanzania

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) multidens

Macrobrachium idella georgii Jayachandran and Joseph, 1985a: 130, fig. 1

Southwestern India

Macrobrachium iheringi (Ortmann, 1897)

Palaemon iheringi Ortmann, 1897:211, pl. 1: fig. 7, 8

São Paulo State, Brazil

Macrobrachium inca Holthuis, 1950b:93

Rio Moche near Salaverry, Peru

Macrobrachium indicum Jayachandran and Joseph, 1986:217, figs. 1–4

Vellayani Lake, southern India; 8°24′09″–86′30″N, 76°59′08″-76°59′47″E

Palaemon inermis—See P. Idae, var. inermis

Macrobrachium inflatum Liang and Yan, 1985:254, 258 China

Macrobrachium inpa Kensley and Walker, 1982:6, figs. 7–9, 12c

Igarape da Cachoeira, Amazonas, Brazil

Macrobrachium insulare (Parisi, 1919)

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) insularis Parisi, 1919:85, pl. 3: figs. 2, 3, pl. 6: fig. 12

Taiwan

Macrobrachium intermedium (Stimpson, 1860)

Leander intermedius Stimpson, 1860:41

Port Jackson, Australia (marine); 2 fathoms

Macrobrachium ischnomorphum—See M. atactum ischnomorphum

21. Macrobrachium jacobsoni Holthuis, 1950a:227, fig. 47

Pulau Simeulue, off northwestern Sumatra, Indonesia

Cancer (Astacus) Jamaicensis Herbst, 1792:57, pl. 27: fig. 2

“Jamaica in Flussen”

= Macrobrachium carcinus

Palaemon jamaicensis var. africanus Bouvier, 1895:160

Assini, Ivory Coast

= Macrobrachium vollenhovenii

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) jamaicensis, var. angolensis De Man, 1904:314, pl. 19: figs. 39–45, pl. 20: figs. 46, 48–53

Catumbela, Angola

= Macrobrachium vollenhoveni

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) jamaicensis, var. Herklotsii De Man, 1912b:239

“Mayumba” [Mayumbe, near Isiro ?], Zaire

= Macrobrachium vollenhovenii

Macrobrachium japonicum (De Haan, 1849)

Palaemon japonicum De Haan, 1849:172

Japan

Palaemon boninensis

*22. Macrobrachium jaroense (Cowles, 1914)

Palaemon jaroensis Cowles, 1914:385, pl. 3: fig. 8

Hibucawan River near Jaro, Leyte, Philippines

23. Macrobrachium javanicum (Heller, 1862)

P[alaemon] javanicus Heller, 1862b:421, pl. 2: fig. 48

Java

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) neglectus

Macrobrachium jelskii (Miers, 1877)

Palaemon jelskii Miers, 1877:661, pl. 67: fig. 1

Oyapock, French Guiana

Macrobrachium jiangxiense Liang and Yan, 1985:256, 258

China

Macrobrachium johnsoni Ravindranath, 1979:184, figs. 1, 2

Fish market, Guntur, Andhra Pradesh State, India

Macrobrachium johnsoni Chong and Khoo, 1987a:360, figs. 1–3 [not Ravindranath, 1979]

Gunong Palai, peninsular Malaysia

= Macrobrachium ahkowi

24. Macrobrachium joppae Holthuis, 1950a:233, fig. 48

Pulau Nias, west of Sumatra, Indonesia

Macrobrachium kempi (Tiwari, 1949)

Palaemon kempi Tiwari, 1949b:330

Small stream between Chittagong and Sultan Bagu Bastan, Bangladesh

Macrobrachium kistnense (Tiwari, 1952)

Palaemon kistnensis Tiwari, 1952:28

India and Sri Lanka

Macrobrachium kiukianense (Yu, 1931)

Palaemon kiukianensis Yu, 1931:279, fig. 1

Kiukiang, Kiangsi Province, China

Macrobrachium kotreeanum—See Macrobrachium malcolmsonii kotreeanum

Macrobrachium lamarrei lamarrei (H. Milne Edwards, 1837)

P[alemon] lamarrei H. Milne Edwards, 1837:397 “cotes du Bengale”

Macrobrachium lamarrei lamarroides (Tiwari, 1952)

Palaemon lamarrei lamarroides Tiwari, 1952:28

Logtak Lake, Manipur, Assam, India

Palaemon lamarroides—See Macrobrachium lamarrei lamarroides

P[alaemon] laminatus (Gollmer manuscript) Von Martens, 1869:24

Caracas, Venezuela

= Macrobrachium carcinus

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) lampropus De Man, 1892:493, pl. 29: fig. 49

Celebes and Timor, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium latidactylus

*25. Macrobrachium lanceifrons (Dana, 1852)

Palaemon lanceifrons Dana, 1852a:26

Manila, Luzon, Philippines

Palaemon lanceifrons var. montalbanensis

Palaemon lanceifrons var. montalbanensis Cowles, 1914:371, pl. 2, fig. 6

Montalban, near Manila, Luzon, Philippines

= Macrobrachium lanceifrons

Macrobrachium lanchesteri (De Man, 1911)

Palaemon paucidens Lanchester, 1901 [not De Haan, 1841, or Hilgendorf, 1898]

Pal[aemon] (Eupalaemon) Lanchesteri De Man, 1911a:264

Songkhla, Peninsular Thailand

Palaemon Lar Weber, 1795:94—Nomen nudum

= Macrobrachium lar

*26 . Macrobrachium lar (Fabricius, 1798)

Palaemon Lar Fabricius, 1798:402

“in India Dom. Daldorff”

Palaemon longimanus

Palaemon ornatus

Palaemon tridens

Palaemon vagus

Palaemon spectabilis

Palaemon ruber

Palaemon mayottensis

Palaemon reunionnensis

Palaemon madagascariensis

Leander dionyx

Cancer teatae

*27 . Macrobrachium latidactylus (Thallwitz, 1891)

Palaemon latidactylus Thallwitz, 1891:97

Northern Celebes, Indonesia

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) endehensis

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) lampropus

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) latidactylus minor (J. Roux manuscript) Woltereck, 1941:153—Nomen nudum

*28. Macrobrachium latimanus (Von Martens, 1868)

Pal[aemon] latimanus Von Martens, 1868:44

Loquilocon, Samar, Philippines

Palaemon euryrhynchus

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) singalangensis

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Lenzii De Man, 1911b:225

Congo River, probably near Boma

= Macrobrachium dux

*29 . Macrobrachium lepidactyloides (De Man, 1892)

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) lepidactyloides De Man, 1892:497, pl. 29: fig. 51

River above waterfall at “Mbawa,” Flores (“Raka-mbaha, W. Flores,” according to Holthuis, 1950a:251), Indonesia

?= Macrobrachium placidum

Macrobrachium lepidactylus (Hilgendorf, 1879)

Palaemon (s.s.) lepidactylus Hilgendorf, 1879:838, pl. 4: figs. 14–16

Mozambique

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) Hilgendorfi

Leander lepidus De Man, 1915:410, pl. 28: fig. 6

Mouths of small streams at “Oinake,” east of Teluk Jos Sudrso, West New Guinea, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium austral

Palaemon leptodactylus—See P. pilimanus var. leptodactylus

Macrobrachium longidigitum Bate, 1868:365, pl. 31: fig. 2

Type locality unknown

= Macrobrachium acanthurus

Macrobrachium longidigitum Dai, 1984:248, 251, figs. 18–22 [not M. longidigitum Bate, 1868a]

Ganlanba, Lancang River, Yunnan Province, China

Palaemon longimanus Weber, 1795:94—Nomen nudum

= P. longimanuss Fabricius

Palaemon longimanus Fabricius, 1798:402

“in India orientali Dom. Daldorff ”

= Macrobrachium lar

Palemon longipes De Haan, 1849:171 [not Palemon longipes Olivier, 1811]

Japan

= Macrobrachium formosense

Palaemon longipes Lockington, 1878:161 [not P. longipes Olivier, 1811]

Mulege River, Baja California, Mexico

= Macrobrachium tenellum

30. Macrobrachium lorentzi (J. Roux, 1921)

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) lorentzi J. Roux, 1921:596, pl. 16: figs. 1–3

Sungai Lorentz Basin, southwestern New Guinea (Irian Jaya), Indonesia

Macrobrachium lucifugum—See Macrobrachium faustinum lucifugum

Macrobrachium lujae (De Man, 1912)

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Lujae De Man, 1912a:415

Sankuru River at Kondue near Lusambo, Kasai District, Zaire

Macrobrachium macrobrachion (Herklots, 1851)

Palemon macrobrachion Herklots, 1851:25

Butri, near Dixcove, Ghana

Palaemon africanus Kingsley, 1882

Macrobrachium maculatum Liang and Yan, 1980:31 (fig'd.)

Fujian Province, China

Palaemon madagascariensis Hoffmann, 1874:35, pl. 7: fig. 58

“l'ile de Nossy-Faly” = “Nosi Fali, NW. Madagascar,” acc. to Holthuis (1950a: 188)

= Macrobrachium lar

31. Macrobrachium malayanum (J. Roux, 1935)

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) pilimanus malayanus J. Roux, 1935b:32

“Lasah, Plus Valley, East Perak,” peninsular Malaysia

Macrobrachium geron

Macrobrachium malcolmsonii malcolmsonii (H. Milne Edwards, 1844)

Palemon Malcolmsonii H. Milne Edwards, 1844:8

Nagpur, central India

Palaemon spinipes Var. birmanicus

Macrobrachium malcolmsonii chopra Johnson, 1973:274, 279—See Macrobrachium choprai

Macrobrachium malcolmsonii kotreeanum Johnson, 1973:274, 279

Kotree, Indus River, Pakistan

Palaemon Malliardi Richters, 1880:166, pl. 18: figs. 1–3

Mauritius

= Macrobrachium austral

32. Macrobrachium mammillodactylus (Thallwitz, 1892)

Palaemon idae var. mammillodactylus Thallwitz, 1892:15

Luzon, Philippines, and northern Celebes, Indonesia (acc. to Holthuis, 1950a: 150)

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Wolterstorffi

Palaemon philippinensis

?Palaemon talaverae

Macrobrachium manipurense (Tiwari, 1952)

Palaemon manipurensis Tiwari, 1952:30

Manippur Assam States, India

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Mariae Coutière, 1900:1266

Madagascar

= Macrobrachium idea

Palaemon mayottensis Hoffmann, 1874:32, pl. 9: figs. 61, 62

Ile de Mayotte, Comoro Islands, and “l'ile Nossy-Faly,” Madagascar

= Macrobrachium lar

Macrobrachium meridionalis Liang and Yan, 1983:213, 214

Hainan Island, China

Palaemon mexicanus De Saussure, 1857:504

Cuba and Mexico

= Macrobrachium acanthurus

Macrobrachium michoacanus Guzman, Cabrera, and Kensler, 1977

Nomen nudum

Macrobrachium michoacanus Nates and Villalobos, 1990:2, fig. 2

Rio Mexcalhuacan, about 40 km NE of Playa Azul (Carretera Azul-Caleta de Campos), Michoacan, Mexico

Macrobrachium microps Holthuis, 1978:210, figs. 1, 2

Danmin Cave, near Konogusgus, New Ireland

Macrobrachium mieni Dang, 1975:68

Vietnam

33. Macrobrachium minutum (J. Roux, 1917)

Palaemon minutus J. Roux, 1917:599, pl. 27: figs. 1–3

Sentani Lake, northeastern Irian Jaya (West New Guinea), Indonesia

34. Macrobrachium mirabile (Kemp, 1917)

Palaemon mirabilis Kemp, 1917:227, pl. 10

Rangoon, Burma

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) modestus De Man, 1892:469, pl. 27: fig. 43 [not P. modestus Heller, 1862]

River at “Wukur,” not far from Sika, southeastern Flores, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium gracilirostre

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) modestus brevimanus J. Roux, 1934a:228, figs. 9, 10

Bimun, New Ireland

= Macrobrachium gracilirostre

Palaemon montalbanensis—See P. lanceifrons var. montalbanensis

Palaemon Montezumae De Saussure, 1857:504

Veracruz, Mexico

?= Macrobrachium carcinus

Macrobrachium moorei (Caiman, 1899)

Palaemon moorei Calman, 1899:709, pl. 40: figs. 20–24

Lake Tanganyika, 15 meters

Palaemon (s.s.) Mossambicus Hilgendorf, 1879:839, pl. 4: fig. 17

= Macrobrachium rude

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) multidens Coutière, 1900:1266

Branch of Onilahy River, western Madagascar

= Macrobrachium idella

Macrobrachium naso (Kemp, 1918)

Palaemon naso Kemp, 1918:91, pl. 25: figs. 1–5

Inle Lake region, Burma

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) nasutus Nobili, 1903a:9, 1 fig.

Singapore

= Macrobrachium equidens

Macrobrachium nattereri (Heller, 1862)

P[alaemon] Nattereri Heller, 1862b:414, pl. 2: figs. 36, 37

Rio Negro, Brazil

35. Macrobrachium natulorum Holthuis, 1984a: 164, figs. 2, 3

Jawej River near Tigi Lake, Irian Jaya, Indonesia

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) neglectus De Man, 1905:201, pl. 15: fig. 6

Mergui Archipelago and northeastern Sumatra

= Macrobrachium javanicum

Macrobrachium nepalense Kamita, 1974:10

Nepal

Macrobrachium niloticum (P. Roux, 1833)

Palaemon Niloticus P. Roux, 1833:73, pl. 7: fig. 2

Nile River

Macrobrachium niphanae Shokita and Takeda, 1989:148, figs. 1, 2, pl. 1

Nang Rong waterfall stream, Thailand

Macrobrachium nipponense (De Haan, 1849)

Palaemon nipponensis De Haan, 1849:171

Japan

Palaemon asper Stimpson, 1860 [not Latreille, 1818]

Palaemon sinensis

Macrobrachium nobilii (Henderson and Matthai, 1910)

Palaemon nobilii Henderson and Matthai, 1910:295, pl. 17: fig. 6

Walajabad, Chingleput district, India

Macrobrachium novaehollandiae (De Man, 1908)

Pal[aemon] (Eupalaemon) novae-hollandiae De Man, 1908:370, pl. 16

Sydney, Australia

Macrobrachium obtusifrons Dai, 1984:246, 251, figs. 6–12

Guanting Reservoir, Miyun County, Beijing, China

Macrobrachium occidentale Holthuis, 1950a:95

Rio de los Esclavos, Guatemala

36. Macrobrachium oenone (De man, 1902)

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) oenone De Man, 1902:784, pl. 25: fig. 49

Northern Halmahera, Indonesia

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) oenone papuana

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) oenone papuana J. Roux, 1927:324, fig. 2

Mamberamo River, northern Irian Jaya, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium oenone

Macrobrachium ohione (Smith, 1874)

Palaemon Ohionis Smith, 1874:640

Ohio River at Cannelton, Ohio

Palaemon sallei

Macrobrachium olfersii (Wiegmann, 1836)

Palaemon Olfersii Wiegmann, 1836:150

“Brazilian Coast”

Palemon spinimanus

Palaemon consobrinus

Palaemon Desausuri

Palaemon Potiporanga

Palaemon ornatus Olivier, 1811:660

East Indies

= Macrobrachium lar

Palemon ornatus (Forns manuscript) Torralbas, 1917:616, figs. 56, 57 [not Olivier, 1811]

Cuba

= Macrobrachium carcinus

37. Macrobrachium palaemonoides Holthuis, 1950a: 136, fig. 31

Lake Tawar, northern Simaloer, off west coast of Sumatra, Indonesia, at 2°50′N, 95°50′E

Macrobrachium palawanensis Johnson, 1962a:307, fig. 1

Palawan, Philippines

?= Macrobrachium idae

Macrobrachium panamense Rathbun, 1912

Macrobrachium acanthurus panamense Rathbun, 1912:13

Rio Calobre [not “Rio Calabre”] , Panama

Palaemon papuana—See P. (Macrobrachium) oenone papuana

Palaemon parvus Hoffmann, 1874:35, pl. 7: fig. 59

“Nosy Faly,” Madagascar

?= Macrobrachium australe

Macrobrachium patsa (Coutière, 1899)

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) Patsa Coutière, 1899:382

Madagascar

Palaemon (Eupalaemon?) paucidens Hilgendorf, 1893b:155 [not P. paucidens De Haan, 1841]

Adeli, near Bismarckbourg, Togo

= Macrobrachium randens

Palaemon paucidens Lanchester, 1901:568, pl. 33: fig. 4 [not P. paucidens De Haan, 1841]

Songkhla, peninsular Thailand

= Macrobrachium lanchesteri

Macrobrachium pectinatum Pereira, 1986:200, figs. 2, 3, 6B

Atabapo River, Sta. Cruz, Territorio Federal Amazonas, Venezuela; 3°20′N, 67°29′W

Macrobrachium peguense (Tiwari, 1952)

Palaemon peguensis Tiwari, 1952:27

Burma

Palaemon peninsularis—See Macrobrachium assamense peninsulare

Macrobrachium petersii (Hilgendorf, 1879)

Palaemon (s.s.) Petersii Hilgendorf, 1879:841, pl. 4: fig. 19

Tete, Mozambique

Macrobrachium petiti (J. Roux, 1934)

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) Petiti J. Roux, 1934b:537, figs. 1–3

Vatomandry, eastern Madagascar

Macrobrachium petronioi Melo, Lobao, and Fernandes, 1986:51

Rio Branco, Brazil

Palaemon philippinensis Cowles, 1914:340, pl. 2: fig. 2

San Juan and Pasig rivers, near Manila, Philippines

= Macrobrachium mammillodactylus

38. Macrobrachium pilimanus (De Man, 1879)

Palaemon pilimanus De Man, 1879:181

Muaralabuh, near Padang, western Sumatra, Indonesia

Palaemon pilimanus, var. leptodactylus

Palaemon(Macrobrachium) pygmaeus

Palaemon pilimanus, var. leptodactylus De Man, 1892:476, pl. 28: fig. 44i-1

Bogor, Java, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium pilimanus

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) pilimanus malayanus—See Macrobrachium malayanum

Macrobrachium pinguis Dai, 1984:245, 250, figs. 1–5

Longhai County, Fujian Province, China

*39. Macrobrachium placidulum (De Man, 1892)

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) placidulus De Man, 1892:489, pl. 28: fig. 48

Indonesia

?= Palaemon spinimanus Latreille, 1818

40. Macrobrachium placidum (De Man, 1892)

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) placidus De Man, 1892:483, pl. 28: fig. 46

Kajutanam, north of Padang, western Sumatra, Indonesia

?= Palaemon (Macrobrachium) lepidactyloides

Palaemon platyrostris—See Macrobrachium hendersoni platyrostre

41. Macrobrachium poeti Holthuis, 1984b:143, fig. 1

Luwang Jurangjero, south central Java, Indonesia (8°S, 111°E), about 100 m below entrance

Palaemon Potiete Muller, 1892:184, 188, 190

Type locality not indicated

= Macrobrachium acanthurus, according to Holthuis (1952b:46)

Palaemon Potiporanga Muller, 1880:152

Brazil?

= Macrobrachium olfersii, according to Holthuis (1952b:96)

Macrobrachium potiuna (Muller, 1880)

Palaemon Potiuna Muller, 1880:152

Itajahy River near Blumenau, Santa Catarina state, Brazil

Macrobrachium praecox (J. Roux, 1928)

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) praecox J. Roux, 1928a:43

Venezuela and Colombia

Macrobrachium pumilum Pereira, 1986:208, figs. 11, 12b

Aguaro River, Cachimbo Pass, Edo. Guarico, Venezuela; 8°10′N, 66°35′W

P[alemon] punctatus Randall, 1840:146

“East Indies?” and/or West Indies

= Macrobrachium carcinus

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) pygmaeus J. Roux, 1928b:222, figs. 1–4

“Kastobo” Lake, Pulau Bawean, Java Sea, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium pilimanus

Macrobrachium quelchi (De Man, 1900)

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) Quelchi De Man, 1900:57, pl. 6: figs. 1–8

Upper Mazaruni River, Guyana

Macrobrachium ranjhai—See Macrobrachium altifrons ranjhai

Macrobrachium raridens (Hilgendorf, 1893)

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) raridens Hilgendorf, 1893c: 181

Adeli, near Bismarckbourg, Togo

Palaemon (Eupalaemon?) paucidens Hilgendorf, 1893

Macrobrachium rathbunae Holthuis, 1950b:94

Hog Creek Valley, San Jose Island, Archipielago de las Perlas, Gulf of Panama

Palaemon reunionnensis Hoffmann, 1874:33, pl. 9: figs. 66, 67

La Réunion

= Macrobrachium lar

Macrobrachium reyesi Pereira, 1986:198, figs. 1, 6C

Quebrada Corral de Piedra, El Limon, Maracay, Edo. Aragua, Venezuela; 10°15′N, 67°35′W

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) ritsemae De Man, 1897:774

Atjeh, northwestern Sumatra, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium idae

Palaemon riukiuensis Kubo, 1940a:21, figs. 12, 13

RyuKyu Islands—Species inquirenda

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) robustus De Man, 1902:771, pl. 24: fig. 48

Halmahera, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium idae

Macrobrachium rodriguezi Pereira, 1986:206, figs. 10, 12a

Caris River, El Tigre, Edo. Anzoategui, Venezuela; 8°45′N, 64°50′W

Macrobrachium rogersi (Tiwari, 1952)

Palaemon rogersi Tiwari, 1952:31

Burma

Palaemon rosalesi Rodriguez de la Cruz R., 1965:100, pl. 7

Ciudad del Carmen, Campeche, Mexico—Species inquirenda

(probably juvenile Macrobrachium)

*42. Macrobrachium rosenbergii rosenbergii (De Man, 1879)

Palaemon Rosenbergii De Man, 1879:167

Andai, northwestern Irian Jaya, Indonesia

P[alaemon] whitei

Palaemon spinipes Schenkel, 1902

Palaemon d'Acqueti

Macrobrachium rosenbergii schenkeli Johnson, 1973:274, 277

Tavoy, Burma

Palaemon ruber Hess, 1865:165, pl. 7: fig. 20

Fiji Islands

= Macrobrachium lar

Macrobrachium rude (Heller, 1862)

Palaemon rudis Heller, 1862a:527

Sri Lanka

Palaemon (s.s.) Mossambicus

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Alcocki

P[alaemon] sallei (Guérin-Méneville ms) Kingsley, 1882:108

Mississippi

= Macrobrachium ohione

Macrobrachium sankollii Jalihal and Shenoy, 1988:11 (illus.)

Karnataka, India

43. Macrobrachium scabriculum (Heller, 1862)

Palaemon scabriculus Heller, 1862b:527

Sri Lanka

Palaemon (s.s.) dolichodactylus

Palaemon dubius

Macrobrachium schenkeli—See Macrobrachium rosenbergii schenkeli

Macrobrachium scorteccii Maccagno, 1961:336 “Cal Galloan,” Somalia

Palaemon sexdentatus Streets, 1871:226, pl. 2: fig. 5

Tidewater of Rio Coatzacoalcos, Veracruz state, Mexico

= Macrobrachium acanthurus

Macrobrachium shokitai Fujino and Baba, 1973:101, figs. 1–4

River head, Urauchi River, Iriomote Island, Ryukyu Islands

Palaemon similis Yu, 1931:281, fig. 2

Amoy, China

= Macrobrachium hainanense

Palaemon sinensis Heller, 1862a:528

Shanghai, China

= Macrobrachium nipponense

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) singalangensis Nobili, 1900a:487

“Aier Mantcior, presso il Monte Singalang,” Sumatra, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium latimanus

44. Macrobrachium sintangense (De Man, 1898)

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) sintangensis De Man, 1898:138, pl. 6

Sintang, Kapuas River, Borneo

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) elegans De Man, 1892

Macrobrachium siwalikense (Tiwari, 1952)

Palaemon siwalikensis Tiwari, 1952:28

Base of Simla Hills, Punjab, India

Macrobrachium sobrinum—See Macrobrachium atactum sobrinum

Macrobrachium sollaudii (De Man, 1912)

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Sollaudii De Man, 1912a:413

Near Mobayi-Mbongo, Zaire

Macrobrachium sophronicum Holthuis, 1950a:198, fig. 40

“Wukur River,” Sika, southeastern Flores, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium gracilirostre

Palaemon spectabilis Heller, 1862a:527

Tahiti

= Macrobrachium lar

Palaemon spinimanus Latreille, 1818:5, pl. 319; fig. 1

Type locality?

?= Senior synonym of Macrobrachium placidulum

Palemon spinimanus H. Milne Edwards, 1837:399 [not Palaemon spinimanus Latreille, 1818]

Antilles and coasts of Brazil

= Macrobrachium faustinum and M. olfersii

Palaemon spinipes Schenkel, 1902:501, pl. 9: fig. 7 [not P. spinipes Desmarest, 1817]

Kema, Minahasa, northeastern Celebes, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium rosenbergii

Palaemon spinipes Var. birmanicus Schenkel, 1902:503 pl. 9: fig. 8

Burma

= Macrobrachium malcolmsonii

Macrobrachium srilankense H.H. Costa, 1979:60, fig. 6, pl. 1: fig. D

Sri Lanka

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) stresemanni J. Roux, 1918:113, figs. 1, 2—Species inquirenda

Pulau Tjelukanbawang, Bali, Indonesia

Palaemon subinermis—See P. (Eupalaemon) Idae, var. subinermis

Palaemon sulcatus Henderson and Matthai, 1910:289, pl. 16: fig. 4

Cochin, southern India

= Macrobrachium equidens

45. Macrobrachium sulcicarpale Holthuis, 1950a:220, fig. 45

Bangkalan River, Pulau Salajar, Indonesia

P[alaemon] sundaicus Heller, 1862b:415, pl. 2: figs. 38, 39

Java, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium austral

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) sundaicus var. baramensis De Man, 1902:770

Baram River, Sarawak, Borneo

= Macrobrachium equidens

Palaemon sundaicus var. bataviana De Man, 1897:784

Djakarta, Java, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium equidens

P[alaemon] (Eupalaemon) sundaicus var brachydactyla Nobili, 1899:238

Ambon

= Macrobrachium equidens

Plalaemon] sundaicus var. De Mani Nobili, 1899:239 Atjeh

= Macrobrachium equidens

Macrobrachium superbum (Heller, 1862)

Palaemon superbus Heller, 1862a:528

Shanghai, China

Macrobrachium surinamicum Holthuis, 1948:1112

Plantation “Geyersvlijt,” Paramaribo, Surinam

Pal[aemon] Swainsonii (Leach ms) White, 1847:78

Type locality ?

= Macrobrachium acanthurus

Palaemon talaverae Blanco, 1939a: 168, pl. 2 Lake Sampaloc, San Pablo, Laguna Province, Luzon, Philippines

?= Macrobrachium mammillodactylus

Cancer teatae Curtiss, 1938:162

Tahiti

= Macrobrachium lar

Macrobrachium tenellum (Smith, 1871)

Palaemon tenellus Smith, 1871:98

Polvon, western Nicaragua

Palaemon longipes Lockington, 1878

Palaemon tenuicarpus—See P. (Eupalaemon) dux var. tenuicarpus

Macrobrachium therezieni Holthuis, 1965:281, fig. 1

Maningory River, Fenerive district, Tamatave province, eastern Madagascar

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) thienemanni J. Roux, 1932:570, figs, a, b

Sungai Musinear Muarakelingi, southern Sumatra, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium trompii

Macrobrachium thysi Powell, 1980:318, figs. 1–3

Banco National Park, near Abidjan, Ivory Coast

Macrobrachium tiwarii Jalihal, Shenoy, and Sankolli, 1988:27

Karnataka, India

Macrobrachium tolmerum Riek, 1951:362, fig. 1

Black River, Macrossan, Queensland, Australia

Macrobrachium transandicum Holthuis, 1950b:94

Rio Telembi, tributary of Rio Patia, near San Lorenzo, southwestern Colombia

Pal[aemon] tridens (Leach ms) White, 1847:78

Mauritius ?

= Macrobrachium lar

46. Macrobrachium trompii (De Man, 1898)

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) Trompii De Man, 1898:144, pl. 7

“Kapuas Basin,” central Borneo, Indonesia

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) thienemanni

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) trompi armatus

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) trompi armatus J. Roux, 1936:30

Gunong Pulai Estate, Johore, Malaysia

= Macrobrachium trompii

Macrobrachium unikarnatakae Jalihal, Shenoy, and Sankolli, 1988:21

Kamatak, India

P[alaemon] (Eupalaemon) ustulatus Nobili, 1899:241

Rigo, southeastern Papua

= Macrobrachium australe

P[alaemon] vagus Heller, 1862b:417, pl. 2: figs. 42, 43

Ambon. Indonesia

= Macrobrachium lar

Macrobrachium veliense Jayachandran and Joseph, 1985b: 185, figs. 1, 2

Veli Lake, near Trivandrum, southwestern India

Macrobrachium venustum (Parisi, 1919)

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) venustus Parisi, 1919:92, 93, pl. 4: fig. 1, pl.. 6: figs. 5, 13

Hainan, South China

Macrobrachium villalobosi Hobbs, 1973b:77, fig. 3

Cueva del Nacimiento del Rio San Antonio, 10 km SSW Acatlan, Oaxaca, Mexico

Macrobrachium villosimanus (Tiwari, 1949)

Palaemon villosimanus Tiwari, 1949b:329

Pulta Waterworks, Calcutta, India

Macrobrachium vollenhovenii (Herklots, 1857)

Palaemon Vollenhovenii Herklots, 1857:96

Ghana

Palaemon jamaicensis var. africanus Bouvier, 1895

Palaemon jamaicensis, var. angolensis

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) jamaicensis, var. Herklotsii

47. Macrobrachium weben (De Man, 1892)

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Weberi De Man, 1892:421, pl. 25: fig. 33

Southwestern Celebes, Indonesia

P[alaemon] whitei (Guérin-Méneville ms) Sharp, 1893:122

Bombay

= Macrobrachium rosenbergii schenkeli

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Wolterstorffi Nobili, 1900b: 1

Surabaja, eastern Java, Indonesia

= Macrobrachium mammillodactylus

Macrobrachium yeti Dang Ngoc Thanh, 1975:67 (illustr.)

Vietnam

Macrobrachium yui Holthuis, 1950a:211

Ning-Erh, Yunnan, southern China

Palaemon brevicarpus var. heterochirus Yu, 1936

Palaemon yunnanensis Yu, 1936a:308, figs. 3, 4

Mann-Tchi-Pan, Yunnan, China

= Macrobrachium hendersoni

Macrobrachium zjariquieyi Holthuis, 1949a: 178, figs. 1, 2

Bioko, equatorial Guinea

Of these species, 39 seem to have been recorded from the Philippine-Indonesian region, a count that will certainly increase as current surveys of the freshwater fauna of that area are pursued. Rather than attempt to match the excellence of the key to all of the recognized species prepared by Holthuis (1950a: 105–111), we have restricted our attention to the Philippine and Indonesian species, and even those have been embarrassingly equivocal. Because only full-grown males of many of the species can be reliably identified from preserved material and because several of the names currently available were based on females or younger than full-grown males, final determinations of many of the taxa must await new collections from the type localities and, especially, the study of fresh or frozen specimens that may display diagnostic color patterns.

Key to Full-grown Males of Philippine-Indonesian Species of Macrobrachium

In an attempt to minimize the danger of recording misidentifications of material collected by the Albatross Expedition, only those lots containing full-grown males with second pereopods (amounting to 40 lots and 382 specimens) are recorded below. Not included are 8 lots, 52 specimens tentatively identified as M. australe; 1 specimen as M. equidens; 1 lot, 3 specimens as M. idae; 1 lot, 3 specimens as M. lanceifrons; 9 lots, 24 specimens as M. latidactylus; and 37 lots, 632 specimens determined only to the genus Macrobrachium.

Illustrations of the anterior carapace and third pereopod of the species presumably represented in the Albatross collections are offered in support or contradiction of our identifications.

*9. Macrobrachium australe (Guérin-Méneville, 1838)

FIGURE 2

Palaemon australis Guérin-Méneville, 1838:37 [type locality: Tahiti].

P[alaemon] sundaicus Heller, 1862b:415, pl. 2: figs. 38, 39 [type locality: Java].

Palaemon dispar Von Martens, 1868:41 [type locality: Pulau Adonara, east of Flores].

Palaemon alphonsianus Hoffmann, 1874:33, pl. 9: figs. 63–65 [type locality: La Réunion].

Palaemon parvus Hoffmann, 1874:35, pl. 7: fig. 59 [type locality: “Nosy Faly,” Madagascar].

Palaemon Malliardi Richters, 1880:166, pl. 18: figs. 1–3 [type locality: Mauritius].

P[alaemon] (Eupalaemon) ustulatus Nobili, 1899:241 [type locality: Rigo, southeastern Papua].

Leander lepidus De Man, 1915:410, pl. 28, fig. 6 [type locality: mouths of small streams at “Oinake,” east of Teluk Jos Sudarso, West New Guinea].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum reaching nearly as far as or beyond level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin faintly sinuous, rostral formula: 2–4 + 7–10/2–8, usually with gap near anterior end of dorsal series; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight or slightly convex; 1st pereopod with chela less than art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length and dissimilar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm subcylindrical, fingers and palm not concealed by dense pubescence, fingers dentate on opposable margins, not gaping, less than art as long as palm, chela slightly longer than carpus, palm about art as long as carpus, carpus less than twice as long as merus, without longitudinal grooves; minor pereopod with fingers less than art as long as palm; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by less than length of dactyl, propodus not covered with spines or scales; maximum postorbital carapace length more than 27 mm.

FIGURE 2.—Macrobrachium australe from Malaga River, Hinunangan Bay, Leyte, Philippines: a, anterior carapace and appendages, lateral aspect, of male with carapace length of 20.0 mm; b, right 3rd pereopod, dactyl, and propodus, of male with carapace length of 20.2 mm; c, same, dactyl, denuded.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Naujan River, Mindoro; [13°16′N, 121°19′E]; 5 Jun 1908; 18 males [7.5–18.5] 4 females [10.2–22.2], 2 ovig [10.5–22.2].—Malaga River, Hinunangan Bay, Leyte; [10°24′N, 125°12′E]; 30 Jul 1909; 8 males [15.9–27.6] 6 females [11.7–15.3], 3 ovig [13.2–15.2].—Mananga River, Cebu; [10°14′N, 123°50′E]; 25 Aug 1909: 15 males [5.2–22.2] 15 females [5.9–16.3], 4 ovig [11.3–15.3], 3 juv [5.1–5.2].

INDONESIA. Sungai Gorontalo, Celebes; [0°30′N, 123°03′E]; 15 Nov 1909; 25′ seine; 30 males [6.2–20.2] 11 females [4.9–15.5], 2 ovig [9.2, 9.2].

RANGE.—Previously known from Madagascar and the Seychelles through the Indian Ocean to Taiwan, Philippines, Indonesia, and the Pacific islands as far as the Marshall Islands in the North Pacific and the Marquesas Islands in the South Pacific.

*10. Macrobrachium bariense (De Man, 1892)

FIGURE 3

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) bariensis De Man, 1892:496, pl. 29: fig. 50 [type locality: Berit, western Flores, Indonesia].

Macrobrachium bariense.—Holthuis, 1950a:236. fig. 49.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum reaching nearly to level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin nearly straight, faintly convex, rostral formula: 4–6 + 8/2–4, teeth subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight or slightly convex; 1st pereopod with chela more than art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length and dissimilar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm compressed, forming carinate flange on flexor margin, fingers and palm not concealed by dense pubescence, fingers sparsely dentate on opposable margins, not gaping, about as long as or shorter than palm, chela about twice as long as carpus, palm about 1Xart times as long as carpus, carpus somewhat shorter than merus, without longitudinal grooves; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers gaping, 1art to less than twice as long as palm; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by about length of dactyl, propodus not covered with spines or scales; maximum postorbital carapace length little more than 15 mm.

FIGURE 3.—Macrobrachium bariense from Malabang River, Mindanao, Philippines: a, anterior carapace and appendages, lateral aspect, of male with carapace length of 12.9 mm; b, right 3rd pereopod, dactyl, and propodus, of male with carapace length of 13.0 mm; c, same, dactyl, denuded.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Malabang River, Mindanao; [7°36′N, 124°04′E]; 1art m; 21 May 1908 (1500); 130′ seine: 3 males [10.2–13.0].

RANGE.—Previously known from five Indonesian localities; also, there are specimens in the Smithsonian collections from the Palau Islands. Apparently the species has not been reported previously from the Philippines.

11. Macrobrachium callirrhoe (De Man, 1898)

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) callirrhoe De Man, 1898:152, pl. 8 [type locality: Sungai Mandai and Sungai Ketungau, central Borneo].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin nearly straight, faintly convex, rostral formula: 3–4 + 6–7/2–3, dorsal teeth subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin slightly convex; 1st pereopod with chela art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods somewhat unequal in length, similar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm slightly compressed, fingers and palm not concealed by dense pubescence, fingers dentate on opposable margins, slightly gaping, shorter than palm, chela less than 3 times as long as carpus, palm less than 1art times as long as carpus, carpus shorter than merus, without longitudinal grooves; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers about as long as palm; 3rd pereopod with propodus not covered with spines or scales; maximum postorbital carapace length less than 10 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the type series from two rivers in central Borneo.

ETYMOLOGY.—The specific name of this species was undoubtedly transliterated from the name assigned to any of three different women in Greek mythology or to a famous spring in Athens. Whatever the connotation, the apparently commonest spelling of the name was the one used by DeMan and repeated here: Callirrhoe.

12. Macrobrachium clymene (De Man, 1902)

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) clymene De Man, 1902:794, pl. 25: fig. 50 [type locality: Batang Baram, Sarawak].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum reaching at most to level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin nearly straight, faintly sinuous, rostral formula: 2–3 + 5–7/2–4, dorsal teeth subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex reaching about to level of tips of longer posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin faintly convex; 1st pereopod with chela less than art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length and dissimilar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm compressed, fingers and palm not concealed by dense pubescence, fingers dentate on opposable margins, gaping, art as long as palm, chela 4 times as long as carpus, palm 2art times as long as carpus, carpus art as long as merus, without deep longitudinal grooves; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers more than art as long as palm; 3rd pereopod not overreaching antennal scale; maximum postorbital carapace length about 15 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the river in Sarawak representing the type locality.

13. Macrobrachium cowlesi Holthuis, 1950

Palaemon sp. Cowles, 1914:397, pl. 3: fig. 11.

Macrobrachium cowlesi Holthuis, 1950a:257 [type locality: Manila water supply, Luzon, Philippines].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not reaching level of distal end of antennular peduncle and falling far short of that of distal extremity of antennal scale, dorsal margin slightly convex, rostral formula: 6–7 + 8/2, dorsal teeth subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; 2nd pereopods unequal in length and dissimilar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm compressed, fingers not concealed by dense pubescence, bearing teeth and tubercles on opposable surface, gaping, subequal to palm in length, palm bearing dense patches of pubescence at extreme proximal end, chela 3 times as long as carpus, palm 1art times as long as carpus, carpus shorter than merus, without longitudinal grooves; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers less than 1art times as long as palm; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of dactyl and art of propodus, latter not covered with spines or scales, maximum postorbital carapace length 20 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from two syntypes from the Manila water supply, Philippines, and from seven specimens recorded from Sumba in the Lesser Sunda Islands of Indonesia by Holthuis (1978b).

*14. Macrobrachium equidens (Dana, 1852)

FIGURE 4

Palaemon equidens Dana, 1852a:26 [type locality: Singapore].

Palaemon sundaicus var. bataviana De Man, 1897:784 [type locality: Djakarta, Java].

P[alaemon] (Eupalaemon) sundaicus var. brachydactyla Nobili, 1899:238 [type locality: Ambon].

P[alaemon] (Eupalaemon) acanthosoma Nobili, 1899:242 [type locality: “Katau” [?= Binaturi River, near Fly River], Papua New Guinea].

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) sundaicus var. baramensis De Man, 1902:770 [type locality: Baram River, Sarawak].

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) nasutus Nobili, 1903a:9, 1 fig. [type locality: Singapore].

Palaemon sulcatus Henderson and Matthai, 1910:289, pl. 16: fig, 4 [type locality: Cochin, southern India].

Palaemon sundaicus.—Cowles, 1914:355, pl. 2: fig. 3 [not P. sundaicus Heller, 1862].

Palaemon delagoae Stebbing, 1915:74, pl. 16 [type locality: Delagoa Bay. Mozambique].

Urocaridella borradailei Stebbing, 1923:8, pl. 14 [type locality: Mhlatuze River, Natal].

Macrobrachium equidens.—Holthuis, 1950a: 162, fig. 36.—Johnson, 1973:283.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum reaching nearly as far as or beyond level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin convex or slightly sinuous, rostral formula: 2–4 + 7–9/4–7, dorsal teeth unequally spaced, usually with wider gaps near posterior and anterior ends of series; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight or convex; 1st pereopod with chela art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods subequal in length, similar in form, palm subcylindrical, fingers covered with soft, dense pubescence, not dentate on opposable margins, not gaping (in full-grown males), about art as long as palm, latter completely naked, without pubescence, chela longer than carpus, palm art–art as long as carpus, carpus 1art–1art as long as merus, without longitudinal grooves; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of dactyl, propodus partially pubescent, not covered with spines or scales; maximum postorbital carapace length about 30 mm.

MATERIAL.—INDONESIA. Pulau Sebatik, Borneo; [4°10′N, 117°45′E]; 1 Oct 1909: 3 males [12.8–21.2].

RANGE.—South Africa, southern India to Fukien Province, China, Philippines, Indonesia, and Palau Islands eastward to New Britain, the Solomon Islands, and Nigeria [possibly introduced]; high salinity brackish and salt water, rarely in pure fresh water.

FIGURE 4.—Macrobrachium equidens from Pulau Sebatik, Borneo: a, anterior carapace and appendages, lateral aspect, of male with carapace length of 16.6 mm; b, right 3rd pereopod, dactyl, and propodus, of male with carapace length of 21.2 mm; c, same, dactyl, denuded.

REMARKS.—That Holthuis (1950a) was justified in assigning Dana's name to this species is borne out by the description of its habitat by Johnson (1973:285): “M. equidens is pre-eminently an inhabitant of high-salinity brackish water. It is also found in shallow, inshore, marine waters, where it very probably is capable of breeding. It rarely enters pure freshwater.” In the original description, Dana (1852a) noted that the type specimen of M. equidens was found “in mare prope portum ‘Singapore’.”

The differences between M. equidens and M. mammillodactylus are not always apparent, especially in females and subadult males or in the absence of the second chelipeds, but there is little doubt that the two species are distinct. Cowles (1914) noted that M. equidens lacks the conspicuous T-shaped pigment mark present on the lateral surface of the carapace in fresh material of M. mammillodactylus, but the second chelipeds of M. equidens are marbled like tortoise shell, whereas they are longitudinally striped in M. mammillodactylus.

The antennal scale in the specimens from Borneo is little more than three times as long as wide, in contradistinction to the proportions of 3.5 to 4 indicated by Holthuis (1950a:165). In the illustration furnished by that author (Figure 36a), however, the scale is barely three times as long as wide.

15. Macrobrachium esculentum (Thallwitz, 1891)

Palaemon esculentus Thallwitz, 1891:98 [type locality: northern Celebes].

Palaemon dulcis Thallwitz, 1891:99 [type locality: northern Celebes].

Macrobrachium esculentum.—Holthuis, 1950a:257.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, rostral formula: 5–6 + 7–8/2; 1st pereopod with chela more than art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length and dissimilar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm compressed, fingers not covered with dense pubescence, dentate on opposable margins, gaping, longer or shorter than palm, latter entirely covered with woolly hairs, chela longer than carpus, palm longer than carpus, carpus shorter than merus, without longitudinal grooves; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers longer than palm; maximum postorbital carapace length less than 25 mm.

RANGE.—Known with certainty only from northern Celebes; reported from Thailand and the Philippines.

*16. Macrobrachium gracilirostre (Miers, 1875)

FIGURE 5

Palaemon gracilirostris Miers, 1875:343 [type locality: Upolu, Samoa Islands].

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) modestus De Man, 1892:469, pl. 27: fig. 43 [type locality: River at “Wukur,” not far from Sika, southeastern Flores, Indonesia; not P. modestus Heller, 1862a].

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) modestus brevimanus J. Roux, 1934a:228, figs. 9, 10 [type locality: Bimun, New Ireland].

Macrobrachium sophronicum Holthuis, 1950a:198, fig. 40 [type locality: “Wukur River,” Sika, southeastern Flores, Indonesia].

Macrobrachium gracilirostre.—Holthuis, 1959:199.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin nearly straight, faintly convex or sinuous, rostral formula: 5–6 + 3–4/2, dorsal teeth more widely spaced anteriorly; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight; 1st pereopod with chela less than art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods subequal in length and similar in form, with fingers naked except for scattered setae, opposable margins dentate, not gaping noticeably, art as long as palm, palm without dense pubescence, chela about 1art times as long as carpus, palm subequal to carpus in length, carpus longer than merus, without longitudinal grooves; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of dactyl and art of propodus, latter covered with appressed scales; maximum carapace length about 25 mm.

FIGURE 5.—Macrobrachium gracilirostre, male from Malaga River, Leyte, Philippines, carapace length 15.2 mm: a, anterior carapace and appendages, lateral aspect; b, right 3rd pereopod, dactyl, and propodus; c, same, dactyl, denuded.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Malaga River, Hinunangan Bay, Leyte; [10°24′N, 125°12′E]; 30 Jul 1909: 3 males [14.0–18.0].

RANGE.—Previously known from the Ryukyu Islands, Taiwan, the Moluccas, Lesser Sunda Islands, New Ireland, and Fiji and Samoa islands. Apparently the species has not been recorded before from the Philippines.

17. Macrobrachium gua Chong, 1989

Macrobrachium gua Chong, 1989:32, figs. 1, 2 [type locality: stream at resurgence from Gomantong Hill, about 5°33′N, 118°06′E, Sabah, Borneo].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not quite overreaching antennal scale, dorsal margin faintly convex, rostral formula: 3–4 + 6–9/2–3, dorsal teeth subequally spaced; telson with posterior apex not overreaching longer posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin nearly straight; 2nd pereopods subequal in length and similar in form, palm of major member of pair slightly compressed, fingers with surfaces more or less concealed by tufts of moderately long, velvety hairs, also on distal art to art of chela, fingers dentate on opposable margins, not appreciably gaping, nearly or fully as long as palm, chela about 4 times as long as carpus, carpus about art as long as merus; maximum postorbital carapace length about 20 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the type locality at the effluent of an underground stream in Sabah.

18. Macrobrachium hainanense (Parisi, 1919)

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) hainanense Parisi, 1919:87, pl. 3: fig. 1; pl. 6: figs. 1, 7 [type locality: Keng-kong River, Hainan].

Palaemon similis Yu, 1931:281, fig. 2 [type locality: Amoy, China].

Macrobrachium hainanense.—Holthuis, 1950a:158, fig. 35.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum falling considerably short of level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin nearly straight or faintly sinuous, rostral formula: 3–4 + 6–1art, dorsal teeth subequally spaced, except posteriormost often remote from 2nd; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight; 1st pereopod with chela art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods subequal in length and similar in form, palm subcylindrical, fingers with narrow longitudinal band of pubescence in basal part either side of opposable margin, latter dentate, fingers not noticeably gaping, art as long as palm, latter spinulose but not pubescent, chela 1art times as long as carpus, palm about as long as carpus, carpus 1art times as long as merus, without longitudinal grooves; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale little, if at all, propodus covered with spinules; maximum carapace length about 25 mm.

RANGE.—Southeastern China and Java, Indonesia.

19. Macrobrachium horstii (De Man, 1892)

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) Horstii De Man, 1892:460, pl. 27: fig. 39 [type locality: River at Polopo, central Celebes].

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) horsti brevidigitus J. Roux, 1930:358 [type locality: Bali].

Macrobrachium horstii.—Holthuis, 1950a:203, fig. 42.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not reaching level of distal margin of antennal scale, dorsal margin moderately convex, rostral formula: 4 + 8/2–3, dorsal teeth subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight; 1st pereopod with chela more than art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods subequal in length, similar in form, palm somewhat compressed, fingers and palm spinulose, not pubescent, fingers with teeth on opposable margins, not broadly gaping, art–art as long as palm, chela less than twice as long as carpus, palm 1–1art times as long as carpus, carpus slightly longer than merus, without longitudinal grooves; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by about length of dactyl; maximum carapace length about 20 mm.

RANGE.—Taiwan and Celebes, Bali, and Lombok, Indonesia.

*20. Macrobrachium idae (Heller, 1862)

FIGURE 6

P[alaemon] Idae Heller, 1862b:416, pl. 2: figs. 40, 41 [type locality: Borneo].

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) ritsemae De Man, 1897:774 [type locality: Atjeh, northwestern Sumatra].

P[alaemon] (Eupalaemon) Idae, var. subinermis Nobili, 1899:237 [type locality: San Guiseppe River near Innawi, Meheo District, Papua].

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Mariae Coutière. 1900:1266 [type locality: Madagascar].

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) robustus De Man, 1902:771, pl. 24: fig. 48 [type locality: Halmahera].

Macrobrachium idae.—Holthuis, 1950a:142, fig. 33.

?Macrobrachium palawanensis Johnson, 1962a:307, fig. 1 [type locality: Palawan, Philippines].

?Macrobrachium palawanense.—Johnson, 1973:274, 282.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum reaching nearly as far as or slightly beyond level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin straight or faintly sinuous, rostral formula: 2–3 + 6–9/3–4, dorsal teeth rather subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin slightly convex; 1st pereopod with chela less than 3 times as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods similar in form but not usually equal in length, palm subcylindrical, fingers pubescent, especially either side of proximal part of opposable margins, latter dentate proximally, fingers not noticeably gaping, art as long as palm, latter naked, chela shorter than carpus, palm more than art as long as carpus, carpus more than twice as long as merus, without longitudinal grooves; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by more than length of dactyl, propodus not covered with spines or scales; maximum postorbital carapace length about 20 mm.

FIGURE 6.—Macrobrachium idae, male from Naujan River, Mindoro, Philippines, carapace length 16.7 mm: a, anterior carapace and appendages, lateral aspect; b, right 3rd pereopod, dactyl, and propodus; c, same, dactyl, denuded.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Naujan River, Mindoro; [13°16′N, 121°19′E]; 5 Jun 1908: 1 male [16.9].

RANGE.—Madagascar to southern India, Philippines, Indonesia, and eastward as far as the Admiralty Islands.

REMARKS.—The identity of the specimen assigned to this species (Figure 6) is somewhat tentative, but it agrees almost exactly with the illustrations by De Man (1902) of M. robustus, which Holthuis (1950a:145) noted “undoubtedly belongs to M. idae.”

Macrobrachium palawanense may be a valid species, but we have been unable to distinguish it from M. idae on the basis of the descriptions and illustrations published by Johnson (1962a, 1973). That author convincingly separated the species from M. weberi but mentioned no characters that do not apply as well to our concept of M. idae.

21. Macrobrachium jacobsoni Holthuis, 1950

Macrobrachium jacobsoni Holthuis, 1950a:227, fig. 47 [type locality: Sinabang, Pulau Simeulue, off northwestern Sumatra].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum reaching nearly or quite as far as level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin nearly straight, faintly convex or sinuous, rostral formula: 5–6 + 7–9/3–4, dorsal teeth subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin nearly straight; 1st pereopod with chela about art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods distinctly unequal in length but rather similar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm somewhat compressed, fingers without dense pubescence, dentate on opposable margins, not gaping, about as long as palm, latter partially covered with dense pubescence, chela 3art times as long as carpus, palm 1art times as long as carpus, carpus more than art as long as merus, without longitudinal grooves; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of dactyl or less, propodus not covered with spines or scales; maximum postorbital carapace length less than 25 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the Sinabang area of Pulau Simeulue off the Indian Ocean coast of northwestern Sumatra, Indonesia, and from Mindanao, Philippines.

*22. Macrobrachium jaroense (Cowles, 1914)

FIGURE 7

Palaemon jaroensis Cowles, 1914:385, pl. 3: fig. 8 [type locality: Hibucawan River near Jaro, Leyte, Philippines].

Macrobrachium jaroense.—Holthuis, 1950a:205.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin sinuous but without distinct dorsal crest, rostral formula: 4–6 + 5–7/2(3), dorsal teeth unequally spaced, more widely separated posteriorly; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight; 1st pereopod with chela more than art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length but similar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm compressed; fingers dentate on opposable margins but teeth concealed by dense pubescence on either side, fingers slightly gaping, art–1art times as long as palm, latter without dense pubescence, chela less than twice as long as palm, latter without dense pubescence, less than twice as long as carpus, palm about as long as carpus, carpus longer than merus, with distinct but shallow longitudinal groove on carpus; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers 1art times as long as palm; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of dactyl and art of propodus, latter covered with appressed scales; maximum postorbital carapace length less than 20 mm.

FIGURE 7.—Macrobrachium jaroense from Mananga River, Cebu, Philippines: a, anterior carapace and appendages, lateral aspect, of male with carapace length of 16.0 mm; b, right 3rd pereopod, dactyl, and propodus, of male with carapace length of 16.5 mm; c, same, dactyl, denuded.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Mananga River, Cebu; [10°14′, 123°50′E]; 25 Aug 1909: 24 males [8.2–17.8] 24 females [8.3–13.8], 19 ovig [9.4–13.81].

RANGE.—Known previously only from Taiwan and the 23 specimens in the type series from Leyte, Philippines.

23. Macrobrachium javanicum (Heller, 1862)

P[alaemon] javanicus Heller, 1862b:421, pl. 2: fig. 48 [type locality: Java].

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) neglectus De Man, 1905:201, pl. 15: fig. 6 [type locality: Mergui Archipelago and northeastern Sumatra].

Macrobrachium javanicum.—Holthuis, 1950a:190, fig. 38.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin somewhat sinuous, rostral formula: 3 + 8–10/3–5, dorsal teeth subequally spaced, except posteriormost tooth often more remote; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin nearly straight; 1st pereopod with chela art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods subequal in length and rather similar in form, palm somewhat compressed, fingers without dense pubescence, dentate on opposable margins, not widely gaping, art–art as long as palm, latter not densely pubescent, even in part, chela twice as long as carpus, palm 1–1art times as long as carpus, carpus longer than merus, without longitudinal grooves; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by less than length of dactyl, propodus not covered with spines or scales; maximum postorbital carapace length about 32 mm.

RANGE.—Mergui Archipelago, Malaya, Thailand, and Indonesia.

24. Macrobrachium joppae Holthuis, 1950

Macrobrachium joppae Holthuis, 1950a:233, fig. 48 [type locality: Pulau Nias, off northwestern coast of Sumatra].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not quite reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin nearly straight, rostral formula: 4–5 + 9–10/4–5, dorsal teeth subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin concave; 1st pereopod with chela longer than art of carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length, dissimilar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm subcylindrical, fingers without dense pubescence, dentate on opposable margins, partially gaping, art–1art times as long as palm, latter with single dense patch of long, soft hair, chela 3art times as long as carpus, palm 1art–1art times as long as carpus, carpus as long as or slightly longer than merus, without longitudinal grooves; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers fully 1art times as long as palm; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale little if at all, propodus not covered with spines or scales; maximum postorbital carapace length less than 20 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from nine syntypes from Pulau Nias of the Indian Ocean coast of northwestern Sumatra, Indonesia.

*25. Macrobrachium lanceifrons (Dana, 1852)

FIGURE 8

Palaemon lanceifrons Dana, 1852a:26 [type locality: Manila, Luzon, Philippines].—Cowles, 1914:364, pl. 2: fig. 4.

Palaemon lanceifrons var. montalbanensis Cowles, 1914:371, pl. 2: fig. 6 [type locality: Montalban, near Manila, Luzon, Philippines].

Macrobrachium lanceifrons var. lanceifrons.—Holthuis, 1950a:154.

Macrobrachium lanceifrons var. montalbanense.—Holthuis, 1950a:154.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum reaching nearly as far as to slightly beyond level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin sinuous, sometimes simply convex, rostral formula: 1–2 + 7–1art–4, dorsal teeth subequally spaced or more widely spaced in anterior part; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin nearly straight; 1st pereopod with chela about art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods somewhat unequal in length, similar in form; palm subcylindrical, fingers covered with dense pubescence, dentate on opposable margins, not noticeably gaping, art–1art times as long as palm, palm naked, chela slightly longer than carpus to slightly more than 1art times as long, palm art–art as long as carpus, carpus 1art–1art times as long as merus, without longitudinal grooves; 3rd pereopod barely overreaching antennal scale, if at all, propodus not covered with spines or scales; maximum postorbital carapace length about 20 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Santa Cruz, Laguna de Bay, Luzon; [14°17′N, 121°25′E]; 17 Dec 1907: 15 males [5.4–14.8] 15 females [6.1–10.1], 9 ovig [6.1–10.1].—Marikina River at Wawa, Luzon; [14°44′, 121°11′E]; 1 Jan 1908; 9 males [6.4–14.8] 8 females [6.1–8.0].—Antipolo, Luzon; [14°35′N, 121°10′E]; 26 Jan 1908:1 male [16.3].

FIGURE 8.—Macrobrachium lanceifrons from Santa Cruz, Laguna de Bay, Luzon, Philippines: a, anterior carapace and appendages, lateral aspect, of male with carapace length of 14.5 mm; b, right 3rd pereopod, dactyl, and propodus, of male with carapace length of 16.3 mm; c, same, dactyl, denuded.

FIGURE 9.—Macrobrachium lar from the Philippines: a, anterior carapace and appendages, lateral aspect, of male from Varadero Mountain, Mindoro, with carapace length of 38.2 mm; b, right 3rd pereopod, dactyl, and propodus, of male from Nonucan River, Mindanao, with carapace length of 41.0 mm; c, same, dactyl, denuded.

RANGE.—Known only from the general vicinity of Manila, Luzon, Philippines.

REMARKS.—The single male from Antipolo agrees with Cowles' description of M. lanceifrons var. montalbanense but it was collected only a few miles from the Marikina River at Wawa, where typical specimens of M. lanceifrons occurred, and we can therefore see little reason for regarding that variety as a subspecies, particularly as Cowles (1914:379) noted that both forms had similar distinctive color patterns.

26. Macrobrachium lar (Fabricius, 1798)

FIGURE 9

Palaemon Lar Weber, 1795:94 [nomen nudum].

?Palaemon longimanus Weber. 1795:94 [nomen nudum].

Palaemon Lar Fabricius, 1798:402 [type locality: “in India Dom. Daldorff” (? = Tranquebar)].

?Palaemon longimanus Fabricius, 1798:402 [type locality: “in India oriental Dom. Daldorff” (? = Tranquebar)].

Palaemon ornatus Olivier, 1811:660 [type locality: East Indies].

Pal[aemon] tridens White, 1847:78 [type locality: Mauritius ?].

P[alaemon] vagus Heller, 1862b:417, pl.2: figs. 42, 43 [type locality: Ambon].

Palaemon spectabilis Heller, 1862a:527 [type locality: Tahiti].

Palaemon ruber Hess, 1865:165, pl. 7: fig. 20 [type locality: Fiji Islands].

Palaemon mayottensis Hoffmann, 1874:32, pl. 9: figs. 61, 62 [type locality: Ile de Mayotte. Comoro Islands, and l'Île Nosy Fali, Madagascar].

Palaemon reunionnensis Hoffmann, 1874:33, pl.9: figs. 66, 67 [type locality: La Réunion].

Palaemon madagascariensis Hoffmann, 1874:35, pl. 7: fig. 58 [type locality: Nosy Fali, N.W. Madagascar].

Leander dionyx Nobili, 1905b:482, pl. 12: fig. 2 [type locality: Bogadjim (= Stephansort), Papua New Guinea].

Palaemon lar.—Cowles, 1914:380, pl. 2: fig. 7.

Macrobrachium lar.—Holthuis. 1950a:176, fig. 37.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum falling slightly short of level of distal end of antennal scale, rostral formula: 2 + 5–7/2–4, posteriormost tooth of dorsal series more remote than others; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin convex; 1st pereopod with chela about art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods usually unequal in length, similar in form, palm subcylindrical, fingers bearing scattered setae not concealing surface, dentate on opposable margins, fingers usually gaping (in full-grown males), fingers from art to quite as long as palm, palm not clothed in dense pubescence anywhere, chela more than 3art times as long as carpus, palm slightly longer than to twice as long as carpus, carpus shorter than merus, with shallow longitudinal groove; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by less than length of dactyl, propodus bearing numerous appressed spines; maximum postorbital carapace length more than 55 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Sablan, Benguet, Luzon; [16°30′, 120°40′E]; 14 Mar 1908: 2 males [35.7, 37.7].—Small creek at Varadero Bay, Mindoro; [13°30′N, 120°59′E]; 27 Oct 1909; dynamite: 2 males [15.1, 16.8] 1 female [16.3].—“Varadero Mountain,” [probably] Mindoro; 23 Jul 1908: 11 males [16.2–38.2] 2 females [24.3–27.7].—Calawagan River 3 miles from mouth, Mindoro; [13°25′N, 120°28′E]; 11 Dec 1908 (1500); 16′ seine: 1 male [24.2].—Mananga River, Cebu; [10°14′N, 123°50′E]; 25 Aug 1909: 2 pairs of 2nd pereopods.—Nonucan River, Iligan Bay, Mindanao; 8°13′N, 124°12′E; 6 Aug 1909 (0800); dynamite: 1 male [41.0].—Small stream at Mati, Pujada Bay, Mindana; [6°57′N, 126°13′E]; 15 May 1908: 8 males [9.2–26.3] 7 females {(20.2–20.9).

INDONESIA. Stream, Pulau Ambon; [3°40;S, 128° 10′]; 5 Dec 1909; dynamite: 6 males [13.0–26.0].—Ambon Market; [3°43′S, 128°12′E]; 5 Dec 1909; 1 male [24.2] 6 females [19.6–25.5], 3 ovig [19.6–25.5]).

RANGE.—Widespread throughout the Indo-Pacific region from East Africa to the Marquesas Islands, probably not indigenous on Hawaii.

*27. Macrobrachium latidactylus (Thallwitz, 1891)

FIGURE 10

Palaemon latidactylus Thallwitz, 1891:97 [type locality: northern Celebes].—Cowles. 1914:392, pl. 3: fig. 10.

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) endehensis De Man, 1892:465, pl. 27: fig. 42 [type locality: Flores, Indonesia].

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) lampropus De Man, 1892:493, pl. 29: fig. 49 [type locality: Celebes and Timor, Indonesia].

Macrobrachium latidactylus.—Holthuis, 1950a:239, fig. 50.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin slightly convex, rostral formula: 3–5 + 10–1art–5, interspaces often wider near posterior and anterior ends of dorsal series; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight; 1st pereopod with chela art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length and dissimilar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm compressed, fingers not densely pubescent, fingers denticulate on opposable margins, gaping, art–1 art times as long as palm, latter nowhere densely pubescent, chela 1 art times as long as carpus, palm longer than carpus, carpus 1 art times as long as merus, not longitudinally grooved; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers 1 art times as long as palm; 3rd pereopod not overreaching antennal scale, propodus not covered with spines or scales; maximum carapace length about 25 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. River at Tilik, Lubang Island; [13°49′N, 120° 12′E]; 14 Jul 1908: 1 male [17.1].—Malabon Market [probably suburb of Manila, Luzon; 14°39′N, [120°57′E]; 8 Aug 1908: 1 male [17.7].—River at Batangas, Luzon; [13°45′N, 121°03′E]; 7 Jun 1909: 2 males [12.0, 12.2] 5 females [3.8–11.7], 2 ovig [10.0, 11.7].—“Yom River, (Tayabas) Luzon;” 25 Feb 1909: 1 male [13.8].—Basud River, Luzon; [14°06′N, 123°E]; 15 Jun 1909; 1 male [10.2].—Nato River, Lagonoy Gulf, Luzon; [13°36′N, 123°33′E]; tidewater; 18 Jun 1909 (0630): 24 males [6.5–13.8] 12 females [5.1–8.3], 2 ovig [8.0, 8.3].—Yawn River. Legaspi, Luzon; [13°10′N, 123°45′E]; 7 Jun 1909 (0600): 36 males [4.9–21.5] 21 females [8.0–13.8], 14 ovig [8.0–13.4].—“Damaea River,” Luzon; 25 Feb 1909: 2 males [12.2, 15.8].—Naujan River, Mindoro; [13°16′N, 121°19′E]; 5 Jun 1908: 12 males [6.0–15.0] 3 females [4.6–10.3], 2 ovig [8.6, 10.3].—Pangauaran River, Port Caltom, Busuanga Island; [12°11′N, 120°05′E]; 16 Dec 1908 (0700); 25′ seine: 2 males [11.0, 12.9] 1 ovig female [12.0].—Malaga River, Hinunangan Bay, Leyte; [10°24′N, 125°12′E]; 30 Jul 1909: 10 males [13.0–20.0].—Surigao River, Mindanao; [9°48′N, 125°29′E]; 8 May 1908: 8 May 1908: 1 male [10.3].—Vicars Landing, Lake Lanao, Mindanao; [7°47′N, 124°11′E]; 22 May 1908; seine: 4 males [7.2–18.5].—Zamboanga River, Mindanao; [6°54′N, 122°04′E]; 9 Oct 1909: 1 male [20.2].

FIGURE 10.—Macrobrachium latidactylus, male from Zamboanga River, Mindanao, Philippines, carapace length 20.2 mm: a, anterior carapace and appendages, lateral aspect; b, right 3rd pereopod, dactyl, and propodus;c, same, dactyl, denuded.

RANGE.—Malaya, Taiwan, Philippines, and Indonesia.

*28. Macrobrachium latimanus (Von Martens, 1868)

FIGURE 11

Pal[aemon] latimanus Von Martens, 1868:44 [type locality Loquilocon, Samar, Philippines].

Palaemon euryrhynchus Ortmann, 1891:738, pl. 47: fig. 12 [type locality: Fiji Islands].

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) singalangensis Nobili, 1900a:487 [type locality: “Aier Mantcior, presso il Monte Singalang,” Sumatra].

Macrobrachium latimanus.—Holthuis, 1950a:205, fig. 43.

FIGURE 11.—Macrobrachium latimanus, male collected at altitude of 1200–1800 meters on Mount Apo, Mindanao, Philippines, by E.A. Meams, 1904 (USNM 53869), carapace length 32.0 mm: a, anterior carapace and appendages, lateral aspect; b, right 3rd pereopod, dactyl, and propodus; c, same, dactyl, denuded.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin convex, rostral formula: 1–2 + 5–10/2–4, dorsal teeth typically more crowded anteriorly; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight or slightly concave; 1st pereopod with chela art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods subequal in length, similar in form, palm compressed, fingers not densely pubescent, fingers dentate on opposable margins, not noticeably gaping, art to quite as long as palm, latter nowhere densely pubescent, chela about 3 times as long as carpus, palm 1–2 times as long as carpus, carpus shorter than merus, with faint longitudinal groove; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by less than length of dactyl, propodus rather densely spinulose; maximum postorbital carapace length more than 30 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Stream at Maagnas, Lagonoy Gulf, Luzon; [13°43′ N, 123°40′E]; 17 Jun 1909: 1 male [15.0] 1 female [10.0].

RANGE.—India, Sri Lanka, Ryukyu Islands, Philippines, and Indonesia, eastward to the Marquesas Islands.

*29.Macrobrachium lepidactyloides (De Man, 1892)

FIGURE 12

Palaemon (Macrobrachium lepidactyloides (De Man, 1892:497, pl. 29: fig. 51 [type locality: “Raka-mbaha, W. Flores” (Holthuis, 1950a:251)].

Palaemon lepidactylus.—Cowles, 1914:389, pl. 3: fig. 9. [Not P. lepidactylus Hilgendorf. 1879.]

Macrobrachium hirtimanus.—Holthuis, 1950a:245 [part], fig. 51a.

Macrobrachium lepidactyloides.—Holthuis, 1952a:210, pl. 15: fig. 2.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not nearly reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin somewhat sinuous, rostral formula: 5–7 + 4–6/2–4, dorsal teeth unequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight; 1st pereopod with chela art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length and dissimilar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm compressed, fingers not densely pubescent, fingers dentate on opposable margins, not markedly gaping, longer than palm, latter nowhere densely pubescent, chela more than twice as long as carpus, palm about as long as carpus, carpus about as long as merus, with shallow longitudinal groove; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers about 1art times as long as palm; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of dactyl and about art of propodus, propodus bearing numerous flattened spines or subacute scales; maximum postorbital carapace length more than 25 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Zamboanga River, Mindanao: [6°54′N, 122°04′E]; 9 Oct 1909: 3 males [16.2–19.0] 1 ovig female [10.6].

FIGURE 12.—Macrobrachium lepidactyloides. male from Zamboanga River, Mindanao. Philippines, carapace length 16.3 mm: a, anterior carapace and appendages, lateral aspect; b, right 3rd pereopod. dactyl. and propodus; c, same, dactyl, denuded.

RANGE.—Philippines, Indonesia, and Fiji Islands.

REMARKS.—The two males from the Zamboanga River in which the major second cheliped is intact have the palm less broad than it is in typical specimens of the species, much as in M. placidum, suggesting the possibility that M. lepidactyloides and P. placidum may eventually prove to be indistinguishable.

30. Macrobrachium lorentzi (J. Roux, 1921)

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) lorentzi J. Roux, 1921:596, pl. 16: figs. 1–3 [type locality: Sungai Lorentz basin, southwestern New Guinea (Irian Jaya)].

Macrobrachium lorentzi.—Holthuis, 1950a:213, fig. 44.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, dorsal margin distinctly sinuous, rostral formula: 3–4 + 6–10/2–4, dorsal teeth subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight or slightly concave; 1st pereopod with chela more than art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length but similar in form, palm slightly compressed, fingers densely pubescent, fingers partially dentate on opposable margins, not gaping, 1–1 art times as long as palm, latter nowhere densely pubescent, chela 1 art–1 art times as long as carpus, palm art–art as long as palm, carpus longer than merus, with shallow longitudinal groove; 3rd pereopod barely overreaching antennal scale, propodus somewhat spinose; nose; maximum postorbital carapace length about 25 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from Papua New Guinea and western New Guinea (Irian Jaya).

31. Macrobrachium malayanum (J. Roux, 1935)

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) pilimanus malayanus J. Roux, 935b:32 [type locality: “Lasah, Plus Valley, East Perak,” Malay Peninsula].

Macrobrachium geron Holthuis, 1950a:258, fig. 52 [type locality: Pulau Bangka, east of Sumatra, Indonesia].

Macrobrachium malayanum.—Chong and Khoo, 1987a:904, figs. 1–3,4a.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not or barely overreaching antennal scale, dorsal margin straight or convex, rostral formula: 3–4 + 5–8/3–6, dorsal teeth slightly more widely spaced posteriorly than anteriorly; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin nearly straight; 1st pereopod with chela more than art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length and dissimilar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm compressed, fingers and palm covered with dense carpet of short velvety hair, fingers dentate on opposable margins, not widely gaping, chela at least twice as long as carpus, no longer than merus; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers slightly shorter than palm; maximum postorbital carapace length about 17 mm.

RANGE.—Peninsular Malaysia, Singapore, Sumatra, Borneo; slow to rapid flowing streams in or near forested areas.

32. Macrobrachium mammillodactylus (Thallwitz, 1892)

FIGURE 13

Palaemon idae var. mammillodactylus Thallwitz, 1892:15 [type locality: Luzon, Philippines, or northern Celebes (acc. to Holthuis, 1950a: 150)].

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Wolterstorffi Nobili, 1900b: 1 [type locality: Surabaja, eastern Java].

Palaemon philippinensis Cowles, 1914:340, pl. 2: fig. 2 [type locality: San Juan and Pasig rivers, near Manila, Philippines].

?Palaemon talaverae Blanco, 1939a:168, pl. 2 [type locality: Lake Sampaloc, San Pablo, Laguna Province, Luzon, Philippines].

Macrobrachium mammillodactylus.—Holthuis, 1950a: 148, fig. 34.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum variable, not overreaching antennal scale, dorsal margin somewhat sinuous, rostral formula: 2–3 + 9–12/2–5, dorsal teeth more widely spaced posteriorly than anteriorly; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight or concave; 1st pereopod with chela less than art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods subequal in length and similar in form, palm subcylindrical, fingers not densely pubescent, partially dentate on opposable margins, gaping slightly, not widely, art to quite as long as palm, latter nowhere densely pubescent, chela 1art–1art times as long as carpus, palm art to quite as long as carpus, carpus as long as to twice as long as merus, not longitudinally grooved; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by more than length of dactyl, propodus not profusely spinose or scaly but bearing numerous minute spines; maximum postorbital carapace length more than 40 mm.

FIGURE 13.—Macrobrachium mammillodactylus from Luzon, Philippines: a, anterior carapace and appendages, lateral aspect, of male collected by D G. Frey from Aringay River, La Union, with carapace length of 25.1 mm; b. right 3rd pereopod. dactyl, and propodus, of male from San Juan River, near Manila (identified by R.P. Cowles as Palaemon philippinensis), with carapace length of 28.0 mm (USNM 54619); c, same, dactyl, denuded.

RANGE.—Philippines and Indonesia.

33. Macrobrachium minutum (J. Roux, 1917)

Palaemon minutus J. Roux, 1917:599, pl. 27: figs. 1–3 [type locality: Sentani Lake, northeastern Irian Jaya (West New Guinea)].

Macrobrachium minutum.—Holthuis, 1950a: 140, fig. 32.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum slightly overreaching antennal scale or not, dorsal margin faintly sinuous, rostral formula: 3 + 9–10/4, dorsal teeth subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin slightly concave; 1st pereopod with chela art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods slightly unequal in length but nearly similar in form, palm subcylindrical, fingers not covered with dense pubescence, partially dentate on opposable margins, not gaping, art–art as long as palm, latter without any dense pubescence, chela less than art as long as carpus, palm about art as long as carpus, carpus 1art times as long as merus, without longitudinal grooves; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of dactyls and art of propodus, propodus not profusely spinose or scaly; maximum postorbital carapace length less than 15 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the type locality in Sentani Lake, Irian Jaya.

34. Macrobrachium mirabile (Kemp, 1917)

Palaemon mirabilis Kemp, 1917:227, pl. 10 [type locality: Rangoon. Burma (= Myanmar)].

Macrobrachium mirabile.—Holthuis, 1950a:174.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not nearly reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, with rather high dorsal crest, rostral formula: 4–6 + 9–10/1–2, dorsal teeth subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight; 1 st pereopod with chela more than art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods subequal in length and similar in form, palm subcylindrical, fingers not concealed by dense pubescence, not dentate on opposable margins, not gaping, fingers 1art times as long as palm, latter without any dense pubescence, chela 1art times as long as carpus, palm less than art as long as carpus, carpus more than art as long as merus, not longitudinally grooved; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of dactyl, propodus not profusely spinose or scaly; maximum carapace length less than 15 mm.

RANGE.—Brackish water in the Gangetic delta, Burma (Myanmar), Thailand, and Borneo.

REMARKS.—Kemp (1917:230, 231) obviously believed this species to be more closely related to the species of Leander (= Palaemon) than to those of Palaemon (= Macrobrachium), but the presence of an hepatic spine led him to assign it to the latter genus, in order to avoid tampering with accepted classification. Examination of specimens from Thailand in the Smithsonian collections indicates to us that the species does not belong in the genus Macrobrachium, because of the form of the second pereopods, the unusually long and slender fourth and fifth pereopods, and the possibility that females may be larger than males (as in most palaemonid genera except Macrobrachium.) On the other hand, the species does not fit comfortably in Palaemon because of the presence of an hepatic spine and perhaps other characters. The assignment of the species to a distinct, monotypic genus would seem to be the best solution to the problem. Only the absence of males in our collections and the hope that they may reveal generic characters other than those displayed by the females has prevented us from proposing such a genus here.

35. Macrobrachium natulorum Holthuis, 1984

Macrobrachium natulorum Holthuis, 1984a: 164, figs. 2, 3 [type locality: Jawej River near Tigi Lake, Wissel Lakes. Irian Jaya, Indonesia].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not nearly reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin slightly sinuous, rostral formula: 4–5 + 9–13/2–3, dorsal teeth nearly subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterior spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight; 1st pereopod with chela art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length and dissimilar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm slightly compressed, fingers concealed by dense pubescence, dentate on opposable margins, somewhat gaping, slightly longer than palm, palm with distal end clothed in dense pubescence-like fingers, chela more than twice as long as carpus, palm about as long as carpus, carpus about as long as merus, without longitudinal grooves; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers twice as long as palm; 3rd pereopod barely, if at all, overreaching antennal scale, propodus neither spinose nor scaly; maximum postorbital carapace length 25 mm.

RANGE.—Wissel Lakes region, Irian Jaya (New Guinea), Indonesia.

36. Macrobrachium oenone (De Man, 1902)

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) oenone De Man, 1902:784, pl. 25: fig. 49 [type locality: northern Halmahera].

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) oenone papuana J. Roux, 1927:324, fig. 2 [type locality: Mamberamo River, northern Irian Jaya].

Macrobrachium oenone.—Holthuis, 1950a:256.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, dorsal margin convex or faintly sinuous, rostral formula: 6–7 + 6–9/2–3, dorsal teeth subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; 1st pereopod with chela art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length, somewhat dissimilar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm somewhat compressed, fingers not concealed by dense pubescence, dentate on opposable margins, somewhat gaping, fingers 1–1art times as long as palm, latter without any dense pubescence, chela 2art–3art as long as carpus, palm 1art–1art times as long as carpus, carpus art as long as merus, without longitudinal grooves; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers twice as long as palm; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of dactyl and art of propodus; propodus not profusely spinose or scaly; maximum postorbital carapace length less than 20 mm.

RANGE.—Halmahera and New Guinea.

37. Macrobrachium palaemonoides Holthuis, 1950

Macrobrachium palaemonoides Holthuis. 1950a:136, fig. 31 [type locality: “Lake Tawar. Laulo Lake, northern Simaloer, off Sumatra” at 2°50′N, 95°50′E].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching antennal scale, dorsal margin sinuous, rostral formula: 1–2 + 6–7/6–9, dorsal teeth unequally spaced; branchiostegal suture extending posteroventrally beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight or slightly concave; 1st pereopod with chela art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods subequal in length, similar in form, palm subcylindrical, fingers not clothed in dense pubescence, not dentate on opposable margins, not gaping, 1art times as long as palm, palm without any dense pubescence, chela more than art as long as carpus, palm art as long as carpus, carpus 1art times as long as merus, without longitudinal grooves; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by more than length of dactyl, propodus not profusely spinose or scaly; maximum postorbital carapace length less than 20 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the type locality, about which L.B. Holthuis has contributed the following remarks: “The type locality of M. palaemonoides is Lake Tawar (= Lake Laulo = Laut Tawar = Bawa Laulo) in N. Simaloer (= Simalur = Simeuloee = Simeuloee = Simeulue) at 2°50′N 95°50′E. The collector (W.C. van Heurn) wrote in a letter of 16 August 1913 from Sibigo, N. Simaloer: ‘Day before yesterday we started early in a canoe with 1 boy and 3 oarsmen. First we crossed the Bay (= Sibigo Bay), 1 hour rowing, then we entered the Lauloe River, but soon the rain came down in torrents and the river started to flood, so that we progressed but extremely slowly, fighting barricades of floating bamboo, fallen trees, creepers hanging down over the water, etc. After wrestling that way for 5 hours we reached Laut Tawar (= Tawar Lake). This freshwater lake is supposed to be bewitched and by now I believe it really is.’ And then follows a sorrowful tale of all the bad luck they had. Van Heurn was notorious because of his pessimistic view of everything, but in the meantime he got excellent collections together. Anyhow you can be certain that the type locality is Laulo Lake (= Lake Tawar), N. Simeulue. In my paper with A.M. Husson (1973) on ‘Jonkheer Drs. Willem Cornelis von Heurn (1887–1972)' in Zoologische Bijdragen, Leiden, no. 16, you will find a sketch map of Simeulue on p. 14 (fig. 2), and on p. 15 the Dutch lines, cited above in translation.”

REMARKS.—This species, like M. mirabile, is retained in the genus Macrobrachium with considerable reservation. Except for the presence of an hepatic spine and the absence of a branchiostegal spine, it would almost certainly be assigned to the genus Palaemon, as suggested by the unique posteroventral extension of the branchiostegal suture. On the other hand, the hepatic spine in M. palaemonoides is situated dorsal to the branchiostegal suture, whereas, in Palaemon, the branchiostegal spine—which seems to be the ontogenetic homologue of the hepatic spine (see Holthuis, 1950a: 130, fig. 29)—is situated ventral to the anterior end of the branchiostegal suture.

38. Macrobrachium pilimanus (De Man, 1879)

Palaemon pilimanus De Man, 1879:181 [type locality: Muaralabuh, near Padang, western Sumatra].

Palaemon pilimanus, var. leptodactylus De Man, 1892:476, pl. 28: fig. 44i–l [type locality: Bogor, Java].

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) pygmaeus J. Roux, 1928b:222, figs. 1–4 [type locality: “Kastobo” Lake, Pulau Bawean, Java Sea].

Macrobrachium pilimanus.—Holthuis, 1950a:214.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin convex, rostral formula: 3–5 + 6–10/1–3, dorsal teeth subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight; 1st pereopod with chela art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length but rather similar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm compressed, fingers with surfaces more or less concealed by long, soft hairs, dentate on opposable margins, not gaping, art to quite as long as palm, much of latter covered by long, soft hairs, chela more than 5 times as long as carpus, palm 1art to more than twice as long as carpus, carpus art–art as long as merus, without longitudinal grooves; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers 1art times as long as palm; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by about length of dactyl, propodus not profusely spinose or scaly; maximum postorbital carapace length 28 mm.

RANGE.—Malaya, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo.

*39. Macrobrachium placidulum (De Man, 1892)

FIGURE 14

?Palaemon spinimanus Latreille, 1818:5, pl. 319: fig. 1 [type locality ?].

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) placidulus De Man, 1892:489, pl. 28: fig. 48 [type localities: Celebes, Pulau Selajar, Flores, and Timor].

Macrobrachium placidulum.—Holthuis, 1950a:253, fig. 51c.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin convex, rostral formula: 4–6 + 5–7/1–2, dorsal teeth more widely spaced anteriorly than posteriorly; branchiostegal suture very short, not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin concave; 1st pereopod with chela more than art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length and somewhat dissimilar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm compressed, fingers not clothed in dense pubescence, dentate on opposable margins, slightly gaping, art–1art times as long as palm, palm without any dense pubescence, chela 1art–2art times as long as as carpus, palm art–1art times as long as carpus, carpus shorter than merus, without longitudinal grooves; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers art–art as long as palm; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by more than length of dactyl, propodus bearing rather numerous subacute scales; maximum postorbital carapace length less than 20 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Calawagan River, Mindoro, 3 miles from mouth, Mindoro; [13°25′N, 120°28′E]; 11 Dec 1908 (1500); 16′ seine: 1 male [15.0].—Yawa River, Legaspi, Luzon; [13°10′N, 123°45′E]; 7 Jun 1909 (0600): 5 males [7.7–11.1] 1 ovig female [8.8].—Malaga River, Hinunangan Bay, Leyte; [10°24′N, 125°12′E]; 30 Jul 1909: 3 males [12.0–13.5].—Zamboanga River, Mindanao; [6°54′N, 122°04′E]; 9 Oct 1909: 1 male [12.7].

FIGURE 14.—Macrobrachium placidulum from the Philippines: a, anterior carapace and appendages, lateral aspect, of male from Zamboanga River, Mindanao, with carapace length of 12.7 mm; b, right 3rd pereopod, dactyl, and propodus, of male from Yawa River, Luzon, with carapace length of 10.2 mm; c, same, dactyl, denuded.

RANGE.—This species seems not to have been recorded previously from the Philippines. It was known from eastern Indonesia from Makassar Strait to New Guinea, as well as from New Hanover in the Bismarck Archipelago, Palau, and Fiji.

40. Macrobrachium placidum (De Man, 1892)

Palaemon (Macrobrachium) placidus De Man, 1892:483, pl. 28: fig. 46 [type locality: Kajutanam, north of Padang, western Sumatra].

Macrobrachium placidum.—Holthuis, 1950a:251, fig. 51b.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin slightly convex, rostral formula: 5–7 + 4–6/2–4, dorsal teeth rather subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; 1st pereopod with chela more than art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length and dissimilar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm compressed, fingers not clothed in dense pubescence, dentate on opposable margins, fingers slightly gaping proximally, longer or shorter than palm, palm without any dense pubescence, chela twice as long as carpus, palm longer or shorter than carpus, carpus 1art–1art as long as merus, without longitudinal grooves; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers longer or shorter than palm; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of dactyl, propodus bearing numerous small spines; maximum postorbital carapace length about 25 mm.

RANGE.—Ryukyu Islands and western Sumatra and Java, Indonesia.

REMARKS.—As noted under M. lepidactyloides, there is a possibility that that species may eventually prove to be synonymous with M. placidum.

41. Macrobrachium poeti Holthuis, 1984

Macrobrachium poeti Holthuis, 1984b: 143, fig. 1 [type locality: Luwang Jurangjero, south central Java (8°S, 111 °E), about 100 m below entrance].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin nearly straight, rostral formula: 4–5 + 5–8/1, dorsal teeth subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight; 1st pereopod with chela art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods subequal in length and similar in form, palm subcylindrical, fingers without dense pubescence, denticulate on opposable margins, not gaping, 1art times as long as palm, palm without any dense pubescence, chela 3 times as long as carpus, palm 1art times as long as carpus, carpus more than art as long as merus, without longitudinal grooves; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of dactyl, propodus without numerous spines or scales; maximum postorbital carapace length less than 15 mm.

RANGE.—Caves in the Pegunungan Sewu region, near the south coast of central Java, Indonesia.

*42. Macrobrachium rosenbergii (De Man, 1879)

FIGURE 15

Palaemon Rosenbergii De Man, 1879:167 [type locality: Andai, northwestern Irian Jaya].

P[alaemon] whitei (Guérin-Méneville ms) Sharp, 1893:122 [type locality: Bombay].

Palaemon spinipes Schenkel, 1902:501, pl. 9: fig. 7 [type locality: Kema, Minahasa, northeastern Celebes; not P. spinipes Desmarest, 1817].

Palaemon d'Acqueti Sunier, 1925:cxvii [type locality: Ambon ?].

Palaemon carcinus.—Cowles, 1914:324, pl. 1: fig. 1 [not Cancer carcinus Linnaeus, 1758].

Macrobrachium rosenbergii.—Holthuis, 1950a: 111, fig. 25.—Kuris, Ra'anan, Sagi, and Cohen, 1987:219.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching antennal scale or not, dorsal margin variably sinuous, rostral formula: 2–3 + 9–11/8–15, dorsal teeth unequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight; 1st pereopod with chela less than art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods subequal in length and similar in form, palm subcylindrical or somewhat compressed, movable finger clothed in dense pubescence on proximal art of length (in adults), fixed finger without pubescence, fingers dentate on proximal art of opposable margins (in adults), somewhat gaping in large males, art to quite as long as palm, palm without any dense pubescence, chela slightly to 1art times as long as carpus, palm art to quite as long as carpus, carpus slightly to nearly 1art times as long as merus, with indistinct longitudinal groove; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by less than length of dactyl, propodus bearing rather numerous spines or sharp scales; maximum postorbital carapace length about 100 mm.

FIGURE 15.—Macrobrachium rosenbergii from the Philippines: a, anterior carapace and appendages, lateral aspect, of male collected from Jaro River, Panay, by H.C. Keller (Naval Eclipse Expedition, 1929), with carapace length of 66.0 mm (USNM 10526); b, right 3rd pereopod, dactyl, and propodus, of male from Zamboanga River, Mindanao, with carapace length of 81.3 mm; same, dactyl, denuded.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Zamboanga River, Mindanao; [6°54′N, 122°04′E]; 9 Oct 1909: 1 male [81.3].

RANGE.—India to southern China, Philippines, Indonesia, and northern Australia, in fresh, brackish, and sometimes salt water; widely introduced elsewhere throughout the tropical and subtropical parts of the world in propagation operations.

REMARKS.—Although Johnson (1973) made a fairly convincing case for the recognition of at least two geographic subspecies of M. rosenbergii, subsequent analyses of sympatric male morpho-types (e.g., Kuris, Ra'anan, Sagi, and Cohen, 1987) suggest that causative factors for the variability of the species may be more complex than realized heretofore. The single large male in the Albatross collection, from the Zamboanga River, Mindanao, Philippines, seems to represent the typical variety on the basis of the characters proposed by Johnson, but it is apparent that far more effort must be devoted to the problem before a satisfactory solution is obtainable.

43. Macrobrachium scabriculum (Heller, 1862)

Palaemon scabriculus Heller, 1862a:527 [type locality: Sri Lanka].

Palaemon (s.s.) dolichodactylus Hilgendorf, 1879:840, pl. 4: fig. 18 [type locality: Tete, Mozambique].

P[alaemon] dubius Henderson and Matthai, 1910:300, pl. 18: fig. 9 [type locality: Chingleput District, SE. India].

Macrobrachium scabriculum.—Holthuis, 1950a:224.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin convex, rostral formula: 4–5 + 8–10/2–3, dorsal teeth subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin concave; 1 st pereopod with chela art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length and dissimilar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm compressed, fingers densely pubescent at extreme proximal ends, dentate on opposable margins, gaping, about as long as palm, palm completely covered in dense pubescence (in large males), chela 2art–3art times as long as carpus, palm 1art to twice as long as carpus, carpus from art to quite as long as merus, with distinct longitudinal groove; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers 1art–1art times as long as palm; 3rd pereopod not overreaching antennal scale; maximum postorbital carapace length about 40 mm.

RANGE.—Eastern Africa, Madagascar, India, Sri Lanka, and Indian Ocean coast of Sumatra.

44. Macrobrachium sintangense (De Man, 1898)

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) elegans De Man, 1892:440, pl. 26: fig. 36 [type locality: Bogor and “Sinagar,” Java; not P. elegans Rathke, 1837].

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) sintangensis De Man, 1898:138, pl. 6 [type locality: Sintang, Kapuas River, Borneo].

Macrobrachium sintangense.—Holthuis, 1950a: 151.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum typically overreaching antennal scale, dorsal margin nearly straight, rostral formula: 2–3 + 7–10/2–5, dorsal teeth unequally or subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin straight or concave; 1st pereopod with chela art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods subequally long and similar in form, palm subcylindrical, fingers partially clothed in dense pubescence, dentate (in adults) on opposable margins, not gaping, art–1art times as long as palm, palm without any dense pubescence, chela slightly longer than carpus, palm art–art as long as carpus, carpus 1art–1art as long as merus, without longitudinal groove; 3rd pereopod with propodus not profusely spinose or scaly; maximum postorbital carapace length 20 mm.

RANGE.—Malaya, Thailand, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo.

45. Macrobrachium sulcicarpale Holthuis, 1950

Macrobrachium sulcicarpale Holthuis, 1950a:220, fig. 45 [type locality: Bangkalan River, Pulau Salajar, Indonesia].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum reaching nearly to level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin nearly straight, rostral formula: 6 + 9/2, dorsal teeth subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin concave; 1st pereopod with chela art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods unequal in length and dissimilar in form; major 2nd pereopod with palm subcylindrical, fingers with proximal portions clothed in dense pubescence, dentate on opposable margins, not gaping, 1art times as long as palm, palm clothed distally in dense pubescence, bare proximally, chela twice as long as carpus, palm shorter than carpus, carpus longer than merus, with 2 deep longitudinal grooves; minor 2nd pereopod with fingers 1art times as long as palm; 3rd pereopod without numerous spines or scales on propodus; maximum postorbital carapace length less than 20 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the unique holotype from Pulau Salajar, Indonesia.

46. Macrobrachium trompii (De Man, 1898)

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) Trompii De Man, 1898:144, pl. 7 [type locality: “Kapuas Basin,” central Borneo].

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) thienemanni J. Roux, 1932:570, figs. a,b [type locality: Sungai Musi, near Muarakelingi, southern Sumatra].

Palaemon (Parapalaemon) trompi armatus J. Roux, 1936:30 [type locality: Gunong Pulai Estate, Johor. Malaysia].

Macrobrachium trompii.—Holthuis, 1950a:211.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum reaching as far as or slightly beyond level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin nearly straight, rostral formula: 3–4 + 7–8/4–6, dorsal teeth subequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spine; telson with posterior apex not overreaching posterolateral spines; 1st pereopod with chela less than art as long as carpus; 2nd pereopods nearly subequal in length and slightly dissimilar in form, palm somewhat compressed, fingers densely pubescent, dentate on opposable margins, not gaping, slightly shorter than palm, palm pubescent distally, chela 1art–1art times as long as carpus, palm art to quite as long as carpus, carpus slightly longer than merus, without longitudinal grooves; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of dactyl, propodus not profusely spinose or scaly; maximum postorbital carapace length about 16 mm.

RANGE.—Malaya, Sumatra, and Borneo.

47. Macrobrachium weberi (De Man, 1892)

Palaemon (Eupalaemon) Weberi De Man. 1892:421, pl. 25: fig. 33 [type locality: southwestern Celebes].

Macrobrachium weberi.—Holthuis, 1950a: 122, fig. 26.—Johnson, 1973:280.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum reaching nearly to or beyond level of distal end of antennal scale, dorsal margin sinuous, rostral formula: 1–2 + 9–12/4–6, dorsal teeth unequally spaced; branchiostegal suture not extending posteriorly beyond hepatic spines; telson with posterior apex not extending posteriorly beyond posterolateral spines; antennal scale with lateral margin slightly convex; 2nd pereopods unequal in length but similar in form, palm subcylindrical, fingers clothed in dense pubescence, dentate on opposable margins, not gaping, fingers art as long as palm, palm without any dense pubescence, chela shorter than carpus, palm less than art as long as carpus, carpus 1art times as long as merus, without longitudinal grooves; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by less or more than length of dactyl, propodus bearing numerous small, appressed spines; maximum postorbital carapace length about 30 mm.

RANGE.—Perhaps confined to Celebes.

Nematopalaemon Holthuis, 1950

Nematopalaemon Holthuis, 1950a:5, 9, 44 [type species, by original designation: Leander tenuipes Henderson, 1893:440; gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum with elevated basal crest; carapace with marginal branchiostegal spine, without branchiostegal suture or hepatic spine; mandible with palp; 3 posterior pairs of pereopods with dactyl simple, not biunguiculate, longer than propodus; 1st pleopod of male without appendix interna on endopod.

RANGE.—South Africa, India, Burma, Philippines, Taiwan, eastern Pacific off Colombia, Guiana region of northeastern South America, and West Africa from Liberia to Angola; littoral in marine, brackish, and freshwater habitats.

REMARKS.—The elevated crest at the base of the rostrum, combined with the long, tenuous posterior pereopods, seems sufficient cause to grant full generic recognition to the subgenus Nematopalaemon, as used by Holthuis (1980:107). Of the five closely related species distinguished in the following key, only one seems to be known from the Philippine-Indonesian region.

Key to Species of Nematopalaemon

48. Nematopalaemon tenuipes (Henderson, 1893)

Leander tenuipes Henderson, 1893:440, pl. 40: figs. 14, 15 [type localities: Bombay and Madras, India, and Gulf of Martaban, Burma].

Palaemon luzonensis Blanco, 1939b:201, pl. 1 [type locality: Aparri, northern Luzon].

Palaemon (Nematopalaemon) tenuipes.—Holthuis, 1950a:44, fig. 7.

Nematopalaemon tenuipes.—Holthuis, 1980:108.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching antennal scale, rostral formula: 1–3 + 3 + art–6; 6th abdominal somite no more than art as long as postorbital carapace length.

RANGE.—South Africa, Somalia?, India, Burma, Thailand, Philippines, Taiwan, New Zealand?; littoral to 17 meters, brackish and marine.

REMARKS.—This species is not represented in the Smithsonian collections. Comparison of series from the entire Indo-Pacific region may be needed to determine the status of N. colombiensis, which seems to differ from N. tenuipes chiefly in the proportionately longer sixth abdominal somite.

*Palaemon Weber, 1795

Palaemon Weber, 1795:94 [type species, designated by plenary action of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, Opinion 564 (1959): Palaemon adspersus Rathke, 1837:368; gender: masculine].

Palaemon Fabricius, 1798:378, 402 [placed on Official Index of Rejected and Invalid Generic Names in Zoology as a junior homonym of, and a junior objective synonym of, Palaemon Weber, 1795, in Opinion 564 (1959) of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature].

Palaeander Holthuis, 1950a:5, 8, 55 [type species, by original designation: Palaemon elegans Rathke, 1837:370; gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum without elevated basal crest; carapace with branchiostegal spine and branchiostegal suture, without hepatic spine; 4th thoracic sternite with slender median process; mandible normally with palp; 3 posterior pairs of pereopods with dactyl simple, shorter than propodus; endopod of male 1st pleopod without marginal appendix, except in P. concinnus.

RANGE.—Worldwide in tropical and temperate salt, brackish, and fresh water; usually littoral.

REMARKS.—Recent studies of the mandibular palp in Palaemon (Fujino and Miyake, 1968a, and Chace, 1972a) indicate that that appendage is less constant than it was believed to be when Holthuis (1950a:55) proposed the subgenus Palaeander for those species of Palaemon bearing a two-segmented, rather than a three-segmented mandibular palp. That taxon is therefore not recognized herein. With the inclusion of the species assigned to that subgenus and those eliminated by the elevation of Exopalaemon and Nematopalaemon to distinct full genera, the genus Palaemon is now believed to comprise about 34 species, including a half-dozen described since the publication of the fine report on the Palaemoninae of the Siboga Expedition by Holthuis (1950a): P. folliirostris Phan Chuu Duc, 1971, from the Lenkoransk area of the Caspian Sea; P. ogasawaraensis Kato and Takeda, 1981, from the Ogasawara Islands, Japan; P. okiensis (Kamita, 1951) from the Oki Gunto, Sea of Japan; P. paivai Filho, 1965, from Ceara, Brazil; P. rosalesi Rodriguez de la Cruz, 1965, from eastern Mexico; and P. yamashitai Fujino and Miyake, 1970, from the Yellow Sea in a depth of 26 meters. Of that total, only the five species covered in the following key seem to have been recorded from the Philippines and/or Indonesia.

Key to Philippine-Indonesian Species of Palaemon

*49. Palaemon concinnus Dana, 1852

Palaemon concinnus Dana, 1852a:26 [type locality: Fiji Islands].

Palaemon exilimanus Dana, 1852a:26 [type locality: Fiji Islands]

Leander longicarpus Stimpson, 1860:40 [type locality: Hong Kong].

Palaemon lagdaoensis Blanco, 1939a: 167, pl. 1 [type locality: Cagayan River at Aparri, north coast of Luzon, Philippines].

Palaemon (Palaemon) concinnus.—Holthuis, 1950a:61, fig. 12.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum usually ascending slightly in anterior art, tapering gradually to subapical dorsal tooth, rostral formula 1 + 4–7 + art–7; basal antennular segment with disto-lateral spine distinctly overreaching adjacent convex distal margin of segment; dorsal antennular flagellum with free part of shorter branch 3art–6 times as long as fused part; 1st pereopod with carpus 2art–3 times as long as chela; 1st pleopod of male with marginal appendix on endopod;; maximum postorbital carapace length probably about 13 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Pucot River (near Mariveles), Luzon; [14°26′N, 120°29′E]; 29 Jan 1909; dynamite: 1 female [6.0].—Santiago River, Pagapas Bay, Luzon; [13°52′N, 120°39′E]; 1.2 m; mud, gravel; 20 Feb 1909 (0800); 130′ seine: 1 male [4.2].—Batangas market, Luzon; [13°45′, 121°03′E]; 6 Jun 1908: 1 male [4.2].—“Batangas” River, Batangas, Luzon; [13°45′N, 121°03′E]; 7 Jun 1908; 15′ seine: 9 males [6.0–8.2) 12 females [6.9–10.7], 2 ovig [10.2, 10.5].—Nato River, Lagonoy Gulf, Luzon; 13°36′N, 123°33′E]; tidewater; 18 Jun 1909 (0630); 25′ seine: 22 males [5.2–10.3] 16 females [6.5–11.0], 5 ovig [8.1–10.3].—Paluan River, Mindoro; [13°25′N, 120°28′E]; 4 Dec 1908; seine, 130′: 1 female [4.8].—Naujan River, Mindoro; [13°16′N, 121°19′E]; 5 Jun 1908: 7 males [5.0–7.5] 28 females [7.0–11.0], 2 ovig [7.3,8.0].—Iwahig River and tributaries at Princesa Point, Palawan; [9°44′N, 118°44′E]; 4 Apr 1909 (0700); dynamite: 1 male [7.2] 1 female [7.2].—Kotkot River, Cebu; [10°26′N, 124°00′E]; 5 Apr 1908; Paul Bartsch: 1 female [8.0].—Mahinog, Camiguin Island, Mindanao Sea; [9°09′N, 124°47′E]; 3 Aug 1909; tidepools: 2 females [8.9, 9.2], 1 ovig [8.9].—Zamboanga Canal, Mindanao; [6°54′N, 122°04′E]; 8 Oct 1909; 25′ seine: 3 females [8.2–9.2], 2 ovig [8.9, 9.2].—Cotabato, Mindanao, small stream on south side of river; [7°13′N, 124°15′E]; 20 May 1908: 12 males [3.8–6.3] 17 females [3.9–10.2], 3 ovig [8.9–10.2], 4 juv [2.6–3.6].—Baganga River, Mindanao; [7°35′N, 126°33′E]; 13 May 1908(1300): 17 males [6.0–8.7] 5 females [8.8–9.8] 34 juv [2.7–3.3].—Mati, Pujada Bay, Mindanao, small stream; [6°57′N, 126°13′E]; 15 May 1908: 1 male [7.8].

RANGE.—Suez to South Africa and eastward to Hong Kong, Philippines, Indonesia, to Marshall Islands and Tuamotu Archipelago; salt, brackish, and fresh water.

*50. Palaemon debilis Dana, 1852

Palaemon debilis Dana, 1852a:26 [type locality: Hawaii]. Palaemon debilis var. [alpha] Dana, 1852a:26 [type locality: Hawaii].

Palaemon debilis var. [beta], attenuatus Dana, 1852a:26 [type locality: Hawaii].

Leander gardineri Borradaile, 1901:98 [type locality: Ekasdu, Miladummadulu Atoll, Maldive Islands; fresh water].

Leander beaufnrti J. Roux, 1923:18, figs. 1. 2 [type locality: Kairatu, Ceram, Indonesia; brackish water],

Palaemon (Palaemon) dehilis.—Holthuis, 1950a:66, fig. 13.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum rather strongly ascendant anteriorly, tapering almost imperceptibly to subapical dorsal tooth, rostral formula: 1 + 1–7 + art–10; basal antennular segment with distolateral spine falling short of adjacent convex distal margin of segment; dorsal antennular flagellum with free part of shorter branch slightly longer or shorter than fused part; 1st pereopod with carpus usually somewhat more than twice as long as chela; 1st pleopod of male without appendage on margin of endopod; maximum postorbital carapace length probably no more then 10 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. River at Hamilo Point, Luzon; [14°10′N, 120°34′E]; 13 Jul 1908; 12'seine: 1 male [4.5] 1 ovig female [6.0].—Santiago River, Pagapas Bay, Luzon; [13°52′N, 120°39′E]; 1.2 m; mud, gravel; 20 Feb 1909 (0800); 130′ seine: 2 males [4.6, 4.9],—Bin Island, San Bernardino Strait; [12°40′N, 124°22′E]; sea beach; 1 Jun 1909: 2 males [4.7,5.3] 6 females [6.3–7.3], 3 ovig [6.6–7.3],—Mahinog, Camiguin Island, Mindanao Sea; [9°09′N, 124°47′E]; 3 Aug 1909; tidepools: 2 females [8.9,9.2], 1 ovig [8.9].—Malabang River, Mindanao; [7°36′N, 124°04′E]; 21 May 1908 (1500); 130′ seine: 1 male [3.2].—Jolo, Jolo Island, Sulu Archipelago; [6°00′N, 121°00′E]; 6 Mar 1908; shore: 1 male [3.2].

RANGE.—Red Sea to South Africa to Ryukyu Islands, Philippines and Indonesia, Great Barrier Reef of Australia, and eastward to Hawaii and the Tuamotu Archipelago; shallow, salt, brackish, and fresh water.

51. Palaemon pacificus (Stimpson, 1860)

Leander pacificus Stimpson, 1860:40 [type localities: Hong Kong, Hawaii, and Shimoda].

Palaemon (Palaemon) pacificus.—Holthuis, 1950a:87, fig. 19.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum usually ascending slightly in anterior art, tapering gradually to subapical dorsal tooth, rostral formula: 2–3 + 6–8/3–5; basal antennular segment with distolateral spine distinctly overreaching adjacent convex distal margin of segment; dorsal antennular flagellum with free part of shorter branch 3art–4 times as long as fused part; 1st pereopod with carpus lart-lart times as long as chela; 1st pleopod of male without appendage on margin of endopod; maximum postorbital carapace length probably little more than 10 mm.

RANGE.—Suez Canal and Red Sea and eastern and South Africa, India, Hong Kong, Japan, Indonesia, New Caledonia, and Hawaii; littoral.

52. Palaemon semmelinkii (De Man, 1881)

Leander semmelinkii De Man, 1881:137 (type locality: Makasar, Celebes].

Palaemon (Palaeander) semmelinkii.—Holthuis. 1950a:57, fig. II.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum ascending in anterior art, tapering directly to sharp apex, without subapical tooth, rostral formula: 1 + 6–10/2–5; basal antennular segment with distolateral spine distinctly overreaching adjacent convex distal margin of segment; dorsal antennular flagellum with free part of shorter branch lart–2; times as long as fused part; 1st pereopod with carpus less than twice as long as chela; 1st pleopod of male without appendix arising from margin of endopod; maximum postorbital carapace length probably less than 10 mm.

RANGE.—India, Burma, Malaya, Thailand, Singapore, Philippines, Indonesia, and northern Australia; shallow marine, sometimes brackish water.

53. Palaemon serrifer (Stimpson, 1860)

Leander serrifer Stimpson, 1860:41 (type localities: Hong Kong and O Shima; littoral).

Leander Fagei Yu. 1930:555, 561, fig. 2 [type locality: Shandong Peninsula].

Leander serrifer var. longidactylus Yu, 1930:555, 570, fig. 4B′C' [type localities: “Yangmatoa,” Peitaiho, “Tangkou,” and Yent'ai (Chefoo), China].

Palaemon (Palaemon) serrifer.—Holthuis, 1950a:83, fig. 18.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum often nearly horizontal, sometimes ascending in anterior art, often tapering directly to acute apex, rostral formula: 2–3 + 7–13/3–5; basal antennular segment with distolateral spine barely, if at all, overreaching adjacent convex distal margin of segment; dorsal antennular flagellum with free part of shorter branch 3 times as long as fused part; 1st pereopod with carpus about lart times as long as chela; 1st pleopod of male without appendix arising from margin of endopod; maximum postorbital carapace length probably about 10 mm.

RANGE.—India. Burma, Thailand, Taiwan, China, Korea, Vladivostok, and Japan and Indonesia and northern Australia; littoral marine waters.

*Urocaridella Borradaile, 1915

Urocaridella Borradaile, 1915:207 [type species, by monotypy: Urocaridella gracilis Borradaile, 1915:210 (= Leander urocaridella Holthuis. 1950a:6, 28); gender feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum armed with 2 strong basal teeth elevated into semblance of crest; carapace with strong median tooth at about mid-length of dorsal surface, with submarginal branchiostegal spine, without hepatic spine or branchiostegal suture; mandible with or without palp; 3 posterior pairs of pereopods with dactyl simple, not biunguiculate, shorter than propodus; endopod of male 1st pleopod with marginal appendix.

RANGE.—Maldive Islands, India, Andaman Islands, Mergui Archipelago, Indonesia, Japan, Palau Islands; sublittoral to 130 meters.

REMARKS.—The proposed re-establishment of the genus Urocaridella for U. urocaridella—which was transferred to Leander by Holthuis (1950a)—and the similar-looking Periclimenes antonbrunii—which differs most significantly from U. urocardella in the absence of a mandibular palp—was suggested by the discovery in the Albatross collections of an apparently undescribed species with a vestigial mandibular palp that otherwise appears to be closely related to P. antonbrunii. This attempt to give greater weight to the configuration of the carapace and rostrum than to the usually more stable mandibular palp may prove to be premature. Some of our colleagues may contend that U. urocaridella differs from the other two species in characters other than the presence of a well-developed mandibular palp, such as a narrowly triangular endpiece on the telson, more robust third maxilliped, and different proportionate lengths of the segments of the pereopods. It seems to us, however, that the proposal may be defended as a possibly valid rearrangement of generic characters that requires the involvement of no previously unknown genera.

Key to Species of Urocaridella

54. Urocaridella urocaridella (Holthuis, 1950)

FIGURE 16

Umaridella gracilis Borradaile, 1915:210 [type locality: Maldive Islands]; 1917:352, pl. 53: fig. 2.—Bruce, 1990a:150.

Leander urocaridella Holthuis, 1950a:6. 28 [new name for secondary junior homonym Leander gracilis (Borradaile)].

DIAGNOSIS.—Carapace with apex of branchiostegal spine reaching nearly or quite as far as margin; 3rd abdominal somite with dorsal profile nearly subrectangular, 5th abdominal pleuron with small acute tooth at posteroventral angle; telson terminating posteriorly in narrowly triangular endpiece; antennal scale about 4 times as long as wide; mandible with well-developed 2-segmented palp; 1st pereopod with fingers 1art times as long as palm, chela more than twice as long as carpus; 2nd pereopod with fingers lart times as long as palm, palm distinctly longer than carpus; 3rd pereopod with propodus 2art times as long as dactyl; 4th pereopod with propodus 3art times as long as dactyl; 5th pereopod with propodus 3art times as long as dactyl; maximum postorbital carapace length probably about 5 mm.

RANGE.—Maldive Islands, northeastern India, Andaman Islands, Mergui Archipelago, Indonesia, and New Caledonia; littoral to 130 maters.

FIGURE 16.—Urocaridella urocaridella. ovigerous female from Port Blair, Andaman Islands, carapace length 4.7 mm (USNM 54164): a, carapace and anterior appendages, lateral aspect:b, abdomen, lateral aspect; c, tail fan; d, posterior end of telson; e. distolateral angle of left uropod; f. right antennule, dorsal aspect; g. right antenna, ventral aspect; h. right mandible; i. same, palp; j, right 1st maxilla; k. left 2nd maxilla; l. right 1st maxilliped; m. right 2nd maxilliped; n, left left 3rd maxilliped; o, right 1st pereopod; p. same, chela; q. left 2nd pereopod; r. same, fingers; s, right 3rd pereopod; t. same, dactyl; u, right 4th pereopod; v, same, dactyl; w. right 5th pereopod; x. same, dactyl.

FIGURE 17.—Urocaridella vestigialis, new species, female holotype from Albatross sta 5642 (Selat Butung, Celebes), carapace length 6.4 mm: a. carapace and anterior appendages, lateral aspect; b, abdomen, lateral aspect; c, tail fan; d, posterior end of telson; e, distolateral angle of left uropod; f, right antennule, dorsal aspect; g, right antenna, ventral aspect; h, right mandible; i, same, palp; j, left mandible; k, same, palp; l, right 1 st maxilla; m, right 2nd maxilla; n, right 1 st maxilliped; o, right 2nd maxilliped; p. right 3rd maxilliped; q, right 1 st pereopod; r, same, chela; s, right 2nd pereopod; t, same, fingers; u, right 3rd pereopod; v. same, dactyl; w, right 4th pereopod; x, same, dactyl; y, right 5th pereopod; z, same, dactyl.

*55. Urocaridella vestigialis, new species

FIGURE 17

DIAGNOSIS.—Carapace with apex of branchiostegal spine removed from margin by about length of spine (Figure 17a); 3rd abdominal somite with moderately convex dorsal profile (Figure 17b); 5th abdominal pleuron sharply acute at posteroventral angle (Figure 17c); telson with posterior margin acutely triangular but without distinct endpiece (Figure d) antennal scale fully 3 times as long as wide (Figure 17g); mandibles with vestigial, socketed palps, better formed on right side than left (Figure 17h–j); 1st pereopod with fingers about as long as palm (Figure 17r), chela shorter than carpus (Figure 17q); 2nd pereopod with fingers about as long as palm (Figure 17s), palm shorter than carpus (Figure 17s); 3rd pereopod with propodus 4 times as long as dactyl (Figure 17u); 4th pereopod with propodus 4art times as long as dactyl (Figure 17w); 5th pereopod with propodus more than 5 times as long as dactyl (Figure 17y) postorbital carapace length of female 6.4 mm.

MATERIAL.—INDONESIA. Selat Butung, Celebes: sta 5642; 4° 31 ′40″S, 122°49′42″E; 68 m; gray mud; 14 Dec 1909 (1100–1117); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl: 1 female [6.4], holotype (USNM 252657).

TYPE LOCALITY.—Same as above.

RANGE.—Known only from the type locality.

REMARKS.—As indicated in the key, both U. antonbrunii and U. vestigialis differ from the type species, U. urocaridella, in lacking a narrowly triangular posterior endpiece on the telson; in lacking a well-developed palp on the mandible; in having the fingers of the first pereopod about as long as, rather than longer than, the palm, and the chela shorter than, rather than twice as long as the carpus; in having the fingers of the second pereopod about as long as, rather than distinctly longer than the palm, and the palm no longer than the carpus; and in having the propodus of the walking legs less than four, rather than four to to more than five times as long as the dactyl. Urocaridella vestigialis differs from U. antonbrunii in having the branchiostegal spine less far removed from the carapace margin; in having the dorsal profile of the third abdominal somite simply convex rather than subrectangular; in having the pleuron of the fifth abdominal somite sharply acute rather than rounded posteroventrally; and in having the mandibular palp vestigial rather than completely absent.

ETYMOLOGY.—Derived from the Latin vestigium (trace or vestige), in reference to the vestigial mandibular palp.

*PONTONIINAE Kingsley, 1878

Pontoniinae Kingsley, 1878:64.

DIAGNOSIS.—Telson typically armed with 3 pairs of posterior spines.

RANGE.—All tropical and subtropical, occasionally temperate, seas, especially on tropical reefs, often in association with other reef organisms; littoral to 1820 meters.

REMARKS.—Although only about half of the more than 60 currently recognized pontoniine genera are here reported from the Philippine-Indonesian region, that apparent representation is certain to increase as the rich coral-reef fauna of the area is further investigated; several of the genera not yet known from the region occur in neighboring waters, especially in the Indian Ocean and on the Great Barrier Reef of Australia. For that reason, we have rashly attempted the following checklist of all of the genera and species and key to all of the genera known at least through 1989 in the hope that they may be helpful to the study of an incompletely known area and that the subsequent correction of their shortcomings may eventually produce a better product than might otherwise be probable.

Checklist of Genera and Species of Pontoniinae

Valid genus- and species-group names (boldface italics)

Synonyms and species inquirendae (italics)

Type localities (roman)

ALCIOPE Rafinesque, 1814:24

Type species: Alciope heterochelus

= Pontonia

Alciope heterochelus Rafinesque, 1814:24

Sicily

= Pontonia flavomaculata

Allopontonia Bruce, 1972a:l

Type species: Allopontonia iaini

Allopontonia iaini Bruce, 1972a:7, figs. 1–4

Zanzibar Harbor; 6°09.5′S, 39°10.2′E; 20 m, on echinoid, Salmacis

Alpheus amethystea—See Periclimenes amethysteus

Alpheus scriptus—See Periclimenes scriptus

Alpheus Tyrhenus Risso, 1816:94, pl. 2

Nice, France

= Pontonia pinnophylax

ALTOPONTNIA Bruce, 1990a: 191

Type species: Altopontonia disparostris

Allopontonia disparostris Bruce, 1990a: 192, figs. 2633

Off New Caledonia; 23°03,167°19′E; 503 m

Amphipalaemon Gasti—See Balssia gasti

AMPHIPONTONIA Bruce, 1991b:381

Type species: Amphipontonia kanak

Amphipontonia kanak Bruce, 1991b:382, figs. 58–63

Loyalty Islands

ANAPONTONIA Bruce, 1966a:584, 596

Type species: Anapontonia denticauda

56. Anapontonia denticauda Bruce, 1966a:597, figs. 1–4

Pange Reef, Zanzibar; on scleractinian, Galaxea

Anchista tenuipes Holmes, 1900:216 [not Palaemonella tenuipes Dana, 1852]

Santa Catalina Island, California

= Palaemonella holmesi

ANCHISTIA Dana, 1852a:17

Type species: Anchistia gracilis

= Periclimenes

Anchistia aesopia—See Periclimenes aesopius

Anchistia amhoinensis—See Periclimenes amboinensis Anchistia americana—See Periclimenes americanus

Anchistia aurantiaca Dana, 1852a:25

Fiji Islands

= Anchistus custos

Anchistia brachiata Stimpson, 1860:39

Bonin Islands

Species inquirenda

Anchistia Brockii—See Periclimenes brockii

Anchistia Edwardsii—See Periclimenes edwardsii

Anch[istia] elegans—See Periclimenes elegans

Anchistia ensifrons—See Periclimenes ensifrons

Anchistia gracilis—See Periclimenes gracilis

Anchistia grandis—See Periclimenes grandis

Anchistia inaequimana Heller, 1861:28

Egypt

= Periclimenes petitthouarsii

Anchistia Kornii—See Periclimenes kornii

Anchistia longimana—See Periclimenes longimanus

Anchistia spinigera—See Harpiliopsis spinigera

Anchistia tenella—See Periclimenes tenellus

*ANCHISTUS Borradaile, 1898a:387

Type species: Harpilius Miersi

TRIDACNOCARIS

MARYGRANDE

ENSIGER

57. Anchistus australis forma typica Bruce, 1977a:56, figs. 7–9

“Capre Cay,” Swain Reefs, Great Barrier Reef, Australia; in bivalve mollusk, Tridacna whitleyi (= T. maxima)

Anchistus australis forma dendricauda Bruce, 1977a:62, fig. 10

“West Cay,” Diamond Islets, Australia; in bivalve mollusk. Tridacna squamosa

Anchistus biunguiculatus Borradaile, 1898:387

Tubetube, Engineer Group, Papua; in bivalve mollusk, Tridacna

= Paranchistus armatus

58. Anchistus custoides Bruce, 1977a:50, figs. 4–6

“N.W. end Gillett Cay, Queensland. 21°43′S 152°25′E

in bivalve mollusk Atrina vexillum. Stn 1” (teste, Roger Springthorpe)

59. Anchistus custos (Forskål, 1775)

Cancer custos Forskål, 1775:xxi, 94

Al Luhayyah, Yemen

Pontonia inflata

Anchistia aurantiaca

Harpilius inermis

Pontonia pinna Ortmann

60. Anchistus demani Kemp, 1922:256, figs. 86–88

Aberdeen, Port Blair, Andaman Islands; from bivalve mollusk, Tridacna at low tide

Anchistus gravieri Kemp, 1922:252, figs. 82–84

Vanikoro, Santa Cruz Islands

*61. Anchistus miersi (De Man, 1888)

Harpilius Miersi De Man, 1888a:274, pl. 17: figs. 6–10

Elphinstone Island, Mergui Archipelago, Burma

Anchistus mirabilis (Pesta, 1911)

Marygrande mirabilis Pesta, 1911:571, figs. 1–5

Samoa

Species inquirenda

Anchistus misakiensis Yokoya, 1936:136, fig. 5

Misaki, Shikoku, Japan; in bivalve mollusc, Amusium japonicum

= Anchistus pectinis

Anchistus oshimai Kubo, 1949:26, figs. 1, 2

Palau Islands

= Paranchistus armatus

Anchistus pectinis Kemp, 1925:327, figs. 19, 20

Octavia Bay, Nancowry Harbor, Nicobar Islands; in bivalve mollusk, Pecten

ANCYLOCARIS Schenkel, 1902:563

Type species: Ancylocaris brevicarpalis

= PERICLIMENES

Ancylocaris brevicarpalis—See Periclimenes brevicarpalis

APOPONTONIA Bruce, 1976a:301

Type species: Apopontonia falcirostris

Apopontonia dubia Bruce, 198la:225, figs. 1–3

Shag Rock, east of North Stradbroke Island, Queensland, Australia; 27°25′S, 153°32′E; 20 m, in sponge, Ircinia

Apopontonia falcirostris Bruce, 1976a:303, figs. 1–5

Northwest coast of Madagascar; 12°44.5′S, 48°25.2′E; 73 m

Apopontonia tridentata Bruce, 1988b: 1270, figs. 4–7

Northwest Shelf of Australia, 19°41.9′S, 17°57.15′E; 54 m

ARAIOPONTONIA Fujino and Miyake, 1970a:1

Type species: Araiopontonia odontorhyncha

Araiopontonia odontorhyncha Fujino and Miyake, 1970a:2, figs. 1–4

Koniya, Amami O Shima, Ryukyu Islands, Japan

BALSSIA Kemp, 1922:267

Type species: Amphipalaemon Gasti

Balssia gasti (Balss, 1921)

Amphipalaemon Gasti Balss, 1921a:524, figs. 1–8

Golfo di Napoli; on Corallium rubrum

Brachycarpus audouini Bate, 1888:798, pl. 129: fig. 5

Cook Strait, New Zealand

= Periclimenes yaldwyni

Cancer custos—See Anchistus custos

CARINOPONTONIA Bruce, 1988b: 1263

Type species: Carinopontonia paucipes

Carinopontonia paucipes Bruce, 1988b: 1264, figs. 1–3

Northwest Shelf, Australia; 83 m

CAVICHELES Holthuis, 1952c:204

Type species: Cavicheles kempi

=JOCASTE

Cavicheles kempi Holthuis, 1952c:17, 205, figs. 99–101

Ternate, Indonesia; 4 m

?= Jocaste japonica

CHACELLA Bruce, 1986b:485

Type species: Dasycaris kerstitchi

Chacella kerstitchi (Wicksten, 1983)

Dasycaris kerstitchi Wicksten, 1983:6, 16, fig. 2

Punta Doble, San Carlos, Sonora, Mexico; 30 m

CHERNOCARIS Johnson, 1967:500

Type species: Chernocaris placunae

62. Chernocaris placunae Johnson, 1967:500, figs. 1–12

Singapore; in bivalve mollusk Placuna placenta

*CONCHODYTES Peters, 1852:588, 591

Type species: Conchodytes tridacnae

63. Conchodytes kempi Brucei, 1989:183, fig. 3b–e

Andaman Islands; in bivalve mollusk, Pinna bicolor

*64. Conchodytes maculatus Bruce, 1989:182, figs. 1–6

Northeast Shelf west of Cape Leveque, Western Australia; 40 m, in pearl oyster, Pinctada maxima

65. Conchodytes meleagrinae Peters, 1852:594

Type locality: Ibo, Cabo Delgado, Mozambique

66. Conchodytes monodactylus Holthuis, 1952c:200, figs. 96–98

Southern Taiwan (in bivalve mollusk. Pinna), Timor, and Ambon

*67. Conchodytes nipponensis (De Haan, 1844)

Hymenocera niponensis De Haan, 1844: pl. 46: fig. 8 [corrected to H. nipponensis by plenary powers of the ICZN, 1956]

Japan

Pontonia biunguiculata

68. Conchodytes tridacnae Peters, 1852:594

Ibo, Cabo Delgado, Mozambique

* CORALLIOCARIS Stimpson, 1860:38

Replacement name for OEDIPUS Dana, 1852 [not Berthold, 1827, Tschudi, 1838, or Lesson, 1840]

OEDIPUS Dana

Coralliocaris Agassizi—See Coutierea agassizi

Coralliocaris atlantica—See Periclimenaeus atlanticus

Coralliocaris (Onycocaris) aualitica—See Onycocaris aualitica

Coralliocaris brevirostris Borradaile, 1898:386

Tuvalu

Coralliocaris Camerani Nobili, 1901:3

= Pontonia margarita

*69. Coralliocaris graminea (Dana, 1852)

OEdipus gramineus Dana, 1852a:25

Fiji Islands

Coralliocaris inaequalis

Coralliocaris hecate—See Periclimenaeus hecate

Coralliocaris inaequalis Ortmann, 1890:510, pl. 36: fig. 21

Kagoshima, Japan, and Samoa

= Coralliocaris graminea

Coralliocaris lamellirostris Stimpson, 1860:38

Ryukyu Islands; among corals in 4 m

?= Jocaste lucina

C[oralliocaris] lucina—See Jocaste lucina

Coralliocaris macrophthalma (H. Milne Ewards, 1837)

P[ontonia] macrophthalma H. Milne Edwards, 1837:359

Seas of Asia

Coralliocaris nudirostris (Heller, 1861)

O[edipus] nudirostris Heller, 1861:27

Red Sea

Coralliocaris tahitoei

Coralliocaris pavonae Bruce, 1972b:77, figs. 8–11

Fringing reef at Singatoka, Viti Levu, Fiji; from coral, Pavona

Coralliocaris taiwanensis

Coralliocaris pearsei—See Periclimenaeus pearsei

Coralliocaris quadridentata—See Periclimenaeus quadridentatus

Coralliocaris rathbuni Borradaile, 1917:385

Replacement name for Coralliocaris quadridentata

= Periclimenaeus tridentatus

Coralliocaris (Onycocaris) rhodope—See Periclimenaeus rhodope

*70. Coralliocaris superba (Dana, 1852)

OEdipus superbus Dana, 1852a:25

Tongatapu Island, Tonga Islands

Oed[ipus] dentirostris

Coralliocaris superba var. japonica—See Jocaste japonica

Coralliocaris tahitoei Boone, 1935:180, fig. 12, pl. 49

Pointe Venus reef, Tahiti

= Coralliocaris nudirostris

Coralliocaris taiwanensis Fujino and Miyake, 1972:92, figs. 1–3

“Hemgchuen, Shiangtiau Bay,” southern Taiwan; 2–5 m, in branching coral

= Coralliocaris pavonae

Coralliocaris? tridentata—See Periclimenaeus tridentatus

Coralliocaris truncatus—See Periclimenaeus truncatus

71. Coralliocaris venusta Kemp, 1922:274, figs. 100, 101

“N.E. Tholayiram Paar,” Gulf of Mannar, India; on madrepore coral

72. Coralliocaris viridis Bruce, 1974a:222, fig. 1A, B

Seaward reefs of Mombasa Island, Kenya

Coralliocaris wilsoni—See Periclimenaeus wilsoni

Corallocaris perlatus—See Periclimenaeus perlatus

CORNIGER Borradaile, 1915:207 [not Agassiz, 1831, or Boehm, 1879]

= PERICLIMENES

COUTIEREA Nobili, 1901b:4

Type species: Coralliocaris Agassizi

Coutierea agassizi (Coutiere, 1901)

Coralliocaris Agassizi Coutiere, 1901:115

Off Barbados; 172 m

CRISTIGER Borradaile, 1915:207 [not Gistel, 1848)

Type species: Periclimenes (Cristiger) commensalism

= PERICLIMENES

CTENOPONTONIA Bruce, 1979a:423

Type species: Ctenopontonia cyphastreophila

Ctenopontonia cyphastreophila Bruce, 1979a:425, figs. 1–6

Enewetak Atoll, Marshall Islands; 9–27 m, on faviid coral, Cyphastrea

CUAPETES Clark, 1919:199

Replacement name for FALCIGER Borradaile

= PERICLIMENES

*DASELLA Lebour, 1945:279.

Replacement name for DASIA Lebour, 1939 [not Gray, 1839, nor Van der Goot, 1918]

Type species: Dasia herdmaniae

DASIA Lebour

Dasella ansoni Bruce, 1983a:22, figs. 1–5

Arafura Sea; in tunicate, Phallusia

Dasella brucei Berggren, 1990:558

Heron Island, Queensland, Australia; 15 m, in tunicate, Herdmannia

*73. Dasella herdmaniae (Lebour, 1939)

Dasia herdmaniae Lebour, 1939:650, pl. 1

Tuticorin, Gulf of Mannar, India; in tunicate, Herdmania

DASIA Lebour, 1939:650

Type species: Dasia herdmaniae

= DASELLA

Dasia herdmaniae—See Dasella herdmaniae

DASYCARIS Kemp, 1922:240

Type species: Dasycaris symbiotes

DASYGIUS

74. Dasycaris ceratops Holthuis, 1952c:176, figs. 87, 88

Makassar Strait, Indonesia; 2°25′S, 117°43′E; 50–0 m

Dasycaris doederleini (Balss, 1924)

Dasygius doederleini Balss, 1924:49, fig. 2

Zushi, Sagami Nada, Honshu, Japan; 130 m

Dasycaris kerstitchi—See Chacella kerstitchi

Dasycaris symbiotes Kemp, 1922:240, figs. 76, 77, pl. 9

Off east coast of India and Mergui Archipelago; 27–64 m

Dasycaris zanzibarica Bruce, 1973a:247, figs. 1–6

Chango Island, Zanzibar; 6°06.2′S, 39°08.9′E; on antipatharian, Cirripathes

DASYGIUS Balss, 1924:48

Erroneous name for DASYCARIS

Dasygius doederleini—See Dasycaris doederleini

DENNISIA Norman, 1861:278

Type species: Dennisia sagittifera

= PERICLIMENES

Dennisia sagittifera Norman, 1861:278, pl. 13: figs. 8–13

?= Periclimenes sagittifer

ENSIGER Borradaile, 1915:207

Type species: Anchistia aurantiaca

= ANCHISTUS

DIAPONTONIA Bruce, 1986c: 125

Type species: Diapontonia maranulus

Diapontonia maranulus Bruce. 1986c: 126, figs. 1–5,

Off Wood Cay, West End, Grand Bahama Island; 26°42.55′N, 79°01.72′W; 244–309 m. associated with asterostomatid echinoid, Palaeopneustes tholoformis

EPIPONTONIA Bruce, 1977b:304

Type species: Epipontonia spongicola

Epipontonia anceps Bruce. 1983b:l9, figs. 1–10

Queensland, Australia; in sponge, Dysidea

Epipontonia spongicola Bruce, 1977b:308, figs. 1–5

Wasini Channel, Kenya; 4°39.4′S, 39°22.2′E; 11 m, in sponge, Reniera

EUPONTONIA Bruce, 1971a:225

Type species: Eupontonia noctalbata

Eupontonia noctalbata Bruce, 1971a:227, figs. 1–5

Anse Etoile, Mahe, Seychelles, 04°35′12″S, 55°27′48″E; reef flats

EXOPONTONIA Bruce, 1988a: 122

Type species: Exopontonia malleatrix

Exopontonia malleatrix Bruce, 1988a:123, figs. 1–5

Ashmore Reef, Timor Sea, 12°16′S, 123°02′E; intertidal

FALCIGER Borradaile, 1915:207 [not Say, 1824; Buchholz, 1869, or Trouessart and Magnin, 1883]

Type species: Periclimenes (Falciger) nilandensis

= PERICLIMENES

FENNERA Holthuis, 195la:10, 171

Type species: Fennera chacei

Fennera chacei Holthuis, 1951a:171, pl. 54

Bay of South Island, Islas Secas, Panama; shallow water, on scleractinian, Porites

HAMIGER Borradaile, 1916:87

Type species: Periclimenes (Hamiger) novae-zealandiae

Hamiger novae-zealandiae (Borradaile, 1916)

Periclimenes (Hamiger) novae-zealandiae Borradaile, 1916:87, fig. 4

Seven miles [11.2 km] E of North Cape, New Zealand; 128 m

HAMODACTYLOIDES Fujino, 1973a: 171

Type species: Hamodactylus incompletes

Hamodactyloides incompletus (Holthuis, 1958)

Hamodactylus incompletus Holthuis, 1958:11, fig. 4

Sharm ash Shaykh, Sinai Peninsula, Egypt

Hamodactyloides ishigakiensis Fujino, 1973a:174, figs. 1–3

Kabira Bay, Ishigaki-shima, Ryukyu Islands, Japan; 1 m, coral reef

= Hamodactyloides incompletes

HAMODACTYLUS Holthuis, 1952c:6, 18, 208

Type species: Hamodactylus boschmai

Hamodactylus aqabai Bruce and Svoboda, 1983:26, figs. 10–14

Aqaba, Jordan; 6 m, on alcyonacean, Litophyton

75. Hamodactylus boschmai Holthuis, 1952c:209, figs. 102–104

Ternate, off Halmahera, and Djedan, Kepulauan Aru, Indonesia; 2–13 m

Hamodactylus incompletus—See Hamodactyloides incompletus

76. Hamodactylus noumeae Bruce, 1970a:539, fig. 2

Between Île aux Canards and Ilot Maître, Nouméa, New Caledonia; 25 m, on gorgonian

HAMOPONTONIA Bruce, 1970b:37

Type species: Hamopontonia corallicola

77. Hamopontonia corallicola Bruce, 1970b:41, figs. 1–4

“Kat O Chau, Mirs Bay,” New Territories, Hong Kong; 22°32.1′N, 114°17.95′E; about 1 m, on massive coral, Goniopora

Hamopontonia essingtoni Bruce, 1986d:158, figs. 11–14, 15D–G

Coral Bay, Port Essington, Cobourg Peninsula, Arnhem Land, Northern Australia; 11°11.05′S, 132°03.4′E; 6 m, associated with scleractinian, Stylophora pistillata

* HARPILIOPSIS Borradaile, 1917:324, 329–334, 336–338, 341–343, 347–351, 379, 395

Type species: Palaemon Beaupresii

*78. Harpiliopsis beaupresii (Audouin, 1826)

Palaemon Beaupresii Audouin, 1826:91

Type locality: Egypt

Pontonia (Harpilius) dentata

*79. Harpiliopsis depressa (Stimpson, 1860)

Harpilius depressus Stimpson, 1860:38

Hawaii; among madreporarians

Periclimenes pusillus

*80. Harpiliopsis spinigera (Ortmann, 1890)

Anchistia spinigera Ortmann, 1890:511, pl. 36: fig. 23

Samoa

Harpilius depressus var. gracilis

HARPILIUS Dana, 1852a:17

Type species: Harpilius lutescens

= PERICLIMENES

Harpilius consobrinus De Man, 1902:836, pl. 26: fig. 54

Ternate, Indonesia

= Periclimenes consobrinus

Harpilius depressus—See Harpiliopsis depressa

Harpilius depressus var. gracilis Kemp, 1922:234, fig. 71

Andaman Islands

= Harpiliopsis spinigera

Harpilius Gerlachei—See Philarius gerlachei

Harpilius gracilis—See Harpilius depressus var. gracilis

Harpilius imperialis—See Philarius imperialis

Harpilius inermis Miers, 1884:291, pl. 32: fig. B

Port Molle, Queensland, Australia; from coral reef in bivalve mollusk, Pinna

= Anchistus custos

Harpilius latirostris Lenz, 1905:380, pl. 47: fig. 14

Mkokotoni and Bawi, Zanzibar

= Periclimenes brevicarpalis

Harpilius lutescens—See Periclimenes lutescens

Harpilius Miersi—See Anchistus miersi

Harpilius spinuliferus Miers, 1884:291, pl. 32: fig. B

Port Molle, Queensland, Australia; in bivalve mollusk, Pinna

Species inquirenda

Hymenocera niponensis—See Conchodytes nipponensis

ISCHNOPONTONIA Bruce, 1966a:584

Type species: Philarius lophos

81. Ischnopontonia lophos (Barnard, 1962)

Philarius lophos Barnard, 1962:242, fig. 2

Ilha da Inhaca, Baia de Lourenco Marques, Mozambique

ISOPONTONIA Bruce, 1982a:54

Type species: Isopontonia platycheles

Isopontonia platycheles Bruce, 1982a:55, figs. 1–5

“North Cay,” Ilot du Passage, Iles Chesterfield; 19°48.0′S, 158°17.0′E; seaward reef slope, 15 m

*JOCASTE Holthuis, 1952c:17, 192

Type species: Coralliocaris lucina

CAVICHELES

82. Jocaste japonica (Ortmann, 1890)

Coralliocaris superba var. japonica Ortmann, 1890:509, pl. 36: fig. 22

?Cavicheles kempi

Kagoshima, Japan

*83. Jocaste lucina (Nobili, 1901)

C[oralliocaris] lucina Nobili, 1901c:5

Eritrea

?Coralliocaris lamellirostris

LAOMENES Clark, 1919:199

Replacement name for CORNIGER Borradaile

= PERICLIMENES

LIPKEBE Chace, 1969:263

Type species: Lipkebe holthuisi

Lipkebe holthuisi Chace, 1969:263, figs. 8, 9

Gulf of Mexico west-northwest of Dry Tortugas, Florida; 25°13′N, 83°55′W; 119 m

MARYGRANDE Pesta, 1911:571

Type species: Marygrande mirabilis

= ANCHISTUS

Marygrande mirabilis—See Anchistus mirabilis

MESOPONTONIA Bruce, 1967a: 13

Type species: Mesopontonia gorgoniophila

84. Mesopontonia gorgoniophila Bruce, 1967a: 13, figs. 5–9

ESE of Hong Kong; 21°47.7′N, 116°28.5′E; 117–132 m; on gorgonian

Mesopontonia gracilicarpus Bruce, 1990a:202, figs. 34–37, 39, 1 m

New Caledonia; 22°56, 167°14′E; 398–410 m

Mesopontonia monodactylus Bruce, 1991b:392, figs. 65–69

Off Ouvea, Loyalty Islands, 20°35′S, 166°54′E; 460 m

METAPONTONIA Bruce, 1967a:24

Type species: Metapontonia fungiacola

Metapontonia fungiacola Bruce, 1967a:24, figs. 10–12

Pamanzi Reef, Ile de Mayotte, Comoro Islands; on the madrepore coral, Fungia

MIOPONTONIA Bruce, 1985a; 167

Type species: Miopontonia yongei

Miopontonia yongei Bruce, 1985a: 168, figs. 1–5

Australian Northwest Shelf; 19°04.3′S, 118°15.5′E; 80 m

NEOANCHISTUS BRUCE, 1975a: 149

Type species: Neoanchistus cardiodytes

Neoanchistus cardiodytes Bruce, 1975a:151, figs. 1–6

“Nosy Be,” Madagascar

Neoanchistus nasalis Holthuis, 1986:264, figs. 1, 2

Raysut, southern Oman; in scallop, Chlamys townsendi

NEOPONTONIDES] Holthuis, 1951a:ll, 189

Type species: Periclimenes beaufortensis

Neopontonides beaufortensis (Borradaile, 1920)

Periclimenes beaufortensis Borradaile, 1920:132

Beaufort, North Carolina; on “sea feathers”

Neopontonides chacei Heard, 1986:472, figs, 1a, 2, 3, 4B–D

Reef just south of Marigot Bay, St. Lucia Island, West Indies; 4–6 m

Neopontonides dentiger Holthuis, 1951a: 193, pl. 61

Cabo de San Francisco, Ecuador

Neopontonides principis—See Pseudopontonides principis

NOTOPONTONIA Bruce, 1991c:607

Type species: Notopontonia platycheles

Notopontonia platycheles Bruce, 199lc:608, figs. 1–6

Northwest of Robe, South Australia, 36°53′S, 139°53′E; 64 m

OEDIPUS Dana, 1852a: 17

Type species: Oedipus superbus

= CORALLIOCARIS

Oed[ipus] dentirostris Paulson, 1875:112, pl. 14: fig. 7 Red Sea

= Coralliocaris superb

OEdipus gramineus—See Coralliocaris graminea

O[Edipus] nudirostris—See Coralliocaris nudirostris

OEdipus superbus—See Coralliocaris superb

ONYCOCARIDELLA Bruce, 1981b:241

Type species: Onycocaridella prima

Onycocaridella monodoa (Fujino and Miyake, 1969)

Onycocaris monodoa Fujino and Miyake, 1969b:405, figs. 1–5

Type locality: Kasari Saki, Amami O Shima, Ryukyu Islands, Japan; 1 m

Onycocaridella prima Bruce, 1981b:243, figs. 1–6

Wistari Reef, Heron Island, Capricorn Islands, Queensland, Australia; 12 m, in sponge, Mycale

85. Onycocaridella stenolepis (Holthuis, 1952)

Onycocaris stenolepis Holthuis, 1952c:15, 148, figs. 66–68

Pearl Bank, southern Sulu Sea, Philippines; 15 m

ONYCOCARIDITES Bruce, 1987a:771

Type species: Onycocaridites anomodactylus

Onycocaridites anomodactylus Bruce, 1987a:772, figs. 1–4

Arafura Sea; 10°40′S, 133°50′E; 60 m

ONYCOCARIS Nobili, 1904:232

Type species: Coralliocaris (Onycocaris) aualitica

Onycocaris amakusensis Fujino and Miyake, 1969b:413, figs. 6, 8a–c, 9a–c

Tsujino-shima, Amakusa Shimo Jima, Japan; low tide level, in sponge

Onycocaris anomala—See Typton anomalus

Onycocaris aualitica (Nobili, 1904)

Coralliocaris (Onycocaris) aualitica Nobili, 1904:233

Djibouti

Onycocaris callyspongiae Fujino and Miyake, 1969b:422, figs. 10–12

Tomioka, Amakusa Shimo Jima; in sponge

Onycocaris furculata Bruce, 1979c:324, figs. 1–4

La Saline, La Réunion; approximately 21°20′S, 55°00′E; 20 m, outer reef slope under dead base of the madrepore coral, Acropora

Onycocaris longirostris Bruce, 1980a: 15, figs. 6–10

Ilot Maître, Nouméa, New Caledonia; 20 m, in sponge, Siphonochalina

Onycocaris monodoa—See Onycocaridella monodoa

Onycocaris oligodentata Fujino and Miyake, 1969b:415, figs. 7, 8d–f, 9d–f

Tomioka, Amakussa Shimo Jima; 35 m, in sponge

86. Onycocaris profunda Bruce, 1985b:241, figs. 8–11

Mompog Pass, northeast of Marinduque, Philippines; 81–84 m

Onycocaris quadratophthalma (Balss, 1921)

Pontonia quadratophthalma Balss, 192lb:15, fig. 7

Cape Jaubert, Western Australia

Onycocaris seychellensis Bruce, 1971b:208

Anse Etoile, Mahé, Seychelles; from small sponge encrusting base of coral colony

Onycocaris spinosa Fujino and Miyake, 1969b:429, figs. 13–15

“Terasaki,” Yoron Jima, Ryukyu Islands; 1 m, in sponge

Onycocaris stenolepis—See Onycocaridella stenolepis

Onycocaris trullata Bruce, 1978a:269, figs. 36–41

Tany Kely, Madagascar; 13°28′S, 48°12′E; 28 m

Onycocaris zanzibarica Bruce, 1971c:293, figs. 1, 2

Channel between Chumbe Island and main island of Zanzibar; 6°16.0′S, 39°12.6′E; 18 m

ORTHOPONTONIA Bruce, 1982b:163 Type species: Periclimenaeus ornatus

Orthopontonia ornata (Bruce, 1970)

Periclimenaeus ornatus Bruce, 1970c:313

Heron Island, Great Barrier Reef, Australia; on littoral sponge, Jaspis stellifera

Palaemon Beaupresii—See Harpiliopsis beaupresii

Palaemon Petitthouarsii—See Periclimenes petitthouarsii

*PALAEMONELLA Dana, 1852a:17

Type species: Palaemonella tenuipes

Palaemonella aberrans Nobili, 1904:234

Djibouti

= Periclimenes brevicarpalis

Palaemonella affinis Zehntner, 1894—See Periclimenes affinis

Palaemonella amboinensis Zehntner, 1894:206, pl. 9: fig. 27 [not Periclimenes amboinensis De Man, 1888]

Ambon

= Periclimenes brevicarpalis

Palaemonella asymmetrica Holthuis, 195la:19, pl. 5

Bahia de Sullivan, Isla San Salvador, Galápagos Islands

Palaemonella atlantica Holthuis, 195lb: 152, fig. 31

Sao Pedro Bay, Sao Vicente, Cape Verde Islands; 16°50N, 25°04′W

Palaemonella batei—See Periclimenes batei

Palaemonella biunguiculata Nobili, 1904:233

Djibouti

Species inquirenda

Palaemonella burnsi Holthuis, 1973:24, figs. 8, 9

Small lava pool near coast of Keoneoio (= La Perouse) Bay at extreme east end of Cape Kinau Peninsula, Maui, Hawaii

Palaemonella crosnieri Bruce, 1978a:210, figs. 2–4

Iles Glorieuses; 11°28.1′S, 27°[sic] 21.1′E; 20 m

Palaemonella disalvoi Fransen, 1987:511, figs.7–12

Tahai, west coast of Easter Island; 35 m

Palaemonella dolichodactylus Bruce, 1991a:232, figs. 6f–l, 7

New Caledonia; 22°14.5′S, 167°02.0′E; 65–70 m

Palaemonella elegans Borradaile, 1915:210

Salomon Island

= Palaemonella tenuipes

Palaemonella holmesi (Nobili, 1907)

Anchista tenuipes Holmes

Periclimenes Holmesi Nobili, 1907:5

Replacement name for Anchista tenuipes Holmes

Palaemonella laccadivensis—See Periclimenes laccadivensis

87. Palaemonella lata Kemp, 1922:127, figs. 3–6

Aberdeen. Fort Blair, Andaman Islands; Rock pool at low tide

Palaemonella longirostris—See Periclimenes longirostris

Palaemonella orientalis—See Vir orientalis

88. Palaemonella potisi (Borradaile, 1915)

Periclimenes (Falciger) pottsi Borradaile, 1915:212

Torres Strait; on crinoid, Comanthus

Palaemonella pusilla Bruce, 1975b:169, figs. 1–5

Kisiti Island, Wasini, Kenya; 4°43.3′S, 39°22.15′E; sheltered coral reef, low water

*89. Palaemonella rotumana (Borradaile, 1898)

Periclimenes rotumanus Borradaile, 1898:383

Rotuma, Fiji Islands

Palaemonella vestigialis

Palaemonella spinulata Yokoya, 1936:135, fig. 4

Misaki, Japan

90. Palaemonella tenuipes Dana, 1852a:25

Sulu Sea

Palaemonella tridentata

Palaemonella elegans

Palaemonella tridentata Borradaile, 1899:1007, pl. 64: fig. 8

Funafuti

= Palaemonella tenuipes

Palaemonella vestigialis Kemp, 1922:123, figs. 1, 2, pl. 3: fig. 2

Aberdeen, Port Blair, Andaman Islands

= Palaemonella rotumana

Palaemonella Yucatanica—See Periclimenes yucatanieus

Palaemonetes natalensis—See Periclimenaeus natalensis

PARACLIMENAEUS Bruce, 1988c:222

Type species: Periclimenaeus fimhriatus

Paraclimenaeus fimbriatus (Borradaile, 1915)

Periclimenaeus fimhriatus Borradaile, 1915:213

Mulaku Atoll, Maldive Islands and Providence Island, Seychelles; 70–90 m

Paranchistus Holthuis, 1952c:5, 13, 91

Type species: Anchistus biunguiculatus

91. Paranchistus armatus H. Milne Edwards, 1837

P[ontonia] armata H. Milne Edwards, 1837:359

New Ireland

Anchistus biunguiculatus

Anchistus oshimai

92. Paranchistus nobilii Holthuis, 1952c:100, figs. 41, 42

Arzanah Island, Ruqq Az Zaqqum Bank, Persian Gulf coast of United Arab Emirates; in bivalve mollusk, Spondylus gaederopus

Paranchistus ornatus Holthuis, 1952c:97, figs. 39, 40

Mozambique

Paranchistus pycnodontae Bruce, 1978b:233, figs. 1–5, pl. 39

Heron Island, Capricorn Group, Queensland, Australia; central lagoon, 3 m, in giant clam, Pycnodonta hyotis

93. Paranchistus serenei Bruce, 1983c:890, fig. 9

Indonesia; in oyster, Ostrea

Paranchistus spondylis Suzuki, 1971:15, figs. 8, 9

“Shiraiso,” near Manazuru Marine Biological Laboratory, Sagami Bay, Honshu, Japan; rocky shore, in bivalve mollusk, Spondylus barbatus

PARAPONTONIA Bruce, 1968a: 1148

Type species: Parapontonia nudirostris

Parapontonia nudirostris Bruce, 1968a:1149, figs. 1–5

Tiaré Bay, Nouméa, New Caledonia; 22°10′S, 166°15′E

PARATYPTON Balss, 1914b:83

Type species: Paratypton siebenrocki

94. Paratypton siebenrocki Balss, 1914a:84, fig. 1

Senafir, Koseir, and Sherm al Sheikh, Red Sea; Jaluit, Marshall Islands; and Samoa

PEULAS P. Roux, 1831:25 [not PELIAS Merrem, 1820]

Type species: Alpheus amethystes

= PERICLIMENES

Pelias notatus Heller, 1862a:526

Nicobars

Species inquirenda

* PERICLIMENAEUS Borradaile, 1915:207

Type species: Periclimenaeus robustus

Periclimenaeus arabicus (Caiman, 1939)

Periclimenes (Periclimenaeus) arabicus Calman, 1939:210, fig. 4

Khalij al Masirah, eastern Oman; 19°22.6′N, 57°53.0′E; 13.5 m, from surface of sponge, Periclimenaeus ohshimai

Periclimenaeus ardeae Bruce, 1970c:310

Heron Island, Great Barrier Reef, Australia; in littoral sponges

95. Periclimenaeus arthrodactylus Holthuis, 1952c: 122, figs. 51–53

Pulau Sailus-ketjil, Kepulauan Tengah, Indonesia

Periclimenaeus ascidiarum Holthuis, 1951a:80, pl. 22: figs, g–l, pl. 23

Bird Key Reef, Dry Tortugas, Florida

Periclimenaeus atlanticus (Rathbun, 1901)

Coralliocaris atlantica Rathbun, 1901:122, fig. 26

Off St. Thomas, Virgin Islands; 37–42 m

Periclimenaeus bermudensis (Armstrong, 1940)

Periclimenes (Periclimenaeus) bermudensis Armstrong, 1940: 4, figs. 2, 3A–F

The Reach, St. George Island, Bermuda; in black sponge

Periclimenaeus bidentatus Bruce, 1970c:305

Heron Island, Great Barrier Reef, Australia; in littoral sponges

Periclimenaeus bouvieri (Nobili, 1904)

Typton Bouvieri Nobili, 1904:233

Djibouti

Periclimenaeus bredini Chace, 1972b:26, fig. 5

Isla Mujeres, Quintana Roo, Mexico; 1–3 feet, grass flats

Periclimenaeus caraibicus Holthuis, 195la:110, pls. 32h-j, 34

Buccoo Reef, Tobago, West Indies

Periclimenaeus chacei Abele, 1971:38, figs. 1, 2

Northeastern Gulf of Mexico; 28°31′N, 84°16′W; 26 m

Periclimenaeus crassipes (Caiman, 1939)

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) crassipes Calman, 1939:211, fig. 5

Ghubbat Sawquirah, southeastern Oman, 18°025.5′N, 57°025′E; 38 m, possibly associated with calcareous sponges

Periclimenaeus diplosomatis Bruce, 1980b:39, figs. 1–6

Heron Island, Capricorn Islands, Queensland, Australia; 23°26.9′S, 15°55′E; low water, in ascidian, Diplosoma

Periclimenaeus djiboutensis Bruce, 1970c:307

Djibouti

Periclimenaeus fimbriatus—See Paraclimenaeus fimbriatus

Periclimenaeus garthi Bruce, 1976b:443, figs. 2–4

“Dunidu Is.,” Malé Atoll, Maldive Islands

Periclimenaeus gorgonidarum (Balss, 1913)

Periclimenes gorgonidarum Balss, 1913:236

Sagami Nada near Misaki, Japan; 20–30 m, on gorgonian

Periclimenaeus hancocki Holthuis, 1951a:97, pl. 29

Bahia Pina, Panama; 59 m

Periclimenaeus hebedactylus Bruce, 1970c:308

Makunduchi, Zanzibar

96. Periclimenaeus hecate (Nobili, 1904)

Coralliocaris hecate Nobilii, 1904:232

Djibouti

97. Periclimenaeus holthuisi Bruce, 1969a:159

Kepulauan Banda, Indonesia; 17 m

Periclimenaeus jeancharcoti Bruce, 1991b:371, figs. 50–55

Off New Caledonia, 21°31′S, 166°21′E; 375–450 m

Periclimenaeus leptodactylus Fujino and Miyake, 1968b:90, figs. 3–5

Kasari-cho, Amami O Shima, Japan; in small pits on surface of sponge

Periclimenaeus lobiferus Bruce, 1978a:260, figs. 30–35

Mozambique Channel; 15°21.7′S, 46°12.6′E; 80–85 m

Periclimenaeus manihinei Bruce, 1976c:138, figs. 29, 30

Saint Anne Bay, Praslin Island, Seychelles

Periclimenaeus maxillulidens (Schmitt, 1936)

Periclimenes maxillulidens Schmitt, 1936:371, pl. 13

Entrance to Lac, Bonaire; 1 m

*98. Periclimenaeus minutus Holthuis, 1952c:134, figs. 57–59

Banda, Indonesia; 9–36 m

Periclimenaeus natalensis (Stebbing, 1915)

Palaemonetes natalensis Stebbingg, 1915:78, pl. 19

Cape Natal [South Africa], N by E 24 miles [38.4 km]; 800 m

Species inquirenda

Periclimenaeus nobilii Bruce, 1974c:1577, figs. 13F, 14

Red Sea

Periclimenaeus odontodactylus—See Periclimenoides odontodactylus

Periclimenaeus ohshimai Miyake and Fujino, 1967:275, fig. 1

Takamatsu, Amakusa Shimo Jima, Kyushu, Japan

= Periclimenaeus arabicus

Periclimenaeus orbitospinatus Bruce, 1969a:160

Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia; 18–27 m

Periclimenaeus ornatus—See Orthopontonia ornata

Periclimenaeus orontes Bruce, 1986d:151, figs. 1B, 6–10

Orontes Reef, Port Essington, Cobourg Peninsula, Arnhem Land, Northern Australia; 11°03.6′S, 132°05.0E; 3 m, associated with sponge, Jaspis

Periclimenaeus pachydentatus Bruce, 1969a:162

Great Barrier Reef, Australia; 14°12′N, 142°48′E; 35 m

Periclimenaeus pacificus Holthuis, 1951a:85, pl. 25

Bahia Pina, Panama; 59 m

Periclimenaeus palauensis Miyake and Fujino, 1968:417, fig. 5

Ngadarak Reef, Palau Islands

Periclimenaeus pearsei (Schmitt, 1932)

Coralliocaris pearsei Schmitt, 1932:123, fig. 1

Dry Tortugas, Florida; 46 m, in soft black sponge

Periclimenaeus perlatus (Boone, 1930)

Corallocaris perlatus Boone, 1930:45, fig. 8

Baie des Gonaives, Haiti

Periclimenaeus quadridentatus (Rathbun, 1906)

Coralliocaris quadridentata Rathbun, 1906:920, fig. 69, pl. 24: fig. 1

Auau Channel between Maui and Lanai, Hawaii; 51–79 m

Periclimenaeus rastrifer Bruce, 1980a:27, figs. 13A, B

Ilot Maître, Nouméa, New Caledonia; 20 m, in sponge, Dysidea

Periclimenaeus rhodope (Nobili, 1904)

Coralliocaris (Onycocaris) rhodope Nobili, 1904:232

Djibouti

Periclimenaeus robustus Borradaile, 1915:213

Amirante Islands, Seychelles; 37–71 m

Periclimenaeus schmitti Holthuis, 1951a:90, pl. 27

Dry Tortugas, Florida

Periclimenaeus spinicauda Bruce, 1969a:164

South China Sea; 20°57.5′N, 115°55.0′E—20°57.5′N, 115°58.6′E; 64–66 m

Periclimenaeus spinimanus Bruce, 1969a:165

Off Ras Asir, Somalia; 11°37′N, 51°27′E—11°38′N, 51°27′E; 68–73 m

Periclimenaeus spinosus Holthuis, 1951a:113, pl. 35

Near Viradores Sur Island, Puerto Culebra, Costa Rica; shallow water, coral

99. Periclimenaeus spongicola Holthuis, 1952c:137, figs. 60–62

Java Sea; 4°41′S, 113°02′E; 28–32 m, in sponge

100. Periclimenaeus storchi Bruce, 1989c:181, fig. 5

Cuaming Island, Bohol Strait, Philippines

Periclimenaeus stylirostris Bruce, 1969a:167

South China Sea; 20°34.0′N, 113°30.5′E—20°30.3′N, 113°29.0′E; 90–91 m

Periclimenaeus tchesunovi Duris, 1990a:615, figs. 1, 2

Genego Island, North Nilandu Atoll, Maldive Islands; 20 m

101. Periclimenaeus tridentatus (Miers, 1884)

Coralliocaris? tridentata Miers, 1884:294, pl. 32:fig. C

Thursday Island, Torres Strait

Periclimenaeus trispinosus Bruce, 1969a:169

Mkokotoni, Zanzibar

Periclimenaeus truncatus (Rathbun, 1906)

Coralliocaris truncata Rathbun, 1906:920, fig. 70, pl. 24:fig. 2

South coast of Molokai, Hawaii; 4–90 m

102. Periclimenaeus truncoideus, new species

Periclimenaeus truncatus Holthuis, 1952c:117, figs. 48–50 [not Coralliocaris truncata Rathbun, 1906]

2.3 miles [3.7 km] N, 63°W from north point of Kai Besar, Kepulauan Kai, Indonesia; 5°36.5′S, 132°55.2′E; 90 m

Periclimenaeus tuamotae Bruce, 1969a:170

Mururoa Island, Tuamotu Archipelago

Periclimenaeus uropodialis Barnard, 1958:18, fig. 6

Baia de Lourenco Marques, Mozambique

Periclimenaeus usitatus Bruce, 1969a:172

Off Mafia Island, Tanzania; 7°46′48″S, 39°42′36″E; 20 m

Periclimenaeus wilsoni (Hay, 1917)

Coralliocaris wilsoni Hay, 1917:71

Fishing grounds, 20 miles [32 km] off Beaufort, North Carolina

Periclimenaeus zanzibaricus Bruce, 1969a:174

Uroa, Zanzibar; littoral sponges

Periclimenaeus zarenkovi Duris, 1990a:620, figs. 3, 4

Genego Island, North Nilandu Atoll, Maldive Islands; 0.7 m

PERICLIMENES Costa, 1844:290

Type species: Periclimenes insignis

PELIAS P. ROUX

ANCHISTIA

HARPILIUS

UROCARIS

DENNISIA

ANCYLOCARIS

CORNIGER Borradaile

CRISTIGER Borradaile

FALCIGER

LAOMENES

CUAPETES

Periclimenes aesopius (Bate, 1863)

Anchistia aesopia Bate, 1863:502, pl. 41:fig. 5 Gulf of St. Vincent, South Australia

* 103. Periclimenes affinis (Zehnter, 1894)

Palaemonella affinis Zehntner, 1894:208

Ambon

Periclimenes (Falciger) affinis Borradaile, 1915:211 [not Palaemonella affinis Zehntner, 1894]

Saloman Island, Chagos Archipelago

= Periclimenes longirostris

Periclimenes agag Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) agag Kemp, 1922:197, figs. 47–50, pl. 7:fig. 9

Ross Channel, Port Blair, Andaman Islands; 7–15 m

Periclimenes akiensis Kubo, 1936

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) akiensis Kubo, 1936:47, pl. 14

“Simokamogari-mura, Province Aki,” Japan; trawled in “weedy shallow water”

* 104. Periclimenes albatrossae, new species

South China Sea off western Luzon, Philippines; 16°33′52″N, 119°52′54″E; 315 m

105. Periclimenes alcocki Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) alcocki Kemp, 1922:154, figs. 21–24

Laccadive Sea; 9°34′57″N, 75°36′30″E; 743 m

Periclimenes aleator Bruce, 1991b:315, figs. 10–14

Loyalty Islands, 20°53′S, 167°17′E; 570–610 m

Periclimenes alegrias Bruce, 1986d:143, figs. 1A, 2–5, 15A–C

Coral Bay, Port Essington, Arnhem Land, Northern Australia; 11°11.2′S, 132°02.8′E; 2–4 m, associated with crinoid, Stephanometra spicata

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) amamiensis Kubo, 1940b:44, figs. 11, 12

Amami O Shima, Ryukyu Islands

= Periclimenes lutescens

106. Periclimenes amboinensis (De Man, 1888)

Anchistia amboinensis De Man, 1888b:546, pl. 22a: fig. 2

Ambon

?= Periclimenes cornutus

Periclimenes americanus (Kingsley, 1878)

Anchistia americana Kingsley, 1878:65

Key West, Florida

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) bermudensis Lebour

Pariclemenes (Ancylocaris) rhizophorae

Periclimenes amethysteus (Risso, 1827)

Alpheus amethystea Risso, 1827:77, pl. 4:fig. 16

Southern Europe (Nice?)

Periclimenes insignis

*107. Periclimenes amymone De Man, 1902:829, pl. 25: fig. 53

Ternate, Indonesia

Periclimenes anacanthus Bruce, 1988d:105, figs. 1–5

Moreton Bay, Queensland, Australia; sea-grass beds

108. Periclimenes andamanensis Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) andamanensis Kemp, 1922:204, figs. 54–57

Ross Channel, Port Blair, Andaman Islands; 7–15 m

Periclimenes andresi Macpherson, 1988:52, figs. 1–4

Namibia, southwestern Africa; 17°15′S, 11°27′E; 185 m

Periclimenes anthophilus Holthuis and Eibl-Eibesfeldt, 1964

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) anthophilus Holthuis and Eibl-Eibesfeldt, 1964:185, figs. 1–4

Whalebone Bay, Bermuda; 2–3 m, on sea anemones

Periclimenes antonbruunii Bruce, 1967a:45, figs. 19–22

Pamanzi Island reef, Dzaoudzi, Ile de Mayotte, Comoro Islands

= Urocaridella antonbruunii

Periclimenes (Periclimenaeus) arabicus—See Periclimenaeus arabicus

109. Periclimenes attenuatus Bruce, 1971d:533, figs. 1–5

“Waterhouse Cove, Burukuk,” Duke of York Group, New Ireland, Bismarck Archipelago; 4°7.3′E, 152°27.3′E; 1–2 m, on crinoid

110. Periclimenes batei (Borradaile, 1917)

Palaemonella batei Borradaile, 1917:357, 358

Off Sibago Island, Sulu Archipelago, Philippines; 6°47′N, 122°28′E; 46 m

Periclimenes batei Holthuis, 1950a;22 [not Palaemonella batei Borradaile, 1917]

= Periclimenes yaldwyni

Periclimenes bayeri Holthuis, 1981:792, fig. 3a–h

Ine village. Amo Atoll, Marshall Islands; outer edge of sea reef, on coral, Pocillopora

Periclimenes beaufortensis—See Neopontonides beaufortensis

Periclimenes (Periclimenaeus) bermudensis Armstrong, 1940-

See Periclimenaeus bermudensis

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) bermudensis Lebour, 1949a;1115, fig. 6 [not Periclimenes (Periclimenaeus) bermudensis Armstrong, 1940]

Mangrove Lake, Bermuda

= Periclimenes americanus

Periclimenes bicolor Edmondson, 1935:10, fig. 3

Kaneohe Bay, Oahu, Hawaii; on asteroid, Linckia multiflora, in shallow water

= Periclimenes soror

Periclimenes borradailei Rathbun, 1904:34

[Replacement name for Periclimenes tenuipes Borradaile, 1898]

Periclimenes Borradailei Nobili, 1905b:159 [not Periclimenes borradailei Rathbun, 1904]

Persian Gulf off coast of United Arab Emirates; 25°10′N, 55°10′N, 24°55′N, 54°40′E

Species inquirenda

Periclimenes bowmani Chace, 1972b:32, figs. 1, 2

Reef south of Marigot Harbour, St. Lucia, Windward Islands; 2–3 m

111. Periclimenes brevicarpalis (Schenkel, 1902)

Palaemonella amboinensis Zehntner

Ancylocaris brevicarpalis Schenkel, 1902:563, pl. 13:fig. 21

Ujung Pandang, Celebes, Indonesia

Palaemonella aberrans

Harpilius latirostris

Periclimenes potina

Periclimenes hermitensis

Periclimenes brevinaris Nobili, 1906b:42, pl. 3:fig. 7, 7a

Persian Gulf off coast of United Arab Emirates; 25°10′N, 55°10′E—24°55′N, 54°40′E

Periclimenes Borradailei Nobili

Periclimenes brevirostris Bruce 1991b:322, figs. 15–20

Off Ile des Pins, New Caledonia, 22°05.8′S, 167′E0.3′E; 500–550 m

Periclimenes brocketti Borradaile, 1915

Periclimenes (Falciger) brocketti Borradaile, 1915:212

Male Atoll, Maldive Islands

?= Periclimenes affinis

112. Periclimenes brockii (De Man, 1888)

Anchistia Brockii De Man, 1888b:548, pl. 22a:fig. 3

Ambon

Periclimenes brucei Duris, 1990b:1, figs. 1, 2

Genego Island, North Nilandu Atoll, Maldive Islands; 52 m

*113. Periclimenes calcaratus, new species

Albay Gulf, Philippines; 13° 12′N, 123°49′18″E; [267 m]

Pariclimenes caimani Tattersall, 1921:385, pl. 27:fig. 11, pl. 28:figs. 14,15

Sudanese coast of Red Sea

Periclimenes (Harpilius) caimani Johnson, 1962b:59 [not Periclimenes caimani Tattersall, 1921]

Pasir Laba, Singapore; 1°21′N, 103°38′E; in Enhalus beds

= Periclimenes johnsoni

Periclimenes carinidactylus Bruce, 1969b:254

Bottle and Glass Rocks, Port Jackson, Sydney Harbour, Australia; 6 m

114. Periclimenes ceratophthalmus Borradaile, 1915

Periclimenes (Corniger) ceratophthalmus Borradaile, 1915:211

Male Atoll, Maldive Islands

Periclimenes colemani Bruce, 1975c;488, figs. 1–8

Heron Island, Queensland, Australia; on echinoid, Areosoma thetidis

115. Periclimenes commensalis Borradaile, 1915

Periclimenes (Cristiger) commensalis Borradaile, 1915:211

Torres Strait; on crinoid, Comanthus annulatus

Periclimenes compressus Borradaile, 1915

Periclimenes (Falciger) compressus Borradaile, 1915:212

Saya de Malha Bank, western Indian Ocean; 265 m

116. Periclimenes consobrinus (De Man, 1902)

Harpilius consobrinus De Man, 1902:836, pl. 26: fig. 54

Ternate, Indonesia

117. Periclimenes coriolis Bruce, 1985b:234, figs. 4–7

Southwest of Manila Bay, Luzon, Philippines; 14°01.0′N 120° 17.1′E; 186–184 m

Periclimenes (Corniger) cornutus Borradaile, 1915:211

Male Atoll, Maldive Islands; on crinoid

?= Periclimenes amboinensis

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) crassipes—See Periclimenaeus crassipes

Periclimenes crinoidalis Chace, 1969:251, figs. 1, 2

Jan Thiel Beach, Curaçao, Netherlands Antilles; 38 m, on crinoid

118. Periclimenes cristimanus Bruce, 1965:487, figs. 1, 2

Pulau Sudong, near Pulau Salu, Singapore; 1° 12.7′N, 103°43.65′E; on echinoid, Diadema setosum

Periclimenes curvirostris Kubo, 1940

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) curvirostris Kubo, 1940b:35, figs. 3–5

Kumano Nada, off Mie Prefecture, southern Honshu, Japan; about 311m

Periclimenes darwiniensis Bruce, 1987b:29, figs. 1–5

Weed Reef, Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory, Australia; 12°31.6′S, 130°47.3′E; intertidal pool

Periclimenes delagoae Barnard, 1958:14, fig. 4B

Baia de Lourenco Marques, Mozambique, in coral

Periclimenes demani Kemp, 1915:279, fig. 27, pl. 13: fig. 10

Chilka Lake, India; salt to nearly fresh water

Periclimenes denticulatus Nobili, 1906

Pariclimenes Petitthouarsi var. Denticulata Nobili, 1906a:257

Gatavake, lies Gambier, Tuamotu Archipelago

*119. Periclimenes dentidactylus Bruce, 1984a:7, figs. 1–6

Makassar Strait, Indonesia; 0°31.4′N, 117°50.1′E; 592–595 m

Periclimenes difficilis Bruce, 1976c;111, figs. 15–17

Saint Anns Bay, Praslin Island, Seychelle Islands; 6 m, on coral, Porites

120. Periclimenes digitalis Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) digitalis Kemp, 1922:224, fig. 65, pl. 8: fig. 12

Off Viper Island, Port Blair, Andaman Islands; 6–9 m

121. Periclimenes diversipes Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) diversipes Kemp, 1922:179, figs. 36–39 [part]

Kilakarai, Gulf of Mannar, southern India: low tide, on coral, Montipora

Periclimenes (Falciger) dubius Borradaile, 1915:211

Minicoy, Laccadive Islands

= Periclimenes elegans

Periclimenes edwardsii (Paulson, 1875)

Anch[istia] Edwardsii Paulson, 1875:114, pl. 17: fig. 2–2b

Red Sea

*122. Periclimenes elegans (Paulson, 1875)

Anch[istia] elegans Paulson, 1875:113, pl. 17: fig. 1

Red Sea

Periclimenes (Falciger) dubius

Periclimenes elegans Gourret, 1884:15 [not Anchistia elegans Paulson]

“Golfe de Marseille”

Nomen nudum

?= Periclimenes scriptus

123. Periclimenes ensifrons (Dana, 1852)

Anchistia ensifrons Dana, 1852a:25

Balabac Strait, North Borneo

Periclimenes exederens Bruce, 1969b:255

South China Sea; 20°36.0′N, 113°54.2′E—20°38.8′N, 113°57.8′E; 86–88 m

Periclimenes finlayi Chace, 1972b:35, fig. 8

Off Marigot Bay, St. Lucia, Windward Islands; 165 m, mollusk trap

Periclimenes forcipulatus Bruce, 1991a:330, figs. 21–25

Loyalty Islands, 20°166°54′E;460 m

124. Periclimenes foresti Bruce, 1981c:201, figs. 10–11, 17c

Southwest of Manila Bay, Luzon, Philippines; 14°00.0′N, 120° 18.0′E—14°01.7′N, 120°20.2′E; 189–209 m

125. Periclimenes foveolatus Bruce, 1981c:196, figs. 6–9, 17a,b, 18b,c

Southwest of Manila Bay, Luzon, Philippines; 14°01.0;N, 120°15.8′E—13°59.2′N, 120°18.8′E; 191–188 m

Periclimenes franklini Bruce, 1990e:55

Coral Sea

Periclimenes (Cristiger) frater Borradaile, 1915:210

Seychelles

= Periclimenes soror

Periclimenes fujinoi Bruce, 1990a: 161, figs. 8–11, 39a,b

Chesterfield Islands; 22°06.9′S, 159°24.6′E; 487–610 m

126. Periclimenes galene Holthuis, 1952

Periclimenes (Harpilius) galene Holthuis, 1952c:62, fig. 24

Ambon (0–2 m) and islet off Manado [northern Celebes]

Periclimenes gonioporae Bruce, 1989c:149, figs. 1–3, 4a

Ras Iwatine, Mombasa, Kenya; 4°01.15′S, 39°43.78′E; low water spring tide level, on coral, Goniopora

Periclimenes gorgonicola Bruce, 1969b:257

South China Sea; 21°47.7′N, 116°28.5′E—21°43.3′N, 116°28.0′E; 110–132 m, on gorgonian, Melithea

Periclimenes gorgonidarum—See Periclimenaeus gorgonidarum

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) gracilirostris Kubo, 1940b:41, figs. 8–10

Kumano Nada off Mie Prefecture, Japan; about 310 m

= Periclimenes hertwigi

127. Periclimenes gracilis (Dana, 1852)

Anchistia gracilis Dana, 1852a:25

Sulu Sea, Philippines

128. Periclimenes grandis (Stimpson, 1860)

Anchistia grandis Stimpson, 1860;39

Amami O Shima, Ryukyu Islands

Periclimenes vitiensis

Periclimenes granulatus Holthuis, 1950

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) granulatus Holthuis, 1950c:10, fig. 1, pl. 1

Algeria; 100 m, among pearl oysters and alcyonarians

Periclimenes granulimanus Bruce, 1978a:237, figs. 16–19

Tany Kely, northwest coast of Madagascar near Nosy Be; on antipatharian

Periclimenes granuloides Hayashi in Baba, Hayashi, and Toriyama, 1986:102, figs. [62], 18

Tosa Bay, Japan; 130 m

Periclimenes harringtoni Lebour, 1949a: 1110, fig. 3

Harrington Sound, Bermuda

Periclimenes hermitensis Rathbun, 1914:655, pl. 1: figs. 1–3

Hermite, Monte Bello Islands

= Periclimenes brevicarpalis

129. Periclimenes hertwigi Balss, 1913:235

Sagami Bay, Japan; 120 m, on echinoid

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) gracilirostris

Periclimenes hirsutus Bruce, 1971e:91, figs. 1–6

Nukulau Island, Lauthala Bay, Suva, Viti Levu, Fiji Islands; on echinoid

Periclimenes Holmesi—See Palaemonella holmesi

*130. Periclimenes holthuisi Bruce, 1969b:258

Leung Ha Bay, N.T., Hong Kong; 22°18.5′N, 114°18.2′E; 4 m, on sea anemones

Periclimenes hongkongensis Bruce, 1969b:259

Rocky Harbour, Hong Kong; 22°20.0′N, 114°21′E; 26 m

Periclimenes (Pariclimenes) impar Kemp, 1922:147, figs. 16, 17, pl. 3: fig. 1

Port Blair, Andaman Islands; 9 m, on pinkish sponge

= Periclimenes incertus

Periclimenes imperator Bruce, 1967a:53, figs. 23–25

Zanzibar; on nudibranch

*131. Periclimenes incertus Borradaile, 1915

Periclimenes (Cristiger) incertus Borradaile, 1915:210

Maldive Islands

Periclimenes (Pariclimenes) impar

132. Periclimenes indicus (Kemp, 1915)

Urocaris indica Kemp, 1915:275, fig. 26, pl. 13: fig. 9

Chilka Lake, India; fresh and brackish water

Periclimenes infraspinis (Rathbun, 1902)

Urocaris infraspinis Rathbun, 1902:903

Bahia Concepcion, Baja California, Mexico

Periclimenes ingressicolumbi Berggren and Svane, 1989;432, figs. 1–5

Off San Salvador Island, Bahama Islands; 579 m, on spines of echinoid, Palaeopneustes tholoformis

133. Periclimenes inornatus Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) inornatus Kemp, 1922:191, figs. 43–46

Port Blair, Andaman Islands; on sea anemones

Periclimenes insignis O.G. Costa in O.G. Costa and A. Costa, 1844:[4], pl. 6; figs. 1–6

Naples

= Periclimenes amethysteus

Periclimenes insolitus Bruce, 1974b:293, figs. 1–8

Waikiki Beach, Oahu, Hawaii; 21°15.9′N, 157°50.5′W;

rocky flat outside surf zone, on echinoid, Pseudoboletia

Periclimenes investigatoris Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) investigatoris Kemp, 1922:160, figs. 26, 27, pl. 5: fig. 6

Persian Gulf; 29°20′N, 48°47′E; 24 m, on alcyonarian

Periclimenes iridescens Lebour, 1949a:1112, figs. 4, 5

Off Castle Roads, Bermuda

Periclimenes ischiospinosus Bruce, 1991a:240, figs. 3b, 9–12

New Caledonia; 21°44′S, 166°32′E; 50 m

134. Periclimenes johnsoni Bruce, 1987c: 115, figs. 1–5

Replacement name for Periclimenes (Harpilius) calmani Johnson, 1961 [not Tattersall, 1921]

135. Periclimenes jugalis Holthuis, 1952

Periclimenes (Harpilius) jugalis Holthuis, 1952c:67, fig. 26

Djedan, Kepulauan Aru, Indonesia; 13 m

136. Periclimenes kempi Bruce, 1969b:260

Hurghada, Red Sea coast of Egypt; 27°14′N, 38°50′E; 1 m, associated with alcyonarians

Periclimenes (Falciger) kolumadulensis Borradaile, 1915:213

Kolumadulu Atoll, Maldive Islands

= Periclimenes tenuipes

Periclimenes kornii (Lo Bianco, 1903)

Anchistia Kornii Lo Bianco, 1903:250, pl. 7: fig. 13

Off Capri; 1080 m

137. Periclimenes kororensis Bruce, 1977c:33, figs. 1–4

Koror, Palau Islands; associated with fungiid coral, Heliofungia

Periclimenes laccadivensis (Alcock and Anderson, 1894)

Palaemonella laccadivensis Alcock and Anderson, 1894:157

Laccadive Sea; 770–1353

*138. Periclimenes lanipes Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) lanipes Kemp, 1922:156, pl. 4: fig. 4

Mergui Archipelago; 12°48′N, 98°16′10″E; 44 m

139. Periclimenes latipollex Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) latipollex Kemp, 1922:150, fig. 18, pl. 4: fig. 3

Mergui Archipelago; 12°15′20″N,97°10′10″E; 113 m

Periclimenes lepidus Bruce, 1978a:244, figs. 20–24

Northwest coast of Madagascar near Nosy Be; 40 m

Periclimenes leptodactylus Bruce, 1991b:338, figs. 26–30

Loyalty Islands, 20°37.8′S, 167°02.7′E; 825–370 m

Periclimenes leptopus Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) leptopus Kemp, 1922:173, figs. 31–33

Brigade Creek, Port Blair, Andaman Islands; 4–9 m

Periclimenes lifuensis—See Philarius lifuensis

Periclimenes longicarpus Bruce and Svoboda, 1983:13, figs. 4–8

Al Aqaba, Jordan; 15 m, on actinian, Entacmaea

Periclimenes longicaudatus (Stimpson, 1860)

Urocaris longicaudatus Stimpson, 1860:39

“Coast of Carolina”

Periclimenes longimanus (Dana, 1852)

Anchistia longimana Dana, 1852a:25

Type locality unknown

Periclimenes longipes (Stimpson, 1860)

Urocaris longipes Stimpson, 1860:39

Amami O Shima, Ryukyu Islands; 37 m

140. Periclimenes longirostris (Borradaile, 1915)

Palaemonella longirostris Borradaile, 1915:210

Naifaro Island, Fadiffolu Atoll, Maldive Islands

Periclimenes (Falciger) affinis Borradale, 1915

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) proximus

Periclimenes lucasi Chace, 1937

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) lucasi Chace, 1937:133, fig. 8

San Lucas Bay, Baja California, Mexico; 22°53′N, 109° 54′W; 6–17 m

141. Periclimenes lutescens (Dana, 1852)

Harpilius lutescens Dana, 1852a:25

Tongatapu Island, Tonga Islands

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) amamiensis

Periclimenes macrophthalmus Fujino and Miyake, 1970

Periclimenes (Harpilius) macrophthalmus Fujino and Miyake, 1970b:250, figs. 3–5

East China Sea west of Goto Retto, Kyushu, Japan; 32°36.7′N, 127°42.8′E; 145 m

Periclimenes madreporae Bruce, 1969b:262

Erskine Island, Capricorn Group, Great Barrier Reef, Queensland, Australia; 6–11 m, in scleractinian corals

142. Periclimenes magnificus Bruce, 1979d:195, figs. 1–5, pl. 1A–C

Wistari Reef, Heron Island, Queensland, Australia; 26–29 m, with coral, Catalaphyllia

Periclimenes magnus Holthuis, 1951

Periclimenes (Harpilius) magnus Holthuis, 1951a:52, pl. 15

Gulf of Mexico off Aransas, Texas; 27°40′, 96°34′W; 50 m

Periclimenes mahei Bruce, 1969b:263

North West Bay, Mahé, Seychelles; 4°36′15″S, 55°26′01″E; 2–4 m, on scleractinian corals

Periclimenes maldivensis Bruce, 1969b:264

Suvadiva Atoll, Maldive Islands, on echinoid

Periclimenes maxillulidens—See Periclimenaeus maxillulidens

Periclimenes meyeri Chace, 1969:255, figs. 3, 4

Jan Thiel Beach, Curaçao, Netherlands Antilles; 24 m, on crinoid

Periclimenes milleri Bruce, 1986e:637, figs. 1–5

Off San Salvador, Bahama Islands; 24°02.75′N, 74°32.53′W; 527 m, associated with asterostomatid echinoid, Heterobrissus hystrix

143. Periclimenes nilandensis Borradaile, 1915

Periclimenes (Falciger) nilandensis Borradaile, 1915:211

Nilandu Atoll, Maldive Islands

Periclimenes novaecaledoniae Bruce, 1968a:1157, figs. 6–9

Ilot Maître, Nouméa, New Caledonia; 22°20′20″S, 116°25′E, on crinoid, Tropiometra afra

Periclimenes (Hamiger) novae-zealandiae—See Hamiger novae-zealandiae

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) noverca—See Zenopontonia noverca

Periclimenes obscurus Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) obscurus Kemp, 1922:144, figs. 14, 15

Springhaven, Madras Harbor, India; near encrusted buoys and piles

Periclimenes Ordinarius Bruce, 1991b:344, figs. 31–35

Off New Caledonia, 18°o 04′S, 163°27.5′E

Periclimenes ornatellus Bruce, 1979e:219, figs. 4–6, pl. 1C–E

Enewetak Atoll, Marshall Islands; 1–2 m, with actinian, Radianthus

144. Periclimenes ornatus Bruce, 1969b:266

“Lung Ha Bay,” N.T., Hong Kong; 22° 18.5′, 114°18.2′E; 4 m, on actiniarian

Periclimenes orontes—See Periclimenaeus orontes

Periclimenes paivai Chace, 1969:259, figs. 5–7

Cananeia, Estado de São Paulo, Brazil

Periclimenes pandionis Holthuis, 1951

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) pandionis Holthuis, 1951a:41, pl. 11

Off Key West, Florida; 24°21′55″N, 81°58′25″W; 179 m

Periclimenes paraornatus Bruce, 1979d:207

Nomen nudum

Periclimenes paraparvus Bruce, 1969b:267

South China Sea; 20°28.2′N, 112°52.2′E; 84–88 m

Periclimenes parasiticus Borradaile, 1898:384

New Britain; on starfish, Linckia

?= Periclimenes soror

Periclimenes parvispinatus Bruce, 1990a: 154, figs. 3–6

S.W. Recif Jouan, New Caledonia; 200 m, trap

Periclimenes parvus Borradaile, 1898:384

Rakaiya, Blanche Bay, New Britain

Periclimenes pauper Holthuis, 1951

Periclimenes (Harpilius) pauper Holthuis, 1951a:50, pl. 14

Isla Cubagua, Venezuela; rocky shore

145. Periclimenes pectiniferus Holthuis, 1952

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) pectiniferus Holthuis, 1952c:48, figs. 15, 16

Pulau Kabaladua, Makassar Strait, Indonesia; 22 m

Periclimenes pectinipes Bruce, 1991b:351, figs. 36–40, 75

Off New Caledonia, 23°41.2′S, 168°00.5′E; 280 m

Periclimenes pedersoni Chace, 1958:125, figs. 1–17

Lyford Cay, New Providence Island, Bahama Islands; associated with sea anemone, Bartholomea annulata

Periclimenes perlucidus Bruce, 1969b:268

South China Sea; 16°06.5′N, 114°41.5′E—16°05.8′N, 114°38.2E; 79–81 m, on gorgonian

Periclimenes perryae Chace, 1942

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) perryae Chace, 1942:82, pl. 24

Off Sanibel Island, Florida; 10 m, associated with basket star, Astrophyton muricatum

Periclimenes perturbons Bruce, 1978a:253, figs. 25, 26

Northwest coast of Madagascar near Nosy Be; 40 m, on alcyonarian, Morchellana

Periclimenes petitthouarsii (Audouin, 1826)

Palaemon Petitthouarsii Audouin, 1826:91

Egypt

Anchistia inaequimana

Periclimenes Petitthouarsi var. denticulata—See Periclimenes denticulatus

Periclimenes petitthouarsii var. spinifera—See

Periclimenes spinifer

Periclimenes pholeter Holthuis, 1973:30, figs. 10, 11, pl. 1: fig. 1

“Ras Muhammad's Crack,” Ras Muhammad, Sinai Peninsula, Egypt; 27°44′N, 34°15′E

146. Periclimenes pilipes Bruce and Zmarzlyy, 1983:644, figs. 1–6

“Medren Islet,” Enewetak Atoll, Marshall Islands; 11° 24′N, 162°22′E; 3 m, with crinoid, Comanthina

Periclimenes platalea Holthuis, 1951

Periclimenes (Harpilius) platalea Holthuis, 1951b: 157, fig. 32

Off Guinea; 9°23′N, 15°07′W; 30–34 m

147. Periclimenes platycheles Holthuis, 1952

Periclimenes (Harpilius) platycheles Holthuis, 1952c:85, fig. 33

Pulau Fau west of Pulau Gebe (31 m) and off Atiationin, west coast of New Guinea (to 57 m)

Periclimenes platyrhynchus Bruce, 1991a:358, figs. 41–44

Off New Caledonia, 19°04S, 163°27′E; 260 m

Periclimenes potino Nobili, 1905b: 159

Arabian coasts; on a pelagic brown alga

= Periclimenes brevicarpalis

Periclimenes (Falciger) pottsi—See Palaemonella potisi

Periclimenes poupini Bruce, 1990b:852, figs. 1–6a

Tubuai, French Polynesia; 23°19′S, 142°22′W; 430–520 m, on actiniarian on gastropod shell associated with pagurid, Trizopagurus

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) proximus Kemp, 1922:201, figs. 51–53

Ross Channel, Port Blair, Andaman Islands; 7–15 m

= Periclimenes longirostris

*148. Periclimenes psamathe (De Man, 1902)

Urocaris psamathe De Man, 1902:816, pl. 25: fig. 51

Ternate, Indonesia

Periclimenes pusillus Rathbun, 1906:921, fig. 71, pl. 24: fig. 7

Diamond Head Light, Oahu, Hawaii, S 62°, E 3.9; surface over 24 m

= Harpiliopsis depressa

Periclimenes rapanui Fransen, 1987:519, figs. 13–15

Tahai, W. coast of Easter Island

Periclimenes rathbunae Schmitt, 1924a:70, figs. 5, 6

Spanish Port, Curaçao

149. Periclimenes rectirostris Bruce, 1981c:204, figs. 12–15

Southwest of Manila Bay, Luzon, Philippines; 13°53.1′N, 120°08.9′E—13°53.3′, 120°10.7′E; 134–129 m, possibly associated with echinoid, Eremopyga

Periclimenes rex Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) rex Kemp, 1922:158, fig. 25, pl. 5: fig. 5

Ross Channel, Port Blair, Andaman Islands; 15 m, possibly associated with a sponge

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) rhizophorae Lebour, 1949b:605

Replacement name for Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) bermudensis Lebour

= Periclimenes americanus

Periclimenes richeri Bruce, 1990a: 181, figs. 20, 39f

New Caledonia; 24°54.5′S, 168°23.3′E; 527 m

Periclimenes rotumanus—See Palaemonella rotumanus

Periclimenes ruber Bruce, 1982c: 197

Queensland, Australia; associated with crinoid, Zygometra

Periclimenes sagittifer (Norman, 1861)

Dennisia sagittifera Norman, 1861:278, pl. 13: figs. 8–13

Periclimenes scriptus (Risso, 1822)

Alpheus scriptus Risso, 1822:247

Nice, France

?Periclimenes elegans Gourret

Urocaris de Mani

Periclimenes setirostris Bruce, 1991b:364, figs. 45–49

Chesterfield Islands, 25°32.8′S, 159°46.1′E; 300 m

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) setoensis Fujino and Miyake, 1969a: 149, figs. 4, 5

Shiso-jima, Tanabe-wan, Wakayama pref., Japan; 5 m

= Periclimenes sinensis

150. Periclimenes seychellensis Borradaile, 1915

Periclimenes (Falciger) seychellensis Borradaile, 1915:212

Praslin, Seychelles

151. Periclimenes sibogae Holthuis, 1952

Periclimenes (Harpilius) sibogae Holthuis, 1952c:73, figs. 28, 29

Anchorage at Kepulauan Banda, Indonesia; 9–36 m

Periclimenes signatus Kemp, 1925

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) signatus Kemp, 1925:322, figs. 16, 17

Andaman Islands

*152. Periclimenes sinensis Bruce, 1969b:270

Hong Kong; on alcyonarian

153. Periclimenes soror Nobili, 1904:232

Djibouti

Periclimenes (Cristiger) frater

Periclimenes bicolor

154. Periclimenes spinifer De Man, 1902

Periclimenes petitthouarsii var. spinifera De Man, 1902:824

Ternate, Pulau Damar-Besar, Teluk Djakarta, Ambon, Indonesia, and Tahiti, French Polynesia

Periclimenes suvadivensis Borradaile, 1915

Periclimenes (Falciger) suvadivensis Borradaile, 1915:212

Suvadiva Atoll, Maldive Islands

Periclimenes tenellus (Smith, 1882)

Anchistia tenella Smith, 1882:55, pl. 9: fig. 1

Continental slope off South Carolina; 32°07′N, 78°3705″W; 419 m

*155. Periclimenes tenuipes Borradaile, 1898:384

New Britain

Periclimenes borradailei

Periclimenes (Falciger) kolumadulensis

Periclimenes tenuirostris Bruce, 1991a:247, figs. 13–16

New Caledonia; Grand Récif Sud; 22°35.1′S, 166°59.5′E; 82 m

156. Periclimenes tenuis Bruce, 1969b:272

Chukwani. Zanzibar, 6°15.1′S, 39°12.7′E; 1 foot, on crinoid

* 157. Periclimenes toloensis Bruce, 1969b:275

“Ap Chau,” Tolo Channel, Hong Kong; 9–27 m

Periclimenes tonga Bruce, 1990d:23, figs. 1–5

Nuapapa Island, Tonga; on scyphozoan, Cassiopeia

158. Periclimenes tosaensis Kubo, 1951

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) tosaenssis Kubo, 1951:268, figs. 7, 8

Tosa Bay, off Usa, Shikoku, Japan

Periclimenes ungujaensis Bruce, 1969b:275

Unguja Ukuu Pwani, Zanzibar; 6°18.8′S, 39°21.1′E; 1 foot

Periclimenes uniunguiculatus Bruce, 1990a: 167, figs. 12–15, 39e

New Caledonia; 23°06S, 167°47′E. 540–600 m

Periclimenes vaubani Bruce, 1990:174, figs. 16–19, 38a–d

New Caledonia; 23°38′S, 167°42′E; 470 m

Periclimenes veleronis Holthuis, 1951

Periclimenes (Harpilius) veleronis Holthuis, 1951a:67, pl. 20

La Libertad, Ecuador; 7 m

159. Periclimenes venustus Bruce, 1990f:230, figs. 1–6, 7a, 8a

Port Essington, Northern Australia; 3 m, on actiniarians

Periclimenes vitiensis Borradaile, 1898:383

Fiji

= Periclimenes grandis

Periclimenes watamuae Bruce, 1976d:16, figs. 5, 6

Watamu Park, Kenya; 3°22.0′S, 40°00.5′E; 2 m, from alcyonarian

Periclimenes yaldwyni Holthuis, 1959

Brachycarpus audouini

Brachycarpus Antonini

Periclimenes batei Holthuis

Periclimenes (Harpilius) yaldwyni Holthuis, 1959:197

Cook Strait, New Zealand

Periclimenes yucatanicus (Ives, 1891)

Palaemonella Yucatanica Ives, 1891:183, pl. 5: fig. 8

Off Progreso, Estado de Yucatan, Mexico

Periclimenes zanzibaricus Bruce, 1967a:62, figs. 26–29

Fawatu Reef, Zanzibar; low tide, on echinoid, Echinothrix

Periclimenes zerinae Duris. 1990b:4, figs. 3, 4

Genego Island, North Nilandu Atoll, Maldive Islands; 52 m

PERICLIMENOIDES Bruce, 1990c:616

Type species: Periclimenaeus odontodactylus

* 160. Periclimenoides odontodactylus (Fujino and Miyake, 1968)

Periclimenaeus odontodactylus Fujino and Miyake, 1968b:85, figs. 1,2

Ushitaka, Amakusa Island, Japan

*PHILARIUS Holthuis, 1952c:5, 15, 151

Type species: Harpilius Gerlachei

* 161. Philarius gerlachei (Nobili, 1905)

Harpilius Gerlachei Nobili, 1905b: 160

Northeast of Arzanah Island, Persian Gulf

162. Philarius imperialis (Kubo, 1940)

Harpilius imperialis Kubo, 1940c:1, figs. 1–3

“Nankin-Hama,” Haha-Jima, Bonin Islands

Philarius lifuensis (Borradaile, 1898)

Periclimenes lifuensis Borradaile, 1898:384

Lifou, Loyalty Islands

Philarius lophos—See Ischnopontonia lophos

PLATYCARIS Holthuis, 1952c:5, 16, 172

Type species: Platycaris latirostris

163. Platycaris latirostris Holthuis, 1952c:173, figs. 85, 86

Ende, Flores, Lesser Sunda Islands, Indonesia

PLATYPONTONIA Bruce, 1968b:289

Type species: Pontonia? Brevirostris

Platypontonia brevirostris (Miers, 1884)

Pontonia? brevirostris Miers, 1884:562, pl. 51: fig. B

Seychelles; 22m, in “clamp shells”

164. Platypontonia hyotis Hipeau-Jacquotte, 1971:126, figs. 1–7

Near Tuléar, southwestern Madagascar, in bivalve mollusk, Pycnodonta

Platypontonia pterostreae

Platypontonia pterostreae Suzuki, 1971:5, figs. 3, 4, pl. 3

Hatsu-shima, Sagami Bay, Honshu, Japan; in bivalve mollusk, Pterostrea

= Platypontonia hyotis

PLESIOPONTONIA Bruce, 1985b:248

Type species: Plesiopontonia monodi

165. Plesiopontonia monodi Bruce, 1985b:250, figs. 15–17

Balayan Bay, southern Luzon, Philippines; 13°49.6′N, 120°51′E; 299–320 m

PLIOPONTONIA Bruce, 1973b:97

Type species: Pliopontonia furtiva

166. Pliopontonia furtiva Bruce, 1973b:99, figs. 1–5, pl. 1

Ras Iwatine, Mombasa, Kenya; 4°00.55′S, 39°44.17′E; 1 m, on coralliomorph zoantharian, Rhodactis

PONTONELLA Heller, 1856:629

Type species: Pontonella glabra

= TYPTON

Pontonella glabra Heller, 1856:634, pl. 9

Zadar, Yugoslavia

= Typton spongicola

*PONTONIA Latreille, 1829:96

Type species: Palaemon pinnophylax

ALCIOPE

Pontonia anachoreta Kemp, 1922:264, figs. 93–95

Off Madras coast; 37 m, in ascidian

Pontonia ardeae Bruce, 198 Id: 113, figs. 1–8

Wistari Reef, Heron Island, Capricorn Group, Queensland, Australia; 23°27.5′S, 151°55.0′E; 18–21 m, in bivalve mollusk, Chama

P[ontonial armata—See Paranchistus armatus

167. Pontonia ascidicola Borradaile, 1898:389

Blanche Bay, New Britain; in ascidian

Pontonia biunguiculata Paulson, 1875:111, pl. 15: fig. 1

Red Sea

= Conchodytes nipponensis

Pontonia? brevirostris—See Platypontonia brevirostris

Pontonia californiensis Rathbun, 1902:902

Off Santa Cruz Island, California; 34°00′N, 119°29′30″W; 55 m

Pontonia chimaera Holthuis, 1951a: 125, pl. 39

West of El Cocal, Isla Pedro Gonzalez, Archipielago de las Perlas, Panama; subtidal, in mantle cavity of young bivalve mollusk, Strombus galeatus

Pontonia custos Guérin-Méneville, 1832:366, pl. 37: fig. 1

= Pontonia pinnophylax

Pontonia (Harpilius) dentata Richters, 1880:165, pl. 17: figs. 36–38

Ilot Fouquets, Mauritius, Indian Ocean

= Harpiliopsis beaupresii

Pontonia Diazonae Joliet, 1882:118

Mediterranean Sea; in ascidian

= Pontonia flavomaculata

Pontonia domestica Gibbes, 1850:196

South Carolina

Pontonia occidentalis

Pontonia flavomaculata Heller, 1864:51

Adriatic Sea

Alciope heterochela

Pontonia phallusiae

Pontonia diazonae

Pontonia grayi Rathbun, 1901:122

San Juan, Puerto Rico

= Pontonia Mexicana

Pontonia heterochelis Guérin-Méneville, 1832:37 [cited as manuscript name]

= Pontonia pinnophylax

Pontonia hurii Holthuis, 1981:796, fig. 4

Arno Atoll, Marshall Islands; from mantle cavity of bivalve mollusk, Spondylus

Pontonia inflata H. Milne Edwards, 1840:633

Sri Lanka and “Vanicoso” [= Vanikoro, Santa Cruz Islands]

= Anchistus custos

168. Pontonia katoi Kubo, 1940b:55. figs. 21–23

Off Shimoda, Shizuoka Prefecture, Japan; in branchial cavity of ascidian, Halocynthia

Pontonia longispina Holthuis, 1951a: 128, pl. 40

“Puerto Refugio,” Isla Angel de la Guardia, Golfo de California; shore, rocky reef

P[ontonia] macropthalma—See Coralliocaris macrophlhalma

Pontonia maculata Stimpson, 1860:38

Bonin Islands, in bivalve mollusk, Tridacna

Species inquirenda

Pontonia maldivensis—See Pontonides maldivensis

Pontonia margarita Smith, 1869b:245

Bay of Panama

Coralliocaris Camerani

Pontonia medipacifica Edmondson, 1935:6, fig. 2

Midway Island; shallow water

Pontonia mexicana Guérin-Méneville, 1855:xix, pl. 2: fig. 12

Atlantic coast of Mexico

Pontonia grayi

Pontonia minuta Baker, 1907:189, pl. 24: figs. 9–12

South Australia

Pontonia miserabilis Holthuis, 1951a: 148, pl. 47d–i

Off Vieques Island, Puerto Rico; 29 m, coral

Pontonia monnioti Bruce, 1990a:183, figs. 21–24, 38e–h, 39i,j

Chesterfield Islands; 24°46.6′S, 159°40.3′E;285 m, in ascidian, Ascidia

Pontonia occidentalis Gibbes, 1848; app; xvi [nomen nudum]

= Pontonia domestica

*169. Pontonia okai Kemp, 1922:261, figs. 89–92

Off Cape Negrais, Burma; 15°25′N, 93°45′E; 73–126 m, in ascidian, Ascidia

Pontonia parasitica P. Roux, 1831:26

Peloponnesus, Greece; in bivalve mollusk, Pinna

= Pontonia pinnophylax

Pontonia phallusiae Marion, 1879:226

Marseille

= Pontonia flavomaculata

Pontonia pinnae Lockington, 1878:163

Bahia de Los Angeles, Bahia de Mulege, and Isla San Jose, Gulf of California

Pontonia pinnae Ortmann, 1894:16, pl. 1: fig. 3 [not Pontonia pinnae Lockington, 1878]

Dar es Salaam, Tanzania; in bivalve mollusk, Pinna

= Anchistus custos

Pontonia pinnophylax (Otto, 1821)

Palaemon pinnophylax Otto, 1821:12

Naples, in bivalve mollusk, Pinna

Pontonia parasitica

Pontonia custos Guérin-Méneville

Pontonia heterochelis Guérin-MéNeville

Pontonia pulsatrix Nardo, 1847:5, 6, 35

Gulf of Venice

= Typton spongicola

Pontonia pusillaHolthuis, 1951a:142, pl. 45

Isla Salango, Ecuador, 6 m

Pontonia quadratophthalma—See Onycocaris quadratophthalma

Pontonia quasipusilla Chace, 1972b:4l, fig. 10

Charlotte Point, Enflish Harbour, Antigua, Leeward Islands

170. Pontonia sibogae Bruce, 1972c: 182, fig. 1

Curtis Channel, Port Curtis, Queensland, Australia; in ascidian, Styela whiteleggei

Pontonia simplex Holthuis, 1951a: 135, pl. 42

Bahia Tenacatita, Estado de Jalisco, Mexico; lagoon, in bivalve mollusks, Pinna

Pontonia spighti Fujino, 1972:293, figs. 1–3

“Playa del Coco,” Costa Rica; sublittoral, in ascidian, Rhopalaea

171 Pontonia stylirostris Holthuis, 1952c: 169, figs. 82–84

Between Pulau Misool and New Guinea; 1°42.5S, 130°47.5W; 32 m

Pontonia unidens Kingsley, 1880:422, pl. 14: fig. 9

Species inquirenda

Pontonia Vagarts Gourret, 1888:39

Golfe de Marseille between île de Tiboulen and Port de Mejean; 64 m

?= Tipton spongicola

*PONTONIDES Borradaile, 1917:387

Type species: Pontonia maldivensis

Pontonides maldivensis (Borradaile, 1915)

Pontonia maldivensis Borradaile, 1915:213

Fadiffolu Atoll, Maldive Islands

Pontonides sympathes De Ridder and Holthuis, 1979:101, figs. 1–3

Punta Pitt, northeast coast of Isla San Cristobal, Galápagos Islands; 8 m, on antipatharian Antipathes galapagensis

Pontonides unciger Calman, 1939:213, figs. 6, 7

Southern Red Sea; 13°31′N, 42°31′E; 55 m

PONTONIOPSIS Borradaile, 1915:207

Type species: Pontoniopsis comanthi

172. Pontoniopsis comanthi Borradaile, 1915:213

Torres Strait, on crinoid, Comanthus

Pontoniopsis paulae Gore, 1981:139, fig. 1

Carysfort Reef, off Key Largo, Monroe County, Florida; 25°10.30′N, 80°12.82′W; 62.5 m, on ventral surface of echinoid, Meoma ventricosa

PROPONTONIA Bruce, 1969c: 141

Type species: Propontonia pellucida

Propontonia pellucida Bruce, 1969c:l42, figs. 1–5

Remire Reef, Amirante Isles, Seychelles; 5°04′S, 53°22′E; 1.5 m, on alcyonarian Sarcophyton crassicaule

PSEUDOCOUTOEREA Holthuis, 1951a:11, 182

Type species: Pseudocoutierea elegans

Pseudocoutierea antillensis Chace, 1972b:43, fig. 11

Saba Bank, Leeward Islands; 17°28′N, 63° 13′E; 13 m

Pseudocoutierea conchae Criales, 1981:174, fig. 1

11°18′N, 74°10′W; 15 m, on alcyonarian, Leptogorgia

Pseudocoutierea edentata Criales, 1981:168, figs. 2–5

Bahia Concha, Colombia; 11°18′N, 74° 10′W; 18 m

Pseudocoutierea elegans Holthuis, 1951a: 182, pl. 55

0.5 mile [0.8 km] east of Long Point, Santa Catalina Island, southern California: 82–91 m

PSEUDOPONTONIDES Heard, 1986:479

Type species: Neopontonides principis

Pseudopontonides principis (Criales, 1980)

Neopontonides principis Criales, 1980:75, figs. 25–29

Awa di Oostpunt, Curaçao; 18 m

STEGOPONTONIA Nobili, 1906a:258

Type species: Stegopontonia commensalis

Stegopontonia commensalis Nobili, 1906a:258

Lagoon at Hao, Tuamotu Archipelago; commensal with echinoid, Echinothrix

TECTOPONTONIA Bruce, 1973c: 169

Type species: Tectopontonia maziwiae

Tectopontonia maziwiae Bruce, 1973c: 172, figs. 1–4

Maziwi Island, off Pangani, Tanzania; 5°30.0′S, 39°04.1′E; 4 m, on coral, Acropora

*THAUMASTOCARIS Kemp, 1922:244

Type species: Thaumastocaris streptopus

* 173. Thaumastocaris streptopus Kemp, 1922:244, figs. 78–80

Nouméa, New Caledonia

TRIDACNOCARIS Nobili, 1899:235

Replacement name for ANCHISTUS

TULEARIOCARIS Hipeau-Jacquotte, 1965:247

Type species: Tuleariocaris holthuisi

Tuleariocaris holthuisi Hipeau-Jacquotte, 1965:248, pls. 1–5

Tuléar, Madagascar; on echinoids, Echinometra and Stomopneustes

Tueariocaris neglecta Chace, 1969:266, figs. 10, 11

Bellairs Research Institute of McGill University, St. James, Barbados; on echinoid. Diadema

Tuleariocaris zanzibarica Bruce, 1967a:33, figs. 13–18

Mtoni, Zanzibar; low tide, on echinoid, Astropyga

TYPTON O.G. Costa, 1844:288

Type species: Typton spongicola

PONTONELLA

Typton anomalus (Bruce, 1979)

Onycocaris anomala Bruce, 1979b:69, figs. 1–4

Between North and South Shell Islands, Darwin, Northern Australia; 6–13 m

Typton australis Bruce, 1973d:254, figs. 1–4

Great Barrier Reef, Australia

Typton bawii Bruce, 1972d:243, figs. 1–5

South of Bawi Island, Zanzibar, 6°9.7′S, 39°8.3′E; 18–25 m, in sponge

Typton Bouvieri—See Periclimenaeus bouvieri

Typton carneus Holthuis, 1951a: 162, pl. 51: figs. a,e,k,l

Dry Tortugas, Florida

Typton crosslandi Bruce, 1978c:294, figs. 1–3

Off Isla Onslow, near Isla Santa Maria, Galápagos Islands; 7 m

Typton dentatus Fujino and Miyake, 1969c:80, figs. 1,2

“Ukachi,” Yoron-jima, Ryukyu Islands; from sponge

Typton dimorphus Bruce, 1986f:278, figs. 1–4

Ashmore Reef, Timor Sea; 12°15′S, 123°E; 5 m

Typton distinctus Chace, 1972b:49, figs. 13, 14

Los Arroyos, Provincia de Pinar del Rio, Cuba

Typton gnathophylloides Holthuis, 1951a: 159, pl. 50

Dry Tortugas, Florida; 82 m

Typton hephaestus Holthuis, 1951a: 159, pl. 49: figs, o–p

Southern Gulf of California; 24°12′N, 109°55′W; 18 m

Typton nanus Bruce, 1987d:49, figs. 1–5

Australian North-West Shelf; 16°34′S, 121°27′E; 40–46 m

Typton prionurus Holthuis, 1951a: 165, pl. 52

Dry Tortugas, Florida; 18 m

Typton serratus Holthuis, 1951a:167, pl. 53

Tagus Cove, Isla Isabella, Galápagos Islands; in red sponge

Typton spongicola O.G. Costa, 1844:289

Naples

Pontonia pulsatrix

Pontonella glabra

Typton spongiosus

?Pontonia Vagans

Typton spongiosus Bate, 1868b: 119, pl. 11: fig. 1

British

= Typton spongicola

Typton tortugae McClendon, 1911:57, pl. 1: fig. 2

Dry Tortugas, Florida

Typton vulcanus Holthuis, 1951a: 157, pl. 1: figs, a–n

South of Dry Tortugas, Florida

Typton wasini Bruce, 1977d:272, figs. 1–6

Wasini Island Channel, Kenya; 4°39.4′S, 39°22.2′E; 11 m, in sponge, Reniera

UROCARIS Stimpson, 1860:39

Type species: Urocaris longicaudata

= PERICLIMENES

Urocaris de Mani Balss, 1816:29, fig. 10

Sette Cama, Gabon

= Periclimenes scriptus

Urocaris indica—See Periclimenes indicus

Urocaris infraspinis—See Periclimenes infraspinis

Urocaris longicaudatus—See Periclimenes longicaudatus

Urocaris longipes—See Periclimenes longipes

Urocaris psamathe—See Periclimenes psamathe

VELERONIA Holthuis, 1951a: 11, 195

Type species: Veleronia serratifrons

Veleronia laevifrons Holthuis, 1951a: 199, pl. 63: figs, f–m

Bahia de Gardner, Isla Espanola, Galápagos Islands; 7 m

Veleronia serratifrons Holthuis, 1951a:196, pls. 62, 63: figs. a-e

La Libertad, Ecuador, 7 m

VELERONIOPSIS Gore, 1981:145

Type species: Veleroniopsis kimallynae

Veleroniopsis kimallynae Gore, 1981:147, fig. 2

Elbow Reef, off Key Largo, Monroe County, Florida; 25°07.70′N,80°15.90′W; 18.3 m, from relict coral, Montastraea

VIR Holthuis, 1952c:4,6, 29

Type species: Palaemonella orientalis

174. Vir orientalis (Dana, 1852)

Palaemonella orientalis Dana, 1852a:26 Sulu Sea

175. Vir philippinensis Bruce and Svoboda, 1984:87, figs. 1–4

Cebu, Philippines; associated with scleractinian coral, Plerogyra sinuosa

WALDOLA Holthuis, 1951a: 11, 185

Type species: Waldola schmitti

Waldola schmitti Holthuis, 1951a: 186, pls. 58, 59: figs, a-f

Isla Isabela, Nayarit, Mexico; 18–46 m

ZENOPONTONIA Bruce, 1975d:275

Type species: Periclimenes (Periclimenes) noverca

Zenopontonia noverca (Kemp, 1922)

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) noverca Kemp, 1922:162, figs. 28–30

New Caledonia

Key to Genera of Pontoniinae

Anapontonia Bruce, 1966

Anapontonia Bruce, 1966a:584, 595–597 [type species, by original designation: Anapontonia denticauda Bruce, 1966a:596; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum barely overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, rostral formula 6–10 + 5–10/0, lateral carina not expanded into broad supraocular or postocular eave; carapace strongly compressed, dorsal profile convex and dentate on anterior art, variably concave and unarmed posteriorly, anterior margin partially produced as blunt lobe, partially deeply concave (notched), without longitudinal ridge parallel with ventral margin or longitudinal branchiostegal suture, unarmed except for acute suborbital angle, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite bluntly angulate, not sharp-pointed; telson not curved strongly ventrad, posterior margin not incised, posterior spines not curved ventrad, without dorsolateral spines; epistome not bearing paired, horn-like processes; antennal scale well developed, distolateral spine unusually robust and overreaching blade by most of length; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with rigid exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar, not necessarily equal, chela much longer than carpus, not borne in vertical plane, movable finger not ventrad, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular, palm more than 1art times as long as high; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl unarmed on flexor margin, without hoof-shaped or triangular protuberances, merus unarmed on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch bearing series of strong fixed teeth on distal art of lateral margin; associated with oculinid corals of genus Galaxea.

RANGE.—Zanzibar, Comoro Islands, Singapore, and Great Barrier Reef of Australia.

REMARKS.—Only one species is known.

56. Anapontonia denticauda Bruce, 1966

Anapontonia denticauda Bruce, 1966a:595–597 [type locality: Pange Reef, Zanzibar]; 1967a:3, figs. 1–4.

DIAGNOSIS.—Characters of genus; maximum carapace length 3.2 mm.

RANGE.—Western Indian Ocean, Singapore, and Queensland, Australia; living at base of columns of coral Galaxea in shallow water.

*Anchistus Borradaile, 1898

Anchistus Borradaile, 1898a:387 [type species, by original designation: Harpilius Miersi De Man, 1888a:274; gender: masculine].

Tridacnocaris Nobili, 1899:235 [replacement name for Anchistus Borradaile, 1898; gender: feminine].

Marygrande Pesta, 1911:571 [type species, by monotypy: Marygrande mirabilis Pesta, 1911:571; gender: feminine].

Ensiger Borradaile, 1915:207 [type species, designated by Borradaile, 1917:376: Anchistia aurantiaca Dana, 1852a:25 (= Cancer custos Forskål, 1775:94); gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, if armed dorsally, teeth confined to anterior art of length, lateral carina not expanded into broad supraocular or postocular eave; carapace not compressed laterally, dorsal profile slightly convex, not dentate or lobate, anterior margin not partially produced as prominent rounded lobe, not partially deeply concave (notched), without longitudinal ridge parallel with ventral margin or longitudinal branchiostegal suture, with or without antennal spine, otherwise completely unarmed, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite rounded, not sharp-pointed; telson not curved ventrad, posterior margin not deeply incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curved ventrad, dorsolateral spines slender or minute, not robust; epistome not bearing paired, horn-like processes; antennal scale well developed, distolateral spine not reaching as far as level of distal margin of blade; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar but not necessarily equal, chela much longer than carpus, not borne in vertical plane, movable finger not ventrad, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular, palm more than 1art times as long as high; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl sometimes with flexor margin dentate, often with extensor surface densely microspinulate, sometimes biunguiculate, but never with massive hoof-shaped or triangular protuberance, merus unarmed on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch bearing single movable lateral spine without distinct fixed tooth; living in mantle cavity of bivalve mollusks.

RANGE.—Red Sea and eastern Africa to Philippines and Indonesia and eastward through Pacific Ocean as far as Tuamotu Archipelago.

REMARKS.—Inasmuch as Bruce has modified the composition of the genus since he presented a key to the species (1967b:567) by transferring Pontonia armata to the genus Paranchistus (1975e:49) and by adding two previously undescribed species (1977a:50,56), it may be desirable to offer below a revision of the earlier key. Marygrande mirabilis Pesta, 1911, which Kemp (1922:252) postulated to be based on two forms of Anchistus, is still a species inquirenda not included among the eight species in the key. Apparently only two of the species are thus far known from the area covered in this report.

Key to Species of Anchistus

57. Anchistus australis Bruce, 1977

Anchistus australis, forma typica Bruce, 1977a:56, figs. 7–9 [type locality:Capre Cay, Swain Reefs, Great Barrier Reef, Australia; in Tridacna derasa].

Anchistus australis.—Bruce, 1983c:892, fig. 10A.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum apically acute, rostral formula 4–5/1; carapace without antennal spine below ventral orbital angle; 3rd maxilliped with antepenultimate segment little wider than penultimate segment; 1st pereopod with chela normal, not cannulate; 3rd pereopod with dactyl biunguiculate; maximum postorbital carapace length about 6 mm.

RANGE.—Indonesia, Great Barrier Reef of Australia, Marshall Islands, New Caledonia, and Fiji Islands; living in Tridacna derasa.

58. Anchistus custoides Bruce, 1977

Anchistus custoides Bruce, 1977a:50, figs. 4–6 [type locality: N.W. end Gillett Cay (Swain Reefs), Queensland, Australia; 21°43′S, 152°25′E; from Atrina vexillum, not “West Cay, Diamond Islets,” as erroneously cited in Bruce (1977a:55)]; 1983c:892.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum apically rounded, bearing 4–6 minute and obscure teeth on dorsal and anterior margins, unarmed ventrally; carapace with distinct antennal spine below ventral orbital angle; 3rd maxilliped with antepenultimate segment about twice as wide as penultimate segment; 1st pereopod with chela normal, not cannulate; 3rd pereopod with dactyl simple, not biunguiculate; maximum postorbital carapace length about 9 mm.

RANGE.—Palau Islands, Indonesia, and Great Barrier Reef of Australia; associated with bivalves, Atrina and Pteria.

59. Anchistus custos (Forskål, 1775)

Cancer custos Forskål, 1775: xxi, 94 [type locality; AI Luhayyah, Yemen].

Pontonia inflata H. Milne Edwards, 1840:633 [type locality: Sri Lanka and “Vanicoso” (= Vanikoro, Santa Cruz Islands)].

Anchistia aurantiaca Dana, 1852a:25 [type locality: Fiji Islands].

Harpilius inermis Miers, 1884:291, pl. 32: fig. B [type locality; Port Molle, Queensland, Australia; from coral reef in Pinna].

Pontonia pinnae Ortmann, 1894:16, pl. 1: fig. 3 [type locality: Dar es Salaam, Tanzania; in Pinna; not Pontonia pinnae Lockington, 1894:163].

Anchistus custos.—Holthuis, 1952b:105.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum apically rounded, unarmed; carapace without antennal spine; 3rd maxilliped with antepenultimate segment about twice as wide as penultimate segment; 1st pereopod with chela unusually curled to form open tube; 3rd pereopod with dactyl simple, not biunguiculate; maximum postorbital carapace length about 9 mm.

RANGE.—Red Sea and eastern Africa to Philippines, southward to South Australia, and eastward to the Caroline and Fiji islands; living in bivalve mollusks of the genus Pinna.

60. Anchistus demani Kemp, 1922

Anchistus demani Kemp, 1922:256, figs. 86–88 [type locality: Aberdeen, Port Blair, Andaman Islands; from Tridacna at low tide].—Bruce, 1983c:892.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum apically truncate, armed with 2 or 3 anterodorsal teeth, unarmed ventrally; carapace without antennal spine below ventral orbital angle; 3rd maxilliped with antepenultimate segment about twice as wide as penultimate segment; 1st pereopod with chela normal, palm non-cannulate; 3rd pereopod with dactyl obscurely biunguiculate; maximum postorbital carapace length about 3 mm.

RANGE.—Western Indian Ocean to Andaman Islands, Malaya, Indonesia, Great Barrier Reef of Australia, New Caledonia, and Marshall Islands; living in bivalve, Tridacna.

*61. Anchistus miersi (De Man, 1888)

Harpilius Miersi De Man, 1888a:274, pl. 17: figs. 6–10 [type locality:Elphinstone Island, Mergui Archipelago, Burma].

Anchistus miersi.—Holthuis, 1952c:110, fig. 45.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum usually apically acute, rostral formula 4–5/0–2; carapace with distinct antennal spine below ventral orbital angle; 3rd maxilliped with antepenultimate segment little wider than penultimate segment; 1st pereopod with chela normal, not cannulate; 3rd pereopod with dactyl biunguiculate; maximum postorbital carapace length at least 7 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Quinalasag Island, Masamat Bay, Luzon; [13°56′N, 123°38′E]; 3 m; sand, coral; 12 Jun 1909; dynamite: 1 male [3.2] 1 ovig female [5.5].

RANGE.—Red Sea and eastern Africa to the Philippines and eastward to the Gambier Islands, Tuamotu Archipelago; in bivalve mollusks of genera Hippopus and Tridacna, possibly also Pinna and Meleagrina.

Chernocaris Johnson, 1967

Chernocaris Johnson, 1967:500 [type species, by monotypy: Chernocaris placunae Johnson, 1967:500; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum reaching about as far as ends of anteriorly extended eyes, depressed, especially posteriorly, unarmed, lateral carina slightly expanded posteriorly but not forming discrete supraocular or postocular eave; carapace markedly depressed dorsoventrally, dorsal profile nearly straight or slightly concave, not dentate or lobate, anterior margin produced as convex lobe, inflected portion with posteriorly incomplete longitudinal ridge, completely unarmed, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite broadly rounded; telson not curved ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curved ventrad, dorsolateral spines short, not especially robust; epistome not bearing paired, horn-like processes; antennal scale reasonably well developed, distolateral spine overreaching distal margin of blade; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with endopod operculate and with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopods with fingers slender, not spatulate, carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods somewhat dissimilar and unequal, chelae not borne in vertical plane, movable finger not ventrad, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular, palm more than 1art times as long as high; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl with large, compressed, biangular lobe proximal to sharp, recurved tooth on flexor margin, merus unarmed on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch bearing single, minute, movable spine unaccompanied by fixed tooth; living in mantle cavity of bivalve mollusk, Placuna.

RANGE.—Singapore and Arafura Sea.

REMARKS.—Only one species is known.

62. Chernocaris placunae Johnson, 1967

Chernocaris placunae Johnson, 1967:500, figs. 1–12 [type locality: Telok Paku, Singapore, in Placuna sella at low spring tide level].

DIAGNOSIS.—Characters of genus; maximum postorbital carapace length 7.2 mm.

RANGE.—Singapore and Arafura Sea; living in mantle cavity of bivalve mollusk, Placuna occurring from low spring tide level to 27 meters.

REMARKS.—The Arafura Sea specimens confirm that the proximal lobe on the flexor margin of the dactyl of the third pereopod of the species is compressed and not “hoof-like” as in Coralliocaris or Jocaste, as reported in the original description, and indicates a close relationship to Conchodytes.

*Conchodytes Peters, 1852

Conchodytes Peters, 1852:588,591 [type species, selected by Hilgendorf, 1879:835: Conchodytes tridacnae Peters, 1852:594; gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, depressed, especially posteriorly, unarmed, lateral carina slightly expanded posteriorly but not forming discrete supraocular or postocular eave; carapace depressed dorsoventrally, dorsal profile slightly convex, not dentate or lobate, anterior margin partially produced as prominent rounded lobe, deeply concave (notched) dorsally thereto, without longitudinal ridge or suture, completely unarmed except for acute ventral orbital angle, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite rounded; telson not curved ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curved ventrad, dorsolateral spines distinct; epistome not bearing paired, horn-like processes; antennal scale well developed, distolateral spine far overreaching distal margin of blade; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod, endopod not operculate; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with fingers slender, not spatulate, carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods with chela not borne in vertical plane, movable finger not ventrad, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular, palm more than 1art times as long as high; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl with large, compressed lobe proximally on flexor margin, merus unarmed on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch bearing single, minute, movable spine unaccompanied by fixed tooth; living in mantle cavity of bivalve mollusks.

RANGE.—Red Sea and Madagascar to Japan, Philippines, Indonesia, Australia, and eastward to Hawaii and Tuamotu Archipelago.

REMARKS.—A key to the species of Conchodytes may be found in Bruce (1989b).

63. Conchodytes kempi Bruce, 1989

Conchodytes biunguiculatus.—Kemp, 1922:280, fig. 103.—Holthuis, 1952c:199 [not Pontonia biunguiculata Paulson, 1875].

Conchodytes kempi Bruce, 1989b:183, fig. 3b–e [type locality; Andaman Islands].

DIAGNOSIS.—Telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral and 3 pairs of posterior spines; 1st pereopod with carpus and merus subequal in length; 3rd pereopod with dactyl armed with 2 strong, divergent, spine-like teeth, basal process well developed with small marginal tooth; maximum postorbital carapace length 9.2 mm.

RANGE.—Western Indian Ocean, Taiwan, Philippines, Indonesia, and Marshall Islands; in bivalve mollusks.

REMARKS.—The occurrence of this species in the Philippines must be considered tentative for the time being, because of the small size, the somewhat different dactyls of the ambulatory pereopods, and the unusual host (Isognomon) of the pair of specimens recorded by Bruce (1989b) from Cebu, the type material having been found in association with Pinna.

*64. Conchodytes maculatus Bruce, 1989

FIGURE 18

Conchodytes maculatus Bruce, 1989a:182, figs. 1–6 [type locality: West of Cape Leveque, Western Australia; 40 m, in pearl oyster, Pinctada maxima].

DIAGNOSIS.—Telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral and 3 pairs of posterior spines; 1st pereopod with carpus slightly longer than or subequal to merus; 3rd pereopod with dactyl armed with 2 strong, divergent, spine-like teeth, basal process poorly developed, usually sinuous in outline, without marginal tooth; maximum postorbital carapace length 10.3 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Pakiputan Strait, off Davao, Mindanao; [7°07′N, 125°40′E]; 18 May 1908; from pearl oysters: 25 males [6.3–9.8] 24 females [6.8–10.2], 23 ovig [6.8–10.2].—Jolo, Jolo Island, Sulu Archipelago; [6°00′N, 121°00′E]; 11 Feb 1908; from pearl oysters: 9 males [6.8–8.9] 6 ovig females [7.8–10.3].

RANGE.—Known only from the type locality on the Australian Northwest Shelf and the two Philippine localities cited above; to a depth of 40 meters, in pearl oysters.

REMARKS.—This series of 64 specimens was originally identified tentatively as C. meleagrinae in disagreement with the conclusion by Bruce (1977a:73) that that species can always be distinguished from the closely related C. tridacnae by the fact that the carpus of the first pereopod is always distinctly shorter than the merus in the former species. In the Albatross series, the carpus-merus ratio varies from 0.91 to 1.18, with an average of 1.02. Most of the specimens in that series agree well with the description of C. maculatus in having the movable fingers of the second pereopods strongly carinate on the extensor margin and the basal protuberance on the dactyls of the ambulatory pereopods smoothly sinuous, but a few specimens have the movable fingers of the second pereopods less strongly carinate and the flexor margins of the ambulatory dactyls partially obscurely truncate (Figure 18i) rather than smoothly sinuous over the entire proximal part of the segment.

FIGURE 18.—Conchodytes maculatus, male from pearl oyster, Pakiputan Strait, Mindanao, carapace length 8.4 mm; a, dorsal aspect; b, telson, dorsal aspect; c, right antennule, dorsal aspect; d, right antenna, ventral aspect; e, right 3rd maxilliped; f, right 1st pereopod; g, right (major) chela, fingers, extensor-dorsolateral aspect; h, left (minor) chela, fingers, extensor-dorsolateral aspect; i, right 3rd pereopod, dactyl; j, right appendix masculina and appendix interna.

65. Conchodytes meleagrinae Peters, 1852

Conchodytes meleagrinae Peters, 1852:594 [type locality; Ibo, Cabo Delgado, eastern Africa].—Bruce, 1972e:225 [color photo]; 1973e:139; 1977a:73, fig. 14C,D.

DIAGNOSIS.—Telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral and 3 pairs of posterior spines; 1st pereopod with carpus distinctly shorter than merus; 3rd pereopod with dactyl armed with 2 strong, divergent, spine-like teeth, basal process well developed but without marginal tooth; maximum postorbital carapace length at least 10 mm.

RANGE.—Red Sea and eastern Africa to Hawaii; usually in pearl oysters of the genus Pinctada. Although there seem to be no Philippine or Indonesian records of this species by those who consider it distinct from C. tridacnae, it almost certainly occurs in both areas.

REMARKS.—In regard to the validity of the species, Bruce (1973e:139) noted that C. meleagrinae is “Closely similar to C. tridacnae but generally smaller and with the carpus of the first pereiopod definitely much shorter than the merus and he added (1974d:201) that that proportion is “a character which appears to be quite reliable in separating C. tridacnae from the closely related C. meleagrinae,” and (1977a:73) that “the relative lengths of these two segments appears to be the easiest way of distinguishing between these two species.”

FIGURE 19.—Conchodytes nipponensis, male from Tilik, Lubang Island, carapace length 7.0 mm: a, anterior carapace and appendages, dorsal aspect; b, tail fan; c, distolateral angle of lateral branch of left uropod; d, right antennule, dorsal aspect; e, right antenna, ventral aspect; f, right 3rd maxilliped; g, right 1st pereopod; h, left 2nd pereopod, extensor aspect; i, right 3rd pereopod, dactyl; j, right appendix masculina and appendix interna.

66. Conchodytes monodactylus Holthuis, 1952

Conchodytes monodactylus Holthuis, 1952c:200, figs. 96–98 [type locality; the type series came from two localities: Kaohsiung, Taiwan, in Pinna sp., and Lesser Sunda Islands, Indonesia].

DIAGNOSIS.—Telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral and 3 pairs of posterior spines; 1st pereopod with carpus and merus subequal in length; 3rd pereopod with dactyl bearing single distal spine and basal process well developed with minute marginal tooth; maximum postorbital carapace length about 13 mm.

RANGE.—Singapore, Hong Kong, Amakusa Island, Japan, Indonesia, and Australia; in pinnid bivalve mollusks.

*67. Conchodytes nipponensis (De Haan, 1844)

FIGURE 19

Hymenocera niponensis De Haan, 1844: pl. 46: fig. 8 [corrected to H. nipponensis by plenary powers of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, 1956; type locality: Japan].

Pontonia nipponensis.—De Haan, 1849:180.

Conchodytes nipponensis.—Kemp, 1922:282, fig. 104.—Bruce, 1977e:97, fig. 1.

DIAGNOSIS.—Telson with 3 pairs of dorsolateral and 2 pairs of posterior spines; 1st pereopod with carpus averaging subequal to merus; 3rd pereopod with dactyl bearing 2 strong, divergent, spine-like teeth, basal process well developed with small marginal tooth; maximum postorbital carapace length perhaps as much as 15 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Tilik, Lubang Island; [13°49′N, 120°12′E]; 14 Jul 1908: 1 male [7.0] 1 ovig female [9.6].

RANGE.—Until reported by Bruce (1977e:97) from a single, possibly juvenile specimen from Keppel Bay, Queensland, Australia—on the mainland coast opposite Heron Island, from where Bruce (1981e) recorded no less than 100 other pontoniine species—C. nipponensis was known only from Japan. It is here noted that it was collected in the Philippines more than 80 years ago. It has been taken in Japan from both pectinid and pinnid bivalve mollusks.

68. Conchodytes tridacnae Peters, 1852

Conchodytes tridacnae Peters, 1852:594 [type locality: Ibo, Cabo Delgado, eastern Africa].—Bruce, 1977a;71, fig. 14a,b; 1977f: 176, fig. 7.

DIAGNOSIS.—Telson with 2 pairs of dorsal and 3 pairs of posterior spines; 1st pereopod with carpus averaging longer than merus; 3rd pereopod with carpus averaging longer than merus; 3rd pereopod with dactyl bearing 2 strong, divergent, spine-like teeth, basal process well developed, without marginal tooth; maximum postorbital carapace length more than 10 mm.

RANGE.—Widespread throughout the Indo-Pacific region, from the Red Sea to Hawaii, in the mantle cavity of giant clams of the genus Tridacna; exact locality records incomplete because of past confusion between this species and C. meleagrinae.

REMARKS.—See “Remarks” under C. meleagrinae.

*Coralliocaris Stimpson, 1860

OEdipus Dana, 1852a: 17 [type species, selected by Kingsley, 1880:423: OEdipus superbus Dana, 1852a:25; gender: masculine. Invalid junior homonym of OEdipus Berthold, 1827 (Orthoptera), OEdipus Tschudi, 1838 (Amphibia), and OEdipus Lesson, 1840 (Mammalia)].

Coralliocaris Stimpson, 1860:38 [replacement name for OEdipus Dana, 1852; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally anteriorly, lateral carina expanded posterolaterally into partial, unarmed postocular eave; carapace depressed, dorsal longitudinal profile slightly convex, not dentate or lobate, anterior margin not partially produced as prominent rounded lobe, not partially deeply concave (notched), without longitudinal ridge or longitudinal branchiostegal suture parallel with ventral margin, with antennal spine, without hepatic or any other spines, orbital margin not interrrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite rounded, not sharp-pointed; telson not curved ventrad, posterior margin not deeply incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curved ventrad, dorsolateral spines slender, not robust; epistome not bearing paired, horn-like processes; antennal scale well developed, distolateral spine not reaching as far as level of distal margin of blade; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with fingers not subspatulate, carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar, usually subequal, chela much longer than carpus, not borne in vertical plane, movable finger not ventrad; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl with massive, hoof-shaped or triangular protuberance on flexor margin, merus unarmed on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch bearing single movable spine mesial to strong lateral tooth; associated with scleractinian corals.

RANGE.—Red Sea and Indian Ocean to Indonesia and eastward to the Line Islands.

REMARKS.—The identity of some of the species currently assigned to Coralliocaris is uncertain. There would seem to be little doubt that C. taiwanensis Fujino and Miyake, 1972, is a junior synonym (by one month) of C. pavonae Bruce, 1972. Bruce (1977g:205) suggested the possibility that C. graminea may be a junior synonym of C. macrophthalma, but those two species are treated as distinct in the key offered below. Bruce (1974a:222) proposed the name C. viridis for a species previously confused with but differing in color pattern, as well as in minor morphological rostral characters, from C. graminiea. Later (1983d:201), however, he recognized only as “forms” two distinct color varieties of C. venusta, perhaps because not even suggestions of accompanying morphological differences could be found to help determine which form was typical of the species. The two forms of C. venusta behave like sibling species and will probably prove to be “good species” even though, once preserved, they cannot yet be separated.

Four of the eight species recognized herein have been recorded previously from Indonesia, and two of the four are represented by Philippine material in the Albatross collections.

Key to Species of Coralliocaris

*69. Coralliocaris graminea (Dana, 1852)

OEdipus gramineus Dana, 1852a:25 [type locality: Fiji Islands]; 1855:12, pl. 37: fig. 3 [color].

Coralliocaris graminea.—Bruce, 1974a:222, fig. 1C,D; 1977h:72 [color illustration]; 1984b:163.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, rostral formula 3–6/0–2, dorsal and ventral carinae deep and armed with outstanding teeth, in adults; antennal scale about 2art times as long as wide; 3rd maxilliped with penultimate segment less than twice as long as wide; 2nd pereopod with movable finger regularly convex on extensor margin, opposable margin with socket into which fits plunger on fixed finger; color bright green, pattern composed of black, white, and red chromatophores confined to alternating fine, longitudinal lines; maximum postorbital carapace length about 7 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Marungas Island (south side), Sulu Archipelago; [6°06′N, 120°58′E]; 1art–2art m; scattered coral and sand; 10 Feb 1908 (1330–1500); diving, coral heads taken ashore: 1 male [3.6] 3 females [2.9–3.0], 2 ovig [2.9, 3.0].

RANGE.—Exact locality records uncertain because of past confusion of C. viridis with this species, but Bruce (1984b:163) indicated that both species occur from the Red Sea to Indonesia and eastward to one or more of the island groups east of the Samoa Islands; associated with scleractinian corals of the genus Acropora.

*70. Coralliocaris superba (Dana, 1852)

OEdipus superbus Dana, 1852a:25 [type locality: Tongatapu Island, Tonga Islands]; 1855:12, pl. 37: fig. 2 [color].

Coralliocaris superba.—Kemp, 1922:272, figs. 98, 99.—Holthuis, 1952c:189, fig. 92.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, rostral formula 4–5/2, dorsal and ventral carinae deep; antennal scale about 2art times as long as wide; 3rd maxilliped with penultimate segment less than twice as long as wide; 2nd pereopod with movable finger abruptly wider on extensor margin in proximal than distal art, without socket or plunger on opposable margin of either finger; color, carapace and anterior abdomen white, posterior abdomen and appendages translucent yellow with brown dots, posterior margin of tail fan purple; maximum postorbital carapace length less than 7 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Marungas Island (south side), Sulu Archipelago; [6°06′N, 120°58′E]; 1art–2art m; scattered coral and sand; 10 Feb 1908 (1330–1500); diving, coral heads taken ashore: 2 females [2.8, 5.0], 1 ovig [5.0].

RANGE.—Red Sea to Indonesia and eastward to the Society Islands; associated with scleractinian corals of the genus Acropora.

71. Coralliocaris venusta Kemp, 1922

Coralliocaris venusta Kemp, 1922:274, figs. 100, 101 [type locality: “N.E. Tholayiram Paar,” Gulf of Mannar, India; on madrepore coral].—Holthuis, 1952c:191, fig. 93.—Bruce, 1976d:32, fig. 12; 1977h:73 [color illustration]; 1978a:282, fig. 42; 1979f:240; 1983d:201.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, rostral formula 0–4/0–2, dorsal and ventral carinae not very deep; antennal scale about 2art times as long as wide; 3rd maxilliped with penultimate segment less than twice as long as wide; 2nd pereopod with movable finger smoothly sinuous on extensor margin, fingers dentate on opposable margins, without socket or plunger; color translucent with linear speckling of dark red or black, two color forms, with and without conspicuous white patches; maximum postorbital carapace length about 3 mm.

RANGE.—Red Sea to Indonesia, Great Barrier Reef, and Samoa Islands; associated with scleractinian corals of the genus Acropora.

REMARKS.—This taxon is represented by two color forms which appear to represent good species. At present neither can be specifically associated with the type material described by Kemp (1922).

72. Coralliocaris viridis Bruce, 1974

Coralliocaris viridis Bruce, 1974a:222, fig. 1A,B [type locality: seaward reefs of Mombasa Island, Kenya]; 1984b:163.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, rostral formula 3–5/1, dorsal and ventral carinae shallow and armed with rather inconspicuous teeth; antennal scale about 2art times as long as wide; 3rd maxilliped with penultimate segment less than twice as long as wide; 2nd pereopod with movable finger angularly convex on extensor margin, opposable margin with socket into which fits plunger on fixed finger; color bright green, pattern composed of uniformly scattered mixture of black and yellowish white chromatophores; maximum postorbital carapace length about 5 mm.

RANGE.—Eastern Africa to Indonesia and southern Great Barrier Reef, Australia; associated with scleractinian corals of the genus Acropora.

*Dasella Lebour, 1945

Dasia Lebour, 1939:650 [type species, by monotypy: Dasia herdmaniae Lebour, 1939:650; gender: feminine. Invalid junior homonym of Dasia Gray, 1839 (Reptilia) and Dasia Van der Goot, 1918 (Hemiptera)].

Dasella Lebour, 1945:297 [replacement name for Dasia Lebour, 1939].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum distinctly overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, unarmed dorsally, lateral carina indistinct, not expanded into broad supraocular or postocular eave; carapace about as wide as high, dorsal profile slightly convex, not dentate or lobate, without longitudinal ridge or suture, with antennal and movable hepatic spines, otherwise unarmed, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite rounded; telson not curved ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curved ventrad, dorsolateral spines strong; epistome not bearing paired, horn-like processes; antennal scale well developed, distolateral spine not overreaching distal margin of blade; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped bearing exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with fingers subspatulate, carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar but unequal, chela much longer than carpus, not borne in vertical plane, movable finger not ventrad, fingers not provided with socket or plunger, movable finger normal, not semicircular, palm about 2art times as long as high; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl with large, compressed lobe on flexor margin, merus unarmed on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch bearing minute single lateral tooth with movable spine mesial thereto; associated with ascidians.

RANGE.—Moçambique, southern India, Sulu Archipelago, Arafura Sea, and Great Barrier Reef of Australia.

REMARKS.—Only the three species noted in the following key are known.

Key to Species of Dasella

*73. Dasella herdmaniae (Lebour, 1939)

Dasia herdmaniae Lebour, 1939:650, pl. 1 [type locality: Tuticorin, Gulf of Mannar, Madras, India, associated with ascidian Herdmania pallida (= H. momus)].

DIAGNOSIS.—First pereopod with opposable margins of fingers entire, not minutely pectinate; 3rd pereopod with lobe on flexor margin of dactyl bluntly rounded, without terminal tooth; maximum postorbital carapace length little more than 3 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Near Siasi, Sulu Archipelago; sta 5147; 5°41′40″N, 120°47′10″E; 38 m; coral sand, shells; 16 Feb 1908 (11:27–11:47); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 1 ovig female [3.0].

RANGE.—Moçambique, southern India, and Philippines; associated with ascidians.

REMARKS.—The single Philippine specimen agrees with the type series, as described by Berggren (1990), in lacking any suggestion of a ventral denticle on the rostrum, having the anterolateral margin of the carapace only slightly concave, having a minute hepatic spine, lacking an acute tooth on the flexor process of the dactyl of the third pereopod, and displaying two club-shaped spines on the propodus of that pereopod. Those spines are “a little more elongated than those found on specimens from Moçambique,” as noted by Berggren (1990:558) about the syntypes of D. herdmaniae. It may be significant that Van Name (1928:79) recorded three specimens of the ascidian Pyura pallida (= Herdmania momus, the host of the type series of the species) from Albatross station 5147.

Dasycaris Kemp, 1922

Dasycaris Kemp, 1922:240 [type species, by monotypy: Dasycaris symbiotes Kemp, 1922:240; gender: feminine].—Bruce, 1973a:257.

Dasygius Balss, 1924:48 [erroneous name for Dasycaris].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, subcylindrically tapering, unarmed ventrally, without lateral carina or supraocular or postocular eave; carapace rather subcylindrical, dorsal profile dentate or lobate, without longitudinal ridge or suture, not produced anteroventrally, armed laterally only with antennal and immovable hepatic spine, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curving ventrad, dorsolateral spines not robust; epistome not bearing horn-like processes; antennal scale well developed; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with fingers not subspatulate, carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar but unequal, chela much longer than carpus, not borne in vertical plane, movable finger not ventrad, fingers not provided with socket or plunger, movable finger normal, not semicircular, palm more than 3 times as long as high; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl simple, not biunguiculate, merus unarmed on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch bearing movable spine, with or without fixed tooth lateral thereto; associated with alcyonarians and antipatharians.

RANGE.—Zanzibar, India, Mergui Archipelago, Japan, Indonesia, Great Barrier Reef of Australia, and New Caledonia.

REMARKS.—The brief and somewhat inadequate description of D. doederleini by Balss (1924:49) complicates the task of contructing a key to the four known species of Dasycaris, only one of which has thus far been recorded from the Philippine-Indonesian region. The following key is modified from the one offered by Bruce (1973a:258).

Key to Species of Dasycaris

74. Dasycaris ceratops Holthuis, 1952

Dasycaris ceratops Holthuis, 1952c:176, figs. 87, 88 [type locality: Bomeo Bank, Makassar Strait, Indonesia; 2°25′S, 117°43′E; 50–40 m; fine coral sand].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum unarmed over anterior art of length; 5 teeth in dorsal mid-line of rostrum and carapace, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th teeth broadly compressed, acute, forming basal rostral crest; adult female with pleura of 3rd to 5th abdominal somites produced into prominent acute projections; eye with cornea bearing conical prominence; uropod with lateral branch bearing only lateral movable spine unaccompanied by fixed lateral tooth; postorbital carapace length 3 mm.

RANGE.—Zanzibar Harbour (on Pteroeides, Scleroblemnon, and Virgularia) and Makassar Strait, Indonesia; about 50 m.

Hamodactylus Holthuis, 1952

Hamodactylus Holthuis, 1952c:6, 18, 208 [type species, by original designation: Hamodactylus boschmai Holthuis, 1952c:209; gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum reaching nearly to or beyond end of anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, armed dorsally with 4–6 distinct teeth, ventrally with none, lateral carina not strong, forming indistinct, unarmed, and shallow eave postocularly; carapace about as wide as high, dorsal profile very slightly convex or sinuous, without longitudinal ridge or suture, armed with antennal, immovable hepatic, and sometimes supraorbital spines, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, posterior spines not curved ventrad, dorsolateral spines very small; antennal scale well developed, distolateral spine not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped without exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar, sometimes unequal, fingers not provided with socket or plunger, movable finger not semicircular; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl simple, not biunguiculate, merus unarmed on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch bearing movable spine, without fixed tooth lateral thereto; associated with alcyonarians.

RANGE.—Red Sea, Kenya, Tanzania, Madagascar, Hong Kong, Singapore, Indonesia, Australia, and New Caledonia; 4–27 m.

REMARKS.—Two of the three species currently recognized in the genus Hamodactylus have been found in Indonesia. The following key is offered as an emendation of the one published by Bruce (1970a:544), which included H. incompletus before that species was transferred to Hamodactyloides and, naturally, did not include the subsequently described Hamodactylus aqabai. Most of the characters used in this key are ones that have been accorded generic importance under other circumstances. That observation serves both as a suggestion that Hamoodactyloides may have been ill-conceived or as counter-evidence against the charge that students of the pontoniines habitually are incorrigible “splitters.”

Key to Species of Hamodactylus

75. Hamodactylus boschmai Holthuis, 1952

Hamodactylus boschmai Holthuis, 1952c:18, 209, figs. 102–104 [type locality:Ternate, off Halmahera (2–4 m) and Djedan, Kapulauan Aru (13 m), Indonesia].—Bruce, 1982e:272, figs. 25, 26.

DIAGNOSIS.—Carapace with supraorbital spine; antennular peduncle with single distolateral spine on basal segment; 1st pereopod with fingers distinctly more than art as long as palm, without subdistal tooth on opposable margin of each; 2nd pereopod with fixed finger about art as long as movable one.

RANGE.—Kenya, Zanzibar, Madagascar, Indonesia, and New Caledonia; associated with gorgonians.

76. Hamodactylus noumeae Bruce, 1970

Hamodactylus boschmai nov. var.? Holthuis, 1952c:212, fig. 105.

Hamodactylus noumeae Bruce, 1970a:539, fig. 2 [type locality; between Ile aux Canards and Ilot Maître, near Nouméa, New Caledonia; 25 m, associated with gorgonian Mopsella].

DIAGNOSIS.—Carapace without supraorbital spine; antennular peduncle with 2 or 3 distolateral spines on basal segment; 1st pereopod with fingers more than art as long as palm, without teeth on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with normal chela, fingers subequal in length.

RANGE.—Kenya, Tanzania, Indonesia, Australia, and New Caledonia; 4–27 m, associated with gorgonians.

Hamopontonia Bruce, 1970

Hamopontonia Bruce, 1970b:37 [type species, by original designation: Hamopontonia corallicola Bruce, 1970b:41; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum slightly overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, armed dorsally with 5–7 distinct teeth, ventrally unarmed, lateral carina not expanded into broad supraocular or postocular eave; carapace subcylindrical, dorsal profile faintly convex, without longitudinal ridge or suture, armed with antennal spine only, without supraorbital or hepatic spines, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite rather broadly rounded; telson curving ventrad posteriorly, posterior margin deeply incised, without posterior spines, dorsolateral spines not robust; epistome unarmed; antennal scale well developed, distolateral spine not nearly overreaching distal margin of blade; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with fingers feebly subspatulate, carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar but unequal, chela much longer than carpus, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular, palm nearly 3 times as long as high; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl simple, not biunguiculate, merus unarmed on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch bearing single, movable, lateral spine.

RANGE.—Hong Kong, Japan, Indonesia, and Northern Territory and Great Barrier Reef, Australia; associated with poritid coral of genus Goniopora.

REMARKS.—Known from only two closely related species.

Key to Species of Hamopontonia

77. Hamopontonia corallicola Bruce, 1970

Hamopontonia corallicola Bruce, 1970b:41, figs. 1–4 [type locality: “Kat O Chau, Mirs Bay,” New Territories, Hong Kong; 22°32.1′N, 114°17.95′E; about 1 m, on massive coral Goniopora]; 1983c:896, fig. 10G.

DIAGNOSIS.—Deeply incised posterior notch of telson without small median process; maximum postorbital carapace length 7.0 mm.

RANGE.—Hong Kong, Japan, Indonesia, and Great Barrier Reef of Australia; associated with poritid coral of genus Goniopora.

*Harpiliopsis Borradaile, 1917

Harpiliopsis Borradaile, 1917:324, 329–334, 336–338, 341–343, 347–351, 379, 395 [type species, by original designation: Palaemon Beaupresii Audouin, 1826:91; gender: feminine].—Holthuis, 1952c:90, 180.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum far overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, armed dorsally with 4–7 distinct teeth, ventrally with 2–5, lateral carina not expanded into broad supraocular or postocular eave; carapace somewhat depressed dorsoventrally, dorsal profile faintly convex, without longitudinal ridge or suture, armed with antennal and immovable hepatic spines only, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite sharp-pointed; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curved ventrad, dorsolateral spines not robust; epistome not bearing paired, horn-like processes; antennal scale well developed, distolateral spine not overreaching distal margin of blade; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with fingers not subspatulate, carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar and subequal, chela much longer than carpus, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular, palm 3 to 4art times as long as high; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl simple, with unique lateral twist, not biunguiculate, merus unarmed on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch bearing single fixed lateral tooth and movable spine mesial thereto; associated with stony corals.

RANGE.—Red Sea to Pacific coast of America.

REMARKS.—All three of the species of Harpiliopsis recognized in the following key have been recorded previously from Indonesia and all three were collected in the Sulu Archipelago by the Albatross Expedition.

Key to Species of Harpiliopsis

(Adapted from Kemp, 1922:228)

*78. Harpiliopsis beaupresii (Audouin, 1826)

Palaemon Beaupresii Audouin, 1826:91 [type locality: Egypt].

Pontonia (Harpilius) dentata Richters, 1880:165, pl. 17: figs. 36–38 [type locality: Ile aux Fouquets, Mauritius].

Harpilius beaupresi.—Kemp, 1922:229, figs. 67, 68.

Harpiliopsis beaupresi.—Holthuis, 1952c:181, fig. 89.—Bruce, 1977i:8.

Harpiliopsis beaupresii.—Bruce, 1976c:124, figs. 21, 22.

DIAGNOSIS.—Carapace with antennal spine arising considerably ventrad of orbital angle, on same level as hepatic spine; telson with posterior pair of dorsolateral spines arising about midway between anterior pair and posterior end; 3rd maxilliped with antepenultimate segment about 3 times as long as wide; 2nd pereopod with movable finger armed with 1 tooth on opposable margin and fixed finger with 2, palm about 9 times as long as wide, merus about 3art times as long as wide, ischium with 1 distal spine on extensor margin, 2 on flexor margin.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Marungas Island (south side), Sulu Archipelago; [6°06′N, 120°58′E]; 1art to 2art m; scattered coral and sand; 10 Feb 1908 (1330–1500); diving, coralheads taken ashore: 1 male [2.8] 1 female [3.1] (both with paired abdominal bopyrid parasites).

RANGE.—Red Sea to Philippines and Indonesia and eastward to Hawaii and Easter Island; associated with numerous scleractinian corals, mainly of the family Pocilloporidae.

*79. Harpiliopsis depressa (Stimpson, 1860)

?Anchistia gracilis Dana, 1852a:25 [see Periclimenes gracilis].

Harpilius depressus Stimpson, 1860:38 [type locality: Hawaii, among madreporarians].—Kemp, 1922:231, figs. 69, 70.

Periclimenes pusillus Rathbun. 1906:921, fig. 71, pl. 24: fig. 7 [type locality: Off Honolulu, Hawaii (Diamond Head Light, S62°, E 3.9°; surface over 24 m depth)].

Harpiliopsis depressus.—Holthuis, 1951a:70, pls. 21, 22: figs, a–f; 1952c:182, fig. 90.—Bruce, 1976c:127; 1977h:72 [color illustration]; 1977i:91.

Harpiliopsis depressa.—Wicksten, 1983:15.

DIAGNOSIS.—Carapace with antennal spine arising just below orbital angle, on level considerably dorsad to that of hepatic spine; telson with posterior pair of dorsolateral spines arising much nearer to anterior pair than to posterior end; 3rd maxilliped with antepenultimate segment about 6 times as long as wide; 2nd pereopod with movable finger armed with 2 teeth on opposable margin and fixed finger with 3 teeth, palm and merus each about 3 times as long as wide, ischium without distal spine on extensor margin, 1 on flexor margin.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Marungas Island (south side), Sulu Archipelago; [6°06′N, 120°58′E]; 1art to 2art m; scattered coral and sand; 10 Feb 1908 (1330–1500); diving, coral heads taken ashore: 2 males [2.6–3.8].—Jolo, Jolo Island; [6°00′N, 121°00′E]; 6 Mar 1908; shore: 1 ovig female [4.2].

RANGE.—Red Sea to Philippines and Indonesia and eastward to Pacific coast of America from Gulf of California to Colombia; associated with scleractinian corals, mainly of the family Pocilloporidae.

REMARKS.—See “Remarks” under Periclimenes gracilis.

*80. Harpiliopsis spinigera (Ortmann, 1890)

Anchistia spinigera Ortmann, 1890:511, pl. 36: fig. 23 [type locality: Samoa].

Harpilius depressus var. gracilis Kemp, 1922:234, fig. 71 [type locality:Andaman Islands].

Harpiliopsis depressus var. spinigerus.—Holthuis, 1952c:184.

Harpiliopsis spinigerus.—Bruce, 1976c:127; 1977i:9.

Harpiliopsis spinigera.—Bruce, 1977h:72 [color illustration].

DIAGNOSIS.—Carapace with antennal spine arising just below orbital angle, on level considerably dorsad to that of hepatic spine; telson with posterior pair of dorsolateral spines arising about midway between anterior pair and posterior end, 3rd maxilliped with antepenultimate segment about 6 times as long as wide; 2nd pereopod with movable finger armed with 2 teeth on opposable margin and fixed finger with 3 teeth, palm and merus each about 5 times as long as wide, ischium without distal spine on extensor margin, 1 on flexor margin.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Marungas Island (south side), Sulu Archipelago; [6°06′N, 120°58′E]; 1art to 2art m; scattered coral and sand; 10 Feb 1908 (1330–1500); diving, coral heads taken ashore: 1 male [3.4] 3 females [2.7–3.2], 1 ovig [3.2].

RANGE.—Possibly as widespread through the Indo-Pacific region as H. depressa, with which species it has often been confused; associated with several scleractinian corals, mainly of the family Pocilloporidae.

Ischnopontonia Bruce, 1966

Ischnopontonia Bruce, 1966a:584 [type species, by original designation: Philarius lophos Barnard, 1962; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum reaching about as far as distal end of anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, armed dorsally with about art of series of 7–14 teeth extending posteriorly nearly to mid-length of carapace, ventrally unarmed, not expanded laterally into supraocular or postocular eaves; carapace extremely compressed laterally, dorsal profile convex, armed over most of anterior art of dorsal mid-line with posterior extension of rostral teeth, unarmed laterally except for acute suborbital angle, without longitudinal ridge or suture, subangularly produced anteroventrally, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite bluntly triangular posteriorly; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, armed posterolaterally with 4 pairs of long marginal spines and 1 mesial pair of setae; antennal scale well developed, distolateral spine overreaching distal margin of blade; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with well-developed exopod; 1st pereopod with fingers not spatulate, carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar and subequal, chelae usually borne in vertical plane with movable finger ventrad, chela longer than carpus, fingers not spatulate, not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular, palm about twice as long as maximum height; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl simple, strongly curved, not biunguiculate, unarmed, with bluntly triangular prominence proximally on flexor margin, merus unarmed on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch bearing unusual, single, hooked, fixed, lateral tooth; associated with oculinid coral Galaxea fascicularis.

RANGE.—Western Indian Ocean to Ryukyu and Fijian Islands.

REMARKS.—Only one species is known.

81. Ischnopontonia lophos (Barnard, 1962)

Philarius lophos Barnard, 1962:242, fig. 2 [type locality: Ilha da Inhaca, Baia de Lourenço Marques, Mozambique].

Ischnopontonia lophos.—Bruce, 1966a:584. figs. 1–5; 1977h:72 [color illustration].

DIAGNOSIS.—Characters of the genus; maximum postorbital carapace length slightly more than 3 mm.

RANGE.—Western Indian Ocean, Ryukyu Islands, eastern Malaya, Singapore, Darwin, Northern Territory and Great Barrier Reef, Australia, and Fijian Islands; to a depth of 15 m, always associated with the oculinid coral Galaxea fascicularis.

*Jocaste Holthuis, 1952

Jocaste Holthuis, 1952c:17, 192 [type species, by monotypy: Coralliocaris lucina Nobili, 1901c:5; gender: feminine].

Cavicheles Holthuis, 1952c:6, 17, 204 [type species, by monotypy: Cavicheles kempi Holthuis, 1952c:205; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, armed dorsally with 3–7 teeth, ventrally with 1–4, lateral carina not expanded into broad supraocular eave; carapace depressed dorsoventrally, dorsal profile somewhat convex, not strongly produced anteroventrally, without longitudinal ridge or suture, armed with antennal and immovable hepatic spines only, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite rounded; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curved ventrad, dorsolateral spines not robust; epistome not bearing paired, horn-like processes, antennal scale well developed, distolateral spine not overreaching distal margin of blade; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with well-developed exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with fingers subspatulate; 2nd pereopods dissimilar and unequal, major chela borne in vertical plane with movable finger ventrad, chela much longer than carpus, fingers of major chela not provided with true socket and plunger closure, movable finger not semicircular, palm about 2art times as long as high; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl of adult with massive, hollowed, hoof-shaped protuberance on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch bearing single fixed lateral tooth and movable spine mesial thereto; associated with scleractinian corals of genus Acropora.

RANGE.—Red Sea to Society Islands.

REMARKS.—The second author has collected a vast number of both recognized species of Jocaste from a wide range of Indo-West Pacific localities. In many instances, the populations have spanned the whole size range from postlarvae on. The smallest specimens have always been identifiable as Cavicheles and they blend gradually into the morphology of the adult Jocaste. Excepting the unlikely possibility that neither adult Cavicheles nor juvenile Jocaste have been represented in any of these numerous collections, it seems apparent that the two genera are synonymous, as suggested by Bruce (1977i:10), even though it has not yet been possible to assign the small specimens positively to either of the closely related species of Jocaste. Adults of those species may be identified from the following key adapted from the table offered by Patton (1966:279).

Key to Species of Jocaste

82. Jocaste japonica (Ortmann, 1890)

Coralliocaris superba var. japonica Ortmann, 1890:509, pl. 22 [type locality: Kagoshima, Japan].

Jocaste lucina Holthuis, 1952c: 17, 193, fig. 94 [part].

?Cavicheles kempi Holthuis, 1952c:17, 205, figs. 99–101.—Bruce, 1966b:266, fig. 1; 1977i:10.

Jocaste japonica.—Patton, 1966:279, fig. 36.—Fransen, 1989:146.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum typically armed with 4 dorsal and 1 ventral teeth, lateral rostral carina gradually expanding posteriorly into convex supraocular eave; major 2nd pereopod with 1 tooth on opposable margin of movable finger, palm with distinct clusters of red spots in life.

RANGE.—Western Indian Ocean to Japan and Indonesia and eastward to the Marshall Islands.

*83. Jocaste lucina (Nobili, 1901)

C[oralliocaris] lucina Nobili, 1901c:5 [type locality: Eritrea].

Jocaste lucina.—Holthuis, 1952c:17,193, fig. 94 [part].—Patton, 1966:278, fig. 3a.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum typically with 5 dorsal and 2 or 3 ventral teeth, lateral rostral carina gradually expanding posteriorly into bluntly subrectangular supraocular eave; major 2nd pereopod with 2 or 3 teeth on opposable margin of movable finger, palm colorless in life.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Marungas Island (south side), Sulu Archipelago; [6°06′N 120°58′E]; 1art to 2art m; scattered coral and sand; 10 Feb 1908 (1330–1500); diving, coral heads taken ashore; 2 males [2.1, 2.4] 3 females [2.4–2.9], 2 ovig [2.6, 2.9].

RANGE.—Widespread throughout the Indo-Pacific region from the Red Sea to the Society Islands, but not Hawaii.

Mesopontonia Bruce, 1967

Mesopontonia Bruce, 1967a: 13 [type species, by original designation: Mesopontonia gorgoniophila Bruce, 1967a:13; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum well developed, overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, armed dorsally with 7–10 teeth, ventrally with 1–3, lateral carina not expanded into broad supraocular eave; carapace not very depressed dorsoventrally, dorsal profile nearly straight, not strongly produced anteroventrally, without longitudinal ridge or suture, armed with hepatic spine only, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite rounded; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curving ventrad, dorsolateral spines not particularly robust; antennal scale well developed, distolateral spine not overreaching distal margin of blade; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped without exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with fingers not spatulate; 2nd pereopods markedly asymmetrical, major chela not bome in vertical plane, movable finger not ventrad, chela much longer than carpus, fingers of major chela not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger not semicircular, palm about 3 times as long as fingers; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl biunguiculate but without protuberance on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch bearing single fixed lateral tooth and movable spine mesial thereto; associated with gorgonians.

RANGE.—South China Sea, Philippines, eastern Australia, and New Caledonia; 117–400 m.

REMARKS.—The three described species may be identifiable from the following key.

Key to Species of Mesopontonia

84. Mesopontonia gorgoniophila Bruce, 1967

Mesopontonia gorgoniophila Bruce, 1967a:13, figs. 5–9 [type locality: ESE of Hong Kong; 21°47.7′N, 116°28.5′E; 117–132 m; on gorgonian]; 1985b:248, fig. 12.

DIAGNOSIS.—Major 2nd pereopod with oblique carina on extensor margin of movable finger; minor 2nd pereopod with carpus less than art as long as chela; maximum postorbital carapace length 3.5 mm.

RANGE.—South China Sea, Philippines, and Coral Sea; 117–270 meters, associated with gorgonians.

Onycocaridella Bruce, 1981

Onycocaridella Bruce, 1981b:241 [type species, by original designation: Onycocaridella prima Bruce, 1981b:243; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum reduced, not overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, unarmed or bearing single dorsal apical tooth, lateral rostral carina not expanded into broad supraocular or postocular eave; carapace neither noticeably depressed nor compressed, dorsal profile faintly convex, anterior margin not greatly produced anteriorad, without longitudinal ridge or suture, without antennal, hepatic, or any other spines; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite rounded; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, none of posterior spines curved ventrad, dorsolateral spines relatively small; epistome not bearing paired, horn-like processes; antennal scale well developed with distolateral spine overreaching blade; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 1st pereopod with fingers spatulate, carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar, not necessarily subequal, chelae not borne in vertical plane, chela longer than carpus, fingers not subspatulate, not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger not semicircular, palm more than 1art times as long as high; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl subcylindrical, minutely biunguiculate, without protuberance on flexor margin, merus unarmed on flexor margin, uropod with single fixed lateral spine with movable spine mesial thereto; associated with sponges.

RANGE.—Western Indian Ocean; Ryukyu Islands; Sulu Archipelago, Philippines; Great Barrier Reef, Australia; Marshall and Fiji Islands; associated with sponges.

REMARKS.—A key to the three known species of Onycocaridella has been furnished by Bruce (1981b:249).

85. Onycocaridella stenolepis (Holthuis, 1952)

Onycocaris stenolepis Holthuis, 1952c:148, figs. 66–68 [type locality: Pearl Bank, southern Sulu Sea, Philippines; 15 m].

O[nycocaridella] stenolepis.—Bruce, 1981b:249.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not nearly reaching as far as distal end of anteriorly extended eyes, unarmed; ventral orbital angle acute; 2nd pereopod with fingers dentate on opposable margins.

RANGE.—Sulu Archipelago, Philippines; Viti Levu, Fiji Islands; and Arno Atoll, Marshall Islands.

Onycocaris Nobili, 1904

Onycocaris Nobili, 1904:232 [type species, selected by Holthuis, 1952c:14: Coralliocaris (Onycocaris) aualitica Nobili, 1904:232; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum with lateral carina not expanded into broad supraocular or postocular eave; carapace neither noticeably depressed nor compressed, dorsal profile faintly convex, anterior margin not greatly produced anteriad, without longitudinal ridge or suture, without antennal, hepatic, or any other spines (except for possible antennal spine in O. longirostris); abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite rounded; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, none of posterior spines curving ventrad, dorsolateral spines not large; epistome not bearing paired, horn-like processes; antennal scale well developed, with distolateral spine usually overreaching blade; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with fingers simple or subspatulate, carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar, not necessarily equal, chelae usually borne in vertical plane, chela longer than carpus, strongly compressed, fingers large, subspatulate, usually ornately dentate, often with distal lateral flange on fixed finger; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl strongly compressed, elaborately dentate on flexor margin; associated with sponges.

RANGE.—Djibouti, eastern Africa, and Madagascar to Hong Kong, Japan, Philippines, Australia, New Caledonia, Wake Island, and Marshall and Fiji islands to Hawaii; 0–84 m, in sponges.

REMARKS.—It may be apparent from the following key to the 12 currently recognized species of Onycocaris that they may be subdivided into three or four groups. Perhaps the most distinct one, and therefore the one most deserving of eventual generic status, is represented by O. longirostris and O. zanzibarica, which are distinguished by the strongly dentate rostrum and the ventral angle of the orbit armed with what simulates a strong antennal spine; also assignable to this group, if it is specifically distinct, are the pair of specimens from Zanzibar mentioned and illustrated by Bruce (1971c:298, fig. 1F,G). Three other species with dentate rostra, albeit with less prominent dorsal teeth, are O. furculata, O. profunda, and O. seychellensis, which are otherwise differentiated by having the fixed finger of the second pereopod deeply bifurcate for the reception of the movable finger. Of the species without any rostral teeth, three apparently close relatives—O. amakusensis, O. callyspongiae, and O. quadratophthalma—have the cornea of the eye clearly subconical, rather than hemispherical, as in all other species of Onycocaris.

Key to Species of Onycocaris

86. Onycocaris profunda Bruce, 1985

Onycocaris profunda Bruce, 1985b:241, figs. 8–11 [type locality: Mompog Pass, northeast of Marinduque, Philippines; 81–84 meters].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum slightly overreaching ventral orbital angle, armed dorsally with 3 inconspicuous teeth; carapace armed with short, acute tooth at ventral orbital angle; cornea of eye hemispherical; antennal scale slightly more than twice as long as wide, not including distolateral spine, latter slender, elongate, far exceeding distal margin of blade; 2nd pereopod with fingers deeply grooved on opposable surfaces, hence bimarginal, margins denticulate throughout, fixed finger subequally and sharply bifid for reception of movable finger, carpus unarmed, merus and ischium feebly tuberculate but without distal tooth on flexor margin; ambulatory pereopod with unguis of dactyl without denticles on flexor margin, penultimate tooth transversely truncate, not deeply incised; postorbital carapace length 4 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the type locality in Mompog Pass, Philippines, in 81–84 meters.

*Palaemonella Dana, 1852

Palaemonella Dana 1852a:17 [type species, selected by Kingsley, 1880:425: Palaemonella tenuipes Dana, 1852a; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, armed dorsally and ventrally, lateral carina not expanded into broad supraocular or postocular eave; carapace neither noticeably depressed nor compressed, dorsal profile nearly horizontal, dorsal series of rostral teeth continued onto anterior part of carapace, anterior margin not produced anteriorly or deeply concave (notched), without longitudinal branchiostegal suture, with antennal and immovable hepatic spines, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite sharp-pointed; telson not curved ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curved ventrad dorsolateral spines slender, not robust; antennal scale well developed; mandible with palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite with slender median process; 1st pereopod not subspatulate, carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar, sometimes unequal, chela longer than carpus, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl not biunguiculate, not provided with massive protuberance on flexor margin, merus unarmed on flexor margin.

RANGE.—Red Sea and southern Africa to Pacific coast of America, eastern Atlantic, and eastern Mediterranean; littoral to 128 meters, usually free-living, one species commensal with crinoids.

REMARKS.—Only four of the 13 currently recognized species of Palaemonella, included in the following key, are known from the Philippine-Indonesian area, and only the most commonly collected species is represented in the Albatross Philippine Expedition collections.

Key to Species of Palaemonella

87. Palaemonella lata Kemp, 1922

Palaemonella lata Kemp, 1922:127, figs. 3–6 [type locality: Aberdeen, Port Blair, Andaman Islands; rock pool at low tide].—Bruce, 1970d:274, 284, fig. 1.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching antennular peduncle, rostral formula 2 + 6/3; carapace devoid of supraorbital spine; cornea narrower than eyestalk; antennal scale about 3 times as long as wide, distolateral tooth slightly overreaching blade; mandibular palp composed of 2 segments; 2nd pereopods subequal, movable finger not crested on extensor margin, carpus armed with acute marginal spines, without subterminal spine, merus and ischium unarmed on flexor margins; 3rd pereopod with flexor margin of dactyl regularly concave, not sinuous, about art as long as propodus; maximum postorbital carapace length 3 mm.

RANGE.—Zanzibar, La Réunion, Andaman Islands, Indonesia, and Hawaii; littoral, possibly associated with sponges.

88. Palaemonella pottsi (Borradaile, 1915)

Periclimenes (Falciger) pottsi Borradaile, 1915:212 [type locality: Torres Strait; on Comanthus].

Palaemonella pottsi.—Bruce, 1970d:274, 279, figs. 1, 3–7.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching antennular peduncle, rostral formula 2 + 5–6/2; carapace devoid of supraorbital spine; cornea slightly wider than eyestalk; antennal scale 3art to 4 times as long as wide, anterolateral tooth overreaching blade; mandibular palp composed of 2 segments; 2nd pereopods subequal, movable finger not crested on extensor margin, carpus armed with 2 small, acute marginal spines, without subterminal spine, merus armed with sharp distal tooth on flexor margin, ischium unarmed; 3rd pereopod with flexor margin of dactyl slightly sinuous, less than art as long as propodus, disto-ventral propodal spines short; maximum postorbital carapace length 6.6 mm.

RANGE.—Zanzibar, Japan; Singapore; Philippines; Queensland, Australia; New Caledonia; and Marshall Islands; associated with crinoids. Kemp (1922:131) notes that Zehntner's specimen of P. tenuipes from Ambon was entirely black, making it virtually certain that it was a specimen of P. pottsi, which is very commonly an intense deep blue-red, as near black as does not matter, when on such hosts as Tropiometra afra.

*89. Palaemonella rotumana (Borradaile, 1898)

Periclimenes rotumana Borradaile, 1898:383 [type locality: Rotuma, Fiji Islands].

Palaemonella vestigialis Kemp, 1922:123, figs. 1, 2; pl. 3: fig. 2 [type locality: Port Blair, Andaman Islands].—Holthuis, 1952c:24, figs. 2a,b, 3.

Palaemonella rotumana.—Bruce, 1970d:276, fig. 2; 1975b:182, fig. 6H.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching antennular peduncle, rostral formula 2 + 4–6/1–3; carapace with tubercle in lieu of supraorbital spine; cornea wider than eyestalk; antennal scale 3art to 4 times as long as wide, distolateral tooth overreaching blade; mandibular palp composed of 2 segments; 2nd pereopods subequal, movable finger not crested on extensor margin, carpus armed with 2 small, acute marginal spines, without subterminal spine, merus armed with sharp distal tooth on flexor margin; ischium unarmed; 3rd pereopod with flexor margin of dactyl slightly sinuous. art to art as long as propodus, distoventral propodal spines long; maximum postorbital carapace length 4.3 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Davao Gulf, Mindanao: sta 5249; 7°06′08″N, 125°40′08″E; 42 m; coral, sand; 18 May 1908 (1102–1109); 9′ Johnston oyster dredge: 1 male [2.7]; sta 5253; 7°04′48″N, 125°39′38″E; 51 m; coral; 18 May 1908 (1347–1358); 6′ Johnston oyster dredge: 1 male [2.8].—Near Siasi, Sulu Archipelago; sta 5147; 5°41′40″E; 38 m; coral sand, shells; 16 Feb 1908 (1127–1147); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl. mud bag: 3 males [2.6–4.3] 3 ovig females [2.7–3.9].

RANGE.—Eastern Mediterranean; Red Sea; and eastern Africa to Philippines and Indonesia; and eastward to Hawaii; associated with dead coral on muddy bottom, to depth of 126–128 m.

90. Palaemonella tenuipes Dana, 1852

Palaemonella tenuipes Dana, 1852a:25 [type locality: Sulu Sea, Philippines].—Holthuis. 1952c:27.—Bruce, 1970d:274, fig. 1.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching antennular peduncle, rostral formula 2 + 4–5/2–3; carapace without supraorbital spine; cornea slightly wider than eyestalk; antennal scale about 4 times as long as wide; mandibular palp composed of 2 segments; 2nd pereopods subequal, movable finger not crested on extensor margin, carpus unarmed distally but with strong, acute subterminal spine, merus with distal tooth on flexor margin, ischium unarmed; 3rd pereopod with flexor margin of dactyl regularly concave, not sinuous, art as long as propodus; maximum postorbital carapace length 3.6 mm.

RANGE.—Red Sea and western Indian Ocean to Philippines and eastward to International Date Line; littoral, apparently free living, not associated with other animals.

Paranchistus Holthuis, 1952

Paranchistus Holthuis, 1952c:5, 13, 91 [type species, by original designation: Anchistus biunguiculatus Borradaile, 1898:387 (= Pontonia armata H. Milne Edwards, 1837:359); gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, armed in anterior art of dorsal margin and distoventrally, lateral carina not expanded into broad supraocular or postocular eave; carapace neither noticeably depressed nor compressed, dorsal profile faintly sinuous, unarmed, anterior margin not strongly produced anteroventrally or deeply concave (notched), without longitudinal ridge or suture, with antennal and movable hepatic spines, without supraorbital, orbital or suborbital spines, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite usually broadly rounded, at most obscurely quadrate; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curved ventrad, dorsolateral spines small; antennal scale well developed, distolateral spine distinct; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with well-developed exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar, subequal, chela much longer than carpus, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl without massive protuberance on flexor margin, merus unarmed on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch bearing lateral movable spine but without fixed lateral tooth.

RANGE.—Mozambique, Madagascar, Comoro Islands, and Persian Gulf to Japan, Palau Islands, Indonesia, New Guinea, New Ireland, and Australia to Gilbert and Marshall islands; living in bivalve mollusks.

REMARKS.—The presence of an hepatic spine—the sole character by which Paranchistus is distinguished from Anchistus—is usually a valid generic character in the carideans, but the fact that it very nearly disappears in large specimens of P. armatus indicates how closely related the two genera are, as pointed out by Bruce (1975e:54).

Also, the questionable distinctions that are supposed to separate three of the six species currently assigned to Paranchistus (P. pycnodontae, P. serenei, and P. spondylis) have made the construction of the following key less than satisfactory.

Key to Species of Paranchistus

91. Paranchistus armatus (H. Milne Edwards, 1837)

P[ontonia] armata H. Milne Edwards, 1837:359 [type locality: New Ireland, Papua New Guinea].

Anchistus biunguiculatus Borradaile, 1898:387 [type locality: Tubetube, Engineer Group, Papua; in Tridacna].

Anchistus oshimai Kubo, 1949:26, figs. 1, 2 [type locality: Palau Islands].

Paranchistus biunguiculatus.—Holthuis, 1952c:93, figs. 36–38.

Paranchistus armatus.—Bruce, 1975e:49, figs. 1–3.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum tapering toward apex in lateral aspect, directed somewhat ventrad; 1st pereopod with fingers subspatulate and pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with movable finger longer than fixed finger, hooked distally; 3rd pereopod with dactyl biunguiculate, not flattened on extensor margin, not partially covered with spines or horny tubercles; maximum postorbital carapace length 15.3 mm.

RANGE.—Indonesia; New Guinea; Papua; Palau Islands; Queensland, Australia; New Ireland; and Gilbert and Marshall islands; in Tridacna.

REMARKS.—An ovigerous female of P. armatus in the Smithsonian collections from Bikini Atoll, Marshall Islands, has a postorbital carapace length of 15.3 mm.

92. Paranchistus nobilii Holthuis, 1952

Anchistus Miersi.—Nobili, 1906b:48 [not Harpilius Miersi De Man, 1888].

Paranchistus nobilii Holthuis, 1952c:13, 100, figs. 41, 42 [type locality: Arzanah Island, Ruqq Az Zaqqum bank, Persian Gulf coast of United Arab Emirates; from Spondylus gaederopus].—Bruce, 1983c:890, figs. 6E, 8I,J.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum widening slightly toward apex, nearly horizontal or directed slightly ventrad; 2nd pereopod with movable finger longer than fixed finger, hooked distally; 3rd pereopod with dactyl biunguiculate, flattened and minutely tuberculate on extensor margin; maximum postorbital carapace length little more than 5 mm.

RANGE.—Persian Gulf, Indonesia, and Kiribati (Gilbert Islands); living in Spondylus, Pinna, and Tridacna.

93. Paranchistus serenei Bruce, 1983

Paranchistus serenei Bruce, 1983c:890, figs. 7H.I, 9 [type locality: Teluk Sawai, Ceram, Indonesia; in Ostrea cristagalli].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum widening slightly toward apex, nearly horizontal or directed slightly ventrad; 2nd pereopod with movable finger slightly longer than fixed finger, hooked distally; 3rd pereopod with dactyl biunguiculate, flattened on extensor margin, latter and accessory tooth on flexor margin bearing minute spinules; maximum postorbital carapace length less than 4 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the type locality on Ceram, Indonesia, living in Ostrea.

Paratypton Balss, 1914

Paratypton Balss, 1914a:83 [type species, by monotypy: Paratypton siebenrocki Balss, 1914b:84; gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum lacking, represented by transverse straight or concave lamina crossing posterior portion of ophthalmic somite; carapace globular, without antennal, hepatic, suborbital, or supraorbital spines; abdomen with pleura of all somites rounded; telson not curving ventrad, margin ovoid, not incised posteriorly, without dorsolateral spines, posterior spines small to minute; antennal scale small, about twice as long as wide, broadly rounded distally without distolateral spine; maxilliped without exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without median process; 1st pereopod with carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar, subequal, chela much longer than carpus, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger not semicircular; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl without protuberance on flexor margin, merus unarmed on flexor margin; uropod without fixed tooth or movable spine on lateral margin of lateral branch.

RANGE.—Red Sea and eastern Africa to Indonesia and the Great Barrier Reef of Australia and the Marshall, Fiji, and Samoa islands; living in barely detectable cysts in Acropora corals.

REMARKS.—Only one species is recognized.

94. Paratypton siebenrocki Balss, 1914

Paratypton siebenrocki Balss, 1914a:84, fig. I [type locality: “Senafir,” “Koseir,” and “Sherm Sheikh,” Red Sea; Jaluit, Marshall Islands; and Samoa].—Bruce, 1969d:172, figs, 1–5.pl. 1; 1983c:897.

DIAGNOSIS.—Characters of genus; maximum postorbital carapace length 4.1 mm.

RANGE.—See “Range” of the genus.

*Periclimenaeus Borradaile, 1915

Periclimenaeus Borradaile, 1915:207 [type species, selected by Borradaile, 1917:378: Periclimenaeus robustus Borradaile, 1915:213; gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum well developed, usually overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, armed at least dorsally throughout length, lateral carina not expanded into broad supraocular or postocular eave; carapace slightly compressed, dorsal profile straight or slightly convex, with or without 1 or more teeth of dorsal rostral series continuing onto gastric region, anterior margin not produced anteroventrally as prominent convex lobe and not deeply concave (notched), without longitudinal branchiostegal suture, with antennal spine, without hepatic spine, orbital margin often interrupted posteriorly; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curving ventrad, dorsolateral spines not particularly robust; antennal scale well developed; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods dissimilar and unequal, fingers of major chela with socket and plunger closure; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 or 8 segments, merus and ischium not fused; uropod with at least one fixed lateral tooth on lateral branch, accompanied by at least one movable spine mesial thereto.

RANGE.—Red Sea and South Africa to Japan, Indonesia, and Australia, and eastward to Hawaii and Pacific coast of America from Costa Rica to Colombia and western Atlantic from North Carolina and Bermuda to Panama and Trinidad; associated with sponges, alcyonarians, and ascidians, from shallow water to 370+ meters.

REMARKS.—Only eight of the 55 currently recognized species of Periclimenaeus are known from the Philippines or Indonesia; a key to those eight species is offered below.

Key to Philippine-Indonesian Species of Periclimenaeus

95. Periclimenaeus arthrodactylus Holthuis, 1952

Periclimenaeus arthrodactylus Holthuis, 1952c:122, figs. 51–53 [type locality: Pulau Sailus-ketjil, Kepulauan Tengah, Indonesia].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostral formula 0 + 5/0; carapace with small supraorbital spine; telson with posterior pair of dorsolateral spines arising posterior to mid-length; antennal scale with distolateral tooth far overreaching distal margin of blade; 1st pereopod with fingers less than art as long as palm; major 2nd pereopod with merus rugose but not granulous or dentate on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl simple, not biunguiculate, but distinctly 2-segmented, without acute tooth at proximal end of flexor margin; postorbital carapace length less than 3 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the unique ovigerous female holotype from Kepulauan Tengah, Indonesia.

96. Periclimenaeus hecate (Nobili, 1904)

Coralliocaris hecate Nobili, 1904:232 [type locality: Djibouti]; 1906:58, pl. 3: fig. 2.

Periclimenaeus hecate.—Bruce, 1974c: 1574. figs. 11. 12, 13E; 1976d:22, figs. 8–11.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostral formula 0 + 4–5/0; carapace without supraorbital spine; telson with posterior pair of dorsolateral spines arising posterior to mid-length; antennal scale with distolateral tooth not overreaching distal margin of blade; 1st pereopod with fingers subequal to palm in length; major 2nd pereopod with merus not granulous or dentate on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl simple, not biunguiculate, not segmented, without acute tooth at proximal end of flexor margin; postorbital carapace length less than 4 mm.

RANGE.—Western Indian Ocean to Indonesia and Great Barrier Reef of Australia; associated with ascidians.

97. Periclimenaeus holthuisi Bruce, 1969

Periclimenaeus rhodope.—Holthuis, 1952c:125, figs. 54, 55bis [not Coralliocaris (Onycocaris) rhodope Nobili, 1904].

Periclimenaeus holthuisi Bruce, 1969a:159 [type locality: Banda, Moluccas, Indonesia; 17 m].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostral formula 1 + 6/1; carapace with small supraorbital spine; telson with posterior pair of dorsolateral spines arising posterior to mid-length; antennal scale with distolateral tooth not overreaching distal margin of blade; 1st pereopod with fingers about art as long as palm; major 2nd pereopod with merus granulous on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl biunguiculate, not segmented, without acute tooth at proximal end of flexor margin; postorbital carapace length slightly more than 5 mm.

RANGE.—Indonesia.

*98. Periclimenaeus minutus Holthuis, 1952

Periclimenaeus minutus Holthuis, 1952c;134, figs. 57–59 [type locality: Kepulauan Banda, Indonesia; 18–36 m].—Bruce, 1978d:121.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostral formula 0 + 5/0; carapace without supraorbital spine; telson with posterior pair of dorsolateral spines arising posterior to mid-length; antennal scale with distolateral spine not overreaching distal margin of blade; 1st pereopod with fingers not quite as long as palm; major 2nd pereopod with merus dentate on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl simple, not biunguiculate, not segmented, without acute tooth at proximal end of flexor margin; postorbital carapace length about 2 mm or more.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Off Jolo Island, Sulu Archipelago; sta 5174; 6°03′45″N, 120°57′E; 37 m; coarse sand; 5 Mar 1908 (1551–1557): 9′ Johnston oyster dredge: 1 male [2.2].

RANGE.—Off Somali Republic, Tanzania, Philippines, and Indonesia; 18–80 m, associated with sponges.

REMARKS.—The specimen from off Jolo Island agrees with the original description of P. minutus in most particulars, but the rostrum is armed with six rather than five dorsal teeth, the first pereopod appears to be more slender than in the illustration given by Holthuis (1952c, fig. 58a), and the palm of the minor second pereopod is distinctly compressed rather than cylindrical.

99. Periclimenaeus spongicola Holthuis, 1952

Periclimenaeus spongicola Holthuis, 1952c:137, figs. 60–62 [type locality: Java Sea; 4°41′S, 113°02′E; 28–32 m, in sponge].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostral formula 0 + 5/0; carapace without supraorbital spine; telson with posterior pair of dorsolateral spines arising posterior to mid-length; antennal scale with distolateral tooth not overreaching distal margin of blade; 1st pereopod with fingers about as long as palm; major 2nd pereopod with merus devoid of granules or spines on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl biunguiculate, not segmented, without acute tooth at proximal end of flexor margin; postorbital carapace length nearly 3art mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the type locality in the Java Sea.

100. Periclimenaeus storchi Bruce, 1989

Periclimenaeus storchi Bruce, 1989b:181, fig. 5 [type locality: Cuaming Island, Bohol Strait, Philippines].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostral formula 0 + 3/0; carapace without supraorbital spines or tubercles; telson with posterior pair of dorsolateral spines arising posterior to mid-length; antennal scale with distolateral tooth not overreaching distal margin of blade; 1st pereopod with fingers slightly shorter than palm; major 2nd pereopod with merus devoid of tubercles or spines; 3rd pereopod with dactyl simple, not biunguiculate, not composed of 2 segments, but with acute tooth at proximal end of flexor margin; postorbital carapace length 2.25 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the pair of specimens from the type locality between Cebu and Bohol, Philippines, associated with an unidentified tunicate.

101. Periclimenaeus tridentatus (Miers, 1884)

Coralliocaris ?tridentata Miers, 1884:294, pl. 32: fig. C [type locality: Thursday Island, Torres Strait].

Periclimenaeus tridentatus.—Holthuis, 1952c:140, figs. 63–65 [part, specimens from Siboga station 99 only].—Bruce. 1974c:1576, fig. 150: 1979f:235; 1983d:206.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostral formula 0 + 3–4/0; carapace without supraorbital spine, occasionally represented by obscure tubercle; telson with posterior pair of dorsolateral spines arising posterior to mid-length; antennal scale with distolateral tooth not overreaching distal margin of blade; 1st pereopod with fingers fully as long as palm; major 2nd pereopod with merus devoid of granules or teeth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl biunguiculate, not segmented, with acute tooth at proximal end of flexor margin; maximum postorbital carapace length about 6 mm.

RANGE.—Known with certainty from Singapore; Sulu Archipelago, Philippines; Torres Strait; and northern and eastern Australia; associated with the ascidian Diplosoma.

REMARKS.—The real P. tridentatus may be distinguished from other currently known Philippine-Indonesian species by the presence of an acute, proximal tooth on the flexor margin of the dactyls of the three posterior pairs of pereopods.

102. Periclimenaeus truncoideus, new species

Periclimenaeus truncatus Holthuis. 1952c:117, figs. 48–50.—Bruce. 1981c:211, figs. 16, 17d. [Not Coralliocaris truncata Rathbun, 1906.]

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostral formula 0 + 7–8/0; carapace with strong supraorbital spine reaching proximal margin of cornea of anteriorly extended eyes; telson with posterior pair of dorsolateral spines arising posterior to mid-length; antennal scale with distolateral tooth overreaching distal margin of blade; 1st pereopod with fingers slightly longer than palm; major 2nd pereopod with merus unarmed; 3rd pereopod with dactyl biunguiculate, not segmented, with 4–6 spine-like teeth on flexor margin but none at extreme proximal end of that margin; maximum postorbital carapace length about 2art mm.

TYPE LOCALITY.—Siboga Station 260; 2.3 miles (3.7 km) N, 63°W from north point of Kai Besar, Kepulauan Kai, Indonesia; 5°36.5′S, 132°55.2′E; 90 m. Holotype in Zoological Museum, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

RANGE.—Zanzibar, Philippines, and Indonesia; 70–90 m.

REMARKS.—Comparison of the female holotype of Coralliocaris truncata Rathbun, 1906:920, fig. 70, pl. 24: fig. 2, which has a postorbital carapace length of 2.0 mm, with the description and illustrations of the adult specimen assigned to that species by Holthuis (1952c) and Bruce (1981c) reveals that the Indonesian and Philippine specimens are not conspecific with the Hawaiian example. The latter is distinguished by having the rostrum armed with eight teeth, the three anteriormost forming a vertical row, the eighth being ventral and shorter than the sixth and seventh, as illustrated by Rathbun (Figure 70), rather than having the rostrum terminating in a sharp point, with all of the rostral teeth dorsal and posterior thereto. The supraorbital tooth is larger and not quite as long as in the Philippine-Indonesian specimens, not reaching as far as the anteriorly extended cornea of the eye. The antennal spine is large and submarginal. The telson is missing from the holotype. The dorsolateral branch of the antennular flagellum is fused for slightly more than two segments, rather than four segments, as described by Holthuis. The antennal scale most closely resembles the left one illustrated by Holthuis (Figure 48b). The third maxilliped is like that illustrated by Bruce (1981c, fig. 16b), as is the first pereopod (Bruce, fig. 16c). The second pereopods are more or less covered with subacute granules in the holotype of C. truncata; the right (major) chela has the margin proximal to that of the fixed finger nearly straight, without a bulge, the movable finger with two subtriangular teeth on the proximal half of the opposable margin, the fixed finger with a small, blunt proximal tooth closing between the two on the movable finger and a convex, distally rectangular lobe occupying most of the distal half of the opposable margin, extensor margin notched to form two blunt distal lobes, hardly “two small teeth” (Rathbun, 1906:921); minor, left chela with fingers regularly tapering, crossing distally, one and one-fourth times as long as the palm, unarmed on the opposable margins, the merus with a slightly angular distal lobe on the flexor margin, the extensor margin with a rectangular lobe resulting from a gap similar to the one on the major cheliped. The third pereopod has the dactyl stout, little more than twice as long as wide, strongly convex on both margins, the terminal teeth strongly curved, the penultimate one subperpendicular to the flexor margin, the latter bearing four spine-like teeth, the proximal one and the distal one at the base of the penultimate terminal tooth distinctly smaller than the others. The uropod has the lateral margin curving onto the diaeresis, the curve being armed with a row of seven marginal spines, the three on the lateral margin being the smallest, the fourth broken, and the remaining three (on the diaeresis) being much longer. Perhaps the most important character for distinguishing P. truncoideus from P. truncatus is the dactyl of the third pereopod, in which the terminal teeth curve less strongly from the axis of the segment and the flexor margin is nearly straight rather than distinctly convex.

ETYMOLOGY.—The Latin adjectival suffix “-oideus,” denoting “like” or “resembling,” is combined with the root of the specific name “truncatus.”

*Periclimenes O.G. Costa, 1844

Pelias P. Roux, 1831:25 [type species, selected by Holthuis, 1955:57: Alpheus amethystea Risso, 1827:77; gender: masculine. Invalid junior homonym of Pelias Merrem, 1820 (Reptilia)].

Periclimenes O.G. Costa, 1844:290 [type species, by monotypy: Periclimenes insignis O.G. Costa, 1844:291 (= Alpheus amethystea Risso, 1827:77); gender: masculine].

Anchistia Dana. 1852a:17 [type species, selected by Kingsley, 1880:424: Anchistia gracilis Dana, 1852a:25; gender: feminine].

Harpilius Dana, 1852a:17 [type species, by monotypy: Harpilius lutescens Dana, 1852a:25; gender: masculine].

Urocaris Stimpson, 1860:39 [type species, by original designation: Urocaris longicaudata Stimpson, 1860:39; gender: feminine].

Dennisia Norman, 1861:278 [type species, by monotypy: Dennisia sagittifera Norman, 1861:278; gender: feminine].

Ancylocaris Schenkel, 1902:563 [type species, by monotypy: Ancylocaris brevicarpalis Schenkel, 1902:563].

Corniger Borradaile, 1915:207 [type species, selected by Borradaile, 1917:365: Periclimenes (Corniger) ceratophthalmus Borradaile, 1915:211; gender: masculine. Invalid junior homonym of Corniger Agassiz, 1831 (Pisces) and Corniger Boehm, 1879 (Pycnogonida)].

Cristiger Borradaile, 1915:207 [type species, selected by Holthuis, 1955:61: Periclimenes (Cristiger) commensalis Borradaile, 1915:211; gender: masculine. Invalid junior homonym of Cristiger Gisti, 1848 (Hymenoptera)].

Falciger Borradaile, 1915:207 [type species, selected by Holthuis, 1955:61: Periclimenes (Falciger) nilandensis Borradaile, 1915:211; gender: masculine. Invalid junior homonym of Falciger Say, 1824 (Coleoptera), Falciger Bucholz, 1869 (Arachnoidea), and Falciger Trouessart and Megnin, 1883 (Arachnoidea)].

Laomenes Clark, 1919:199 [replacement name for Corniger; gender: masculine].

Cuapetes Clark, 1919:199 [replacement name for Corniger: gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum well developed, usually overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally; carapace moderately compressed, dorsal profile straight or slightly convex, with or without 1 or more teeth of dorsal rostral series continuing onto gastric region, anterior margin not produced anteroventrally as prominent convex lobe and not deeply concave (notched), without longitudinal branchiostegal suture, with antennal and immovable hepatic spines, orbital margin usually not interrupted posteriorly; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curving ventrad, dorsolateral spines not particularly robust; epistome not bearing paired, horn-like processes; antennal scale well developed; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite with or without slender median process; 1st pereopod with carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar, chelae not borne in vertical plane, movable finger not ventrad, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl not bearing hoof-shaped protuberance; uropod with lateral branch bearing at least 1 movable lateral spine.

RANGE.—All tropical and most subtropical seas; littoral to 1820 meters, usually but not always associated with other marine invertebrates.

REMARKS.—Of the 164 valid species of Periclimenes recognized herein, the 57 covered in the following key are here considered to occur in the Philippines or Indonesia. The Siboga specimens identified by Holthuis (1952c:64) as Periclimenes (Harpilius) ? calmani are not included in this key because they probably represent a distinct species. They are not now sufficiently intact, however, to permit determination of their exact status (Bruce, 1987c:124). Also, the Siboga specimen identified as Periclimenes (Periclimenes) parvus by Holthuis (1952c:40) is omitted from the Philippine-Indonesian list because it may be distinct from Borradaile's species.

Key to Philippine-Indonesian Species of Periclimenes

*103. Periclimenes affinis (Zehntner, 1894)

Palaemonella affinis Zehntner, 1894:208 [type locality: Ambon, Indonesia].

Periclimenes (Harpilius) affinis.—Holthuis, 1958:6, fig. 2.

Periclimenes affinis.—Bruce, 1980a:2, figs. 1–3.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, nearly horizontal, rostral formula 0–1 + 6–7/1–2, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated in line with or anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, both pairs arising in posterior art of length; eye with comea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 or 2 distolateral spines on basal segment; antennal scale 3 times as long as wide, lateral margin nearly straight, distolateral tooth not reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopods unequal, fingers art as long as palm, carpus less than art as long as palm, about 1art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin somewhat sinuous, propodus with few indistinct spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod reaching nearly to distal end of antennal scale; uropod barely overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 4 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Near Siasi, Sulu Archipelago; sta 5147; 5°41′40″N, 120°47′10″E; coral sand, shells; 16 Feb 1908 (1127–1147); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 3 ovig females [2.0–3.3].

RANGE.—Northern South China Sea; Sulu Archipelago, Philippines; Ambon, Indonesia; Great Barrier Reef, Australia; and New Caledonia; associated with comatulid crinoids.

*104. Periclimenes albatrossae, new species

FIGURE 20

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum (Figure 20a) overreaching antennal scale, somewhat palaemonoid, directed slightly anterodorsad anteriorly, rostral formula 1 + 2 + 7/4–5, posteriormost tooth isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated far posterior to hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital spine, hepatic spine much larger than antennal spine, arising only slightly posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle ovate; abdomen (Figure 20c) without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite more than 1art times as long as 5th; telson (Figure 20d) with 7 pairs of small lateral spines; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally, no wider than eyestalk, and lightly pigmented, antennular peduncle (Figure 20g) with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale (Figure 20i) about 2art times as long as wide, lateral margin convex proximally, distolateral tooth not reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod (Figure 20p,q) overreaching antennal scale by about length of chela, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopods (Figure 20r,s) subequal (left slightly longer than right because of proportionately longer carpus), overreaching antennal scale by length of chela, fingers art as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, about 1art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod (Figure 20t,u) with dactyl subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, obscurely biunguiculate, flexor margin straight, convex distally, propodus without spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; uropod (Figure 20d) reaching little, if at all, beyond extended telson; postorbital carapace length 10.9 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. South China Sea off western Luzon; sta 5440; 16°33′52″N, 119°52′54″E; 315 m; fine gray sand, globigerina; 11.8°C; 10 May 1909 (1401–1421); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag; 1 ovig female holotype [10.9], USNM 252658.

TYPE LOCALITY.—Same as above.

RANGE.—Known only from the unique ovigerous female holotype from off western Luzon, Philippines; 315 meters.

REMARKS.—There is strong superficial similarity between P. albatrossae and P. alcocki. These two species are distinguished from all other members of the Pontoniinae by having four or more pairs of dorsolateral spines on the telson. Periclimenes albatrossae apparently differs in the slightly longer and more nearly horizontal rostrum; more prominent and subspatulate ventral orbital angle; seven rather than four or five pairs of dorsolateral spines and subcordiform intermediate posterior spines on the telson; three rather than four teeth on the incisor process of the mandible; the second pereopods neither tuberculate nor setose and the movable finger not markedly spatulate; and, especially, in the apparently unique form of the dactyls of the posterior pereopods, which superficially resemble those of P. hertwigi more closely than those of P. alcocki, as illustrated by Kubo (1940b, fig. 2n), and in the absence of spinules on the flexor margin of the propodus of those pereopods.

There is a temptation to assign more than specific importance to the two species of Periclimenes (P. albatrossae and P. alcocki) that have more than the usual pontoniine complement of two pairs of dorsolateral spines on the telson. That single character may be no more important, however, than the striking difference in the form of the dactyl of the posterior pereopods of those two species.

ETYMOLOGY.—Periclimenes albatrossae is named for the U.S. Fisheries Steamer Albatross to honor the men who served on that vessel from 1882 to 1920. We like to believe that the diligence and expertise still reflected in the specimens gathered in remote areas by those professional collectors are widely recognized for the major contribution that they represent to our knowledge of what Howard Evans so appropriately referred to as “Life on a Little-known Planet.”

FIGURE 20.—Periclimenes albatrossae, new species, ovigerous female holotype from Albatross sta 5440 (South China Sea off western Luzon), carapace length 10.9 mm: a, carapace and anterior appendages, lateral aspect; b, rostrum, lateral aspect; c, abdomen, lateral aspect; d, tail fan; e, distolateral angle of lateral branch of uropod; f, posterior end of telson; g, right antennule, dorsal aspect; h, left antennule, flagella; i, right antenna, ventral aspect; j, right mandible; k, right 1st maxilla; l, right 2nd maxilla; m, right 1st maxilliped; n, right 2nd maxilliped; o, right 3rd maxilliped; p, right 1st pereopod; q, same, chela; r, right 2nd pereopod; s, same, fingers; t, left 3rd pereopod; u, same, dactyl; v, right 4th pereopod; w, same, dactyl.

105. Periclimenes alcocki Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) alcocki Kemp, 1922:154, figs. 21–24 [type locality: Laccadive Sea; 9°34′57″N, 75°36′30″E; 743 m].—Kubo, 1940b:33, figs. 1, 2.

Periclimenes alcocki.—Bruce, 1981c:190, figs. 1,2; 1985b:231, fig. 1.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, palaemonoid, directed slightly anteroventrad except near tip, rostral formula 2 + 6–8/2–4, posteriormost tooth somewhat isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or post-orbital spine, hepatic spine larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace; orbital angle ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 3–5 pairs of lateral spines; eye with cornea small, hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale little more than twice as long as wide, lateral margin convex, distolateral tooth not reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopods unequal, with fingers art as long as palm, carpus art as long as palm, barely longer than distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, biunguiculate, flexor margin slightly concave, propodus with very few spinules at distal end of flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod not overreaching antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 12 mm.

RANGE.—Madagascar, Laccadive Sea, Japan, Philippines, and Australia; 190–743 meters.

106. Periclimenes amboinensis (De Man, 1888)

Anchistia amboinensis De Man, 1888b:546, pl. 22a: fig. 2 [type locality: Ambon, Indonesia].

Periclimenes amboinensis.—Bruce, 1983c:874, 898, 899, figs. 1–3, 7E.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, directed somewhat anteroventrad, rostral formula 0 + 6/1, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated distinctly anterior to posterior orbital margin, lateral carina expanded posteriorly into supraorbital eave and spine; carapace with supraorbital tooth, hepatic spine not much larger than antennal spine, arising slightly posteroventral to latter, extending nearly to anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle acute, not ovate; telson without dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin; eye with cornea angularly produced distally, not hemispherical; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale with lateral margin faintly convex, distolateral tooth not reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by about length of chela; 2nd pereopods unequal, fingers about art as long as palm, carpus much less than art as long as palm, little longer than distal width, without distal spines, merus with stout tooth directed distally from flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, obscurely biunguiculate, flexor margin sinuous, propodus with indistinct spinules near distal end of flexor margin, not segmented; uropod barely overreaching extended telson; maximum carapace length about 4 mm.

RANGE.—Indonesia and Great Barrier Reef of Australia; associated with comatulid crinoids. Devaney and Bruce (1987: 222, 230) tentatively recorded the species from Enewetak Atoll, Marshall Islands.

REMARKS.—See “Remarks” under P. ceratophthalmus.

*107. Periclimenes amymone De Man, 1902

Periclimenes amymone De Man, 1902:829, pl. 25: fig. 53 [type locality: Temate, Indonesia].—Bruce, 1981 f:262, fig. 1E-1 1983c:875, fig. 7C.

Periclimenes (Harpilius) amymone.—Holthuis. 1952c:82, fig. 32.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum overreaching antennal scale or not, palaemonoid, directed anterodorsal in anterior art, rostral formula 1 + 5–7/2–4, posteriormost tooth isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace with supraorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising slightly posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle rounded, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising anterior to mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale nearly 4 times as long as wide, lateral margin concave, distolateral tooth far overreaching distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite with slender median process; 1st pereopod slightly overreaching antennal scale, 2nd pereopod with fingers fully art as long as palm, carpus fully art as long as palm, nearly 2art times as long as distal width, with 3 distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin sinuous, propodus with single spinule at distal end of flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod not overreaching antennal scale; uropod reaching about to posterior margin of extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 3art mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Marungas Island (south side), Sulu Archipelago; [6°06′N, 120°58′E]; 1art–2art m; scattered coral and sand; 10 Feb 1908 (1330–1500); diving, coral heads taken ashore: 1 male [3.0] 1 ovig female [3.5].

RANGE.—Nicobar Islands, Philippines, Singapore, Indonesia, Australia, New Caledonia, Soloman and Samoa; usually associated with scleractinian corals.

108. Periclimenes andamanensis Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) andamanensis Kemp, 1922:204, figs. 54–57 [type locality: Ross Channel, Port Blair, Andaman Islands; 7–15 meters].

Periclimenes andamanensis.—Bruce, 1977j:269.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum reaching level of distal end of antennal scale or beyond, slenderly palaemonoid, directed slightly anterodorsad in anterior art, rostral formula 1 + 6–8/2–4, posteriormost tooth somewhat isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace with supraorbital spine, hepatic spine no larger than antennal spine, arising almost directly posterior to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle rounded, not ovate; abdomen with 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising anterior to mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale 5–5art times as long as wide, lateral margin slightly concave, distolateral tooth far overreaching distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite with slender median process; 1st pereopod far overreaching antennal scale; 2nd pereopod with fingers art–art as long as palm, carpus art–1art times as long as palm, 6–7art times as long as distal width, with 1 or 2 distal spines, merus with distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin regularly concave, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod reaching about to distal end of antennal scale or beyond; maximum postorbital carapace length about 4 mm.

RANGE.—Madagascar, Andaman Islands, Ryukyu Islands, and Queensland, Australia; the only Indonesian record is based on a specimen identified by J. Roux and reported by Dammerman (1929:117 and 1948:511, fig. 43) from a brackish pool on Pulau Sertung in Selat Sunda.

109. Periclimenes attenuatus Bruce, 1971

Periclimenes attenuatus Bruce, 1971d:533, figs. 1–5 [type locality: Water-house Cove, Burukuk, Duke of York Group, St. George's Channel, Bismarck Archipelago; 4°7.3'S, 152°27.3′E; associated with crinoids in 1–2 m]; 1983c:879.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum short, not overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, slender, directed slightly anteroventrad, rostral formula 0 + 3/0, teeth subequally spaced; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine smaller than antennal spine, arising slightly posteroventral to latter, not extending to anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle subovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite nearly 2art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines, anterior pair arising at about mid-length; eye large, cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 or 2 distal spines mesial to usual distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale 4 times as long as wide, lateral margin sinuous, distolateral tooth not quite reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of fingers, latter not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopods unequal and dissimilar, major one with fingers art as long as palm, carpus art as long as palm, about 1art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl lacking denticulate lobe on flexor margin, minutely biunguiculate distally, flexor margin nearly straight, propodus without spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod overreaching antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length 2 mm.

RANGE.—Seram, Indonesia; Bismarck Archipelago; and Great Barrier Reef, Australia; associated with comatulid crinoids.

110. Periclimenes batei (Borradaile, 1917)

Palaemonella orientalis Bate, 1888:787, pl. 128: fig. 4 [not Palaemonella orientalis Dana, 1852].

Palaemonella batei Borradaile, 1917:357, 358 [type locality: off Sibago Island, Sulu Archipelago, Philippines; 6°47′N, 122°28′E].

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) batei.—Holthuis, 1959:195, fig. 1.

Periclimenes batei.—Bruce and Svoboda, 1984:98.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, nearly horizontal, rostral formula 0 + 6/1, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine no larger than antennal spine, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about twice as long as 5th; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 3 times as long as wide, lateral margin faintly concave, distolateral tooth not overreaching distal margin of blade; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers about art as long as palm, subequal to carpus in length, latter about 3art times as long as distal width, with 1 distal tooth, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, sharply biunguiculate, flexor margin straight proximally, concave distally; uropod probably overreaching extended telson; postorbital carapace length about 1 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the type locality in the Sulu Archipelago, Philippines, in 47 m.

REMARKS.—The probability that the unique holotype of P. batei is a juvenile suggests that the adult characters of the species and, therefore, its relationship with other members of the genus may remain uncertain for an unpredictable period.

111. Periclimenes brevicarpalis (Schenkel, 1902)

Palaemonella amboinensis Zehntner, 1894:206, pl. 9: fig. 27 [type locality: Ambon, Indonesia: not Periclimenes amboinensis De Man, 1888].

Ancylocaris brevicarpalis Schenkel, 1902:563, pl. 13: fig. 21 [type locality: Makasar, Celebes].

Palaemonella aberrans Nobili, 1904:233 [type locality: Djibouti]

Harpilius latirostris Lenz, 1905:380, pl. 47: fig. 14 [type locality: Mkokotoni and Bawi, Zanzibar].

Periclimenes potina Nobili, 1905b:159 [type locality: southeast coast of Arabia].

Periclimenes hermitensis Rathbun, 1914:655, pl. 1: figs. 1–3 [type locality: Hermite, Monte Bello Islands, Western Australia].

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) brevicarpalis.—Kemp, 1922:185, figs. 40–42, pl. 6: fig. 8.

Periclimenes (Harpilius) brevicarpalis.—Holthuis, 1952c:69, fig. 27.

Periclimenes brevicarpalis.—Bruce, 1983c:879, fig. 7D,E.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, palaemonoid, nearly horizontal, rostral formula 0 + 1 + 4–7/1–2, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine no larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of inconspicuous dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, both pairs arising in posterior art of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale slightly less than 2art times as long as wide, lateral margin nearly straight, distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic stemite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopods similar, subequal, fingers slightly shorter than palm, carpus about art as long as palm, about 1art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, usually simple, rarely biunguiculate, flexor margin slightly sinuous, propodus without spinules or with single distal pair on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod not reaching distal end of antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 8art mm.

RANGE.—Red Sea, eastern and South Africa, Ryukyu Islands and Honshu, Japan, south to Capricorn Islands, Great Barrier Reef, Australia, and east to Line Islands; associated with sea anemones.

REMARKS.—Bruce (1983c:880) suggested that more than one species may be represented by the name P. brevicarpalis and that one or more of the five names generally synonymized with Schenkel's name may have to be resurrected.

112. Periclimenes brockii (De Man, 1888)

Anchistia Brockii De Man, 1888b:548, pl. 22a: fig. 3 [type locality: Ambon, Indonesia].

Periclimenes (Harpilius) brocki.—Holthuis, 1952c:88.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum overreaching antennal scale, modified palaemonoid, directed somewhat anteroventrad, rostral formula 0 + 9–10/1, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine no larger than antennal spine, arising short distance posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle subacute, not ovate; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale with lateral margin nearly straight, distolateral tooth reaching about to level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic stemite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers art as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, about as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl obscurely truncate subdistally, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin nearly straight, propodus without spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 2art mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the type locality: Ambon, Indonesia. to a depth of 78 m, from which depth in the Maldive Islands, it was reported by Borradaile (1917:363) to be associated with an echinoid.

*113. Periclimenes calcaratus, new species

FIGURE 21

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum (Figure 21a) not overreaching antennal scale, slender, directed slightly anteroventrad from horizontal, rostral formula 0 + 5/1, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine larger than antennal spine, arising immediately posteroventral to latter, extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle slightly subovate; abdomen (Figure 21c) without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th; telson (Figure 21d) with 2 pairs of lateral spines anterior to posterior margin, both pairs arising in posterior art of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle (Figure 21e) with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale (Figure 21f) nearly 2art times as long as wide. lateral margin nearly straight, distolateral tooth distinctly overreaching distal margin of blade; 1st pereopod (Figure 21m) overreaching antennal scale by length of chela and about art of carpus, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod (Figure 21n) overreaching antennal scale by length of chela and about art of carpus, fingers (Figure 21o) about art as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, about 1art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod (Figure 21p) overreaching antennal scale by length of dactyl and about art of propodus, dactyl (Figure 21r) clearly truncate subdistally, with denticulate lobe on flexor margin, not conventionally biunguiculate, flexor margin slightly convex, propodus with few small, indistinct spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod (Figure 21u) overreaching antennal scale by length of dactyl and about art of propodus; uropod not overreaching extended telson (Figure 21d); postorbital carapace length 4.2 mm.

FIGURE 21.—Periclimenes calcaratus, new species, male holotype from Albatross sta 5453 (Albay Gulf), carapace length 4.2 mm: a, anterior carapace and appendages, lateral aspect; b, anterior carapace, dorsal aspect; c, abdomen, lateral aspect; d, tail fan; e, right antennule, dorsal aspect; f, right antenna, ventral aspect; g, right mandible; h, right 1st maxilla; i, right 2nd maxilla; j, right 1st maxilliped; k, right 2nd maxilliped; l, right 3rd maxilliped; m, right 1st pereopod; n, left 2nd pereopod; o, same, fingers; p, right 3rd pereopod; q, same, dactyl; r, same, distal portion; s, 5th pereopod; t, same, distal portion of dactyl; u, right 5th pereopod; v, same, distal portion of dactyl; w, right 1st pleopod; x, same, endopod; y, right 2nd pleopod; z, same, appendix masculina and appendix interna.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Albay Gulf, east of southern Luzon: sta 5453; 13°12′N, 123°49′18″E; [267 m]; 7 Jun 1909 (0944–1004); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl: 1 male holotype [4.2], USNM 252659.

TYPE LOCALITY.—Same as above.

RANGE.—Known only from the unique male holotype from Albay Gulf, Philippines, [267 meters].

REMARKS.—The specimen on which this species is based was originally identified as P. hertwigi. It may still prove to fall within the range of variation of that species, but it fails to agree exactly with the descriptions of Balss (1914b:49, figs. 28–30) and Holthuis (1952c:43, figs. 11, 12) and the description of P. gracilirostris by Kubo (1940b:41, figs. 8–10). The rostrum bears only five dorsal and one ventral teeth, and none of the dorsal teeth is situated on the carapace posterior to the orbital margin; to be sure, this dentition agrees with Balss's description, but his illustrations show six dorsal and two ventral teeth, as in the females described by Kubo and Holthuis. (Is it possible that this is a sexual character and that Balss described the condition in the only male of the five specimens of P. hertwigi recorded thus far?) The sixth abdominal somite is considerably less than one and one-half times as long as the fifth, whereas it is described by Holthuis as “slightly less than twice as long as the fifth” and illustrated by Kubo as about twice as long. The distal margin of the distolateral lobe mesial to the distolateral spine of the basal antennular segment is transverse, rather than sloping posteromesially (see illustrations of Balss and Kubo). The antennal scale has the distolateral spine reaching far beyond the distal margin of the blade, rather than reaching “to or slightly beyond the lamella,” as described by Holthuis and figured by Balss. The second pereopod has a socket surrounding a peg-like tooth at the base of the fixed finger, rather than two teeth in this position as described by both Holthuis and Kubo. The dentition near the distal end of the flexor margin of the dactyl of the three posterior pairs of pereopods seems to be more complex than the “shallow lobes” mentioned and illustrated by Holthuis, but the exact form of this margin is difficult to determine, even at high magnification, as noted by Holthuis. Perhaps of major significance is the fact that the uropods fall distinctly short of the posterior end of the telson, whereas they are described as overreaching the telson in all three of the descriptions of P. hertwigi. Unfortunately, the sternum of the unique specimen of this species was destroyed by dissection, thereby denying determination of the armature of the fourth sternite.

A male specimen reported from New Caledonia (Bruce, 1990a:151, fig. 2b) has a rostral dentition of art and closely resembles the present specimen of P. calcaratus, but the associated female has a dentition of 5/1, with minute subterminal denticles both dorsally and ventrally. Details of the ambulatory dactyls were not noted. It is possible that these specimens may also belong to P. calcaratus.

ETYMOLOGY.—The name is from the Latin calcar (spur) and was suggested by the peculiar dentition on the dactyls of the third and fourth pereopods.

114. Periclimenes ceratophthalmus Borradaile, 1915

Periclimenes (Corniger) ceratophthalmus Borradaile, 1915:211 [type locality: Hulule, Malé Atoll, Maldive Islands; on crinoid]; 1917:324, 365, pl. 54: fig. 9.

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) ceratophthalmus.—Holthuis, 1952c:56, fig. 20.

Periclimenes ceratophthalmus.—Bruce, 1983c:880, figs. 4A–D, 5, 6A–C, 7F.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, horizontal, rostral formula 0 + 4/0, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of rostral series, situated slightly posterior to mid-length of rostrum, proper, lateral carina expanded posteriorly into dentate supraorbital eave; carapace with supraorbital tooth, hepatic spine not much larger than antennal spine, arising almost directly posterior to latter, orbital angle convex, not ovate; eye with cornea distinctly ogival, antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale with distolateral tooth not reaching level of distal margin of blade (overreaching blade in Borradaile's illustration); 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of fingers; 2nd pereopod with fingers about art length of palm, carpus and merus unarmed; uropod considerably overreaching extended telson; carapace length little more than 3 mm.

RANGE.—See “Remarks.”

REMARKS.—As noted by Bruce (1983c:880), material that has been assigned to this species displays unusual variation in the form of the rostrum, the distolateral spines on the telson, the presence or absence of epistomal “horns,” the degree of corneal extension of the eyes, the form of the incisor process of the mandible, and the range in form of the dactyl of the posterior pereopods from simple to strongly biunguiculate. It is very possible that P. ceratophthalmus consists of at least two species, possibly associated with different crinoid host genera. However, the recent revision of crinoid host generic and specific names has complicated the problem. Borradaile's inadequate description and crude illustrations of the shrimp have not been helpful, nor has the examination of his type material.

RANGE.—Kenya, Zanzibar, Seychelle and Maldive islands, Indonesia, Great Barrier Reef of Australia, and Solomon and Caroline islands.

115. Periclimenes commensalis Borradaile, 1915

Periclimenes (Cristiger) commensalis Borradaile, 1915:211 [type locality: Murray Island, Torres Strait; on comatulid crinoids].

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) commensalis.—Holthuis, 1952c:53, figs. 18, 19.

Periclimenes commensalis Bruce, 1983c:883, fig. 4E.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, palaemonoid, directed slightly anteroventrad, rostral formula 0 + 5–7/1–2, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series; carapace with supraorbital spine, usually arising from supraorbital eave, hepatic spine slightly larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle subovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite nearly 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of minute dorsolateral spines, both pairs arising in posterior art of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 2 distolateral spines on basal segment; antennal scale fully 3 times as long as wide, lateral margin nearly straight, distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by about length of fingers, latter not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers about as long as palm, finely serrate on distal parts of opposable margins, carpus fully art as long as palm, about as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, biunguiculate, flexor margin somewhat sinuous, propodus with few spines on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod not overreaching antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 4 mm.

RANGE.—Western Indian Ocean to Ryukyu Islands, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Australia, New Caledonia, and Caroline, Marshall, Solomon, and Fiji islands; associated with comatulid crinoids.

116. Periclimenes consobrinus (De Man, 1902)

Harpilius consobrinus De Man, 1902:836, pl. 26: fig. 54 [type locality: Temate, Indonesia].

Periclimenes consobrinus.—Bruce, 1972f:411, fig. 1B [left drawing]; 1975f:27, fig. 16 [color].—Holthuis, 1981:796, fig. 3i–1.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum barely overreaching antennal scale, palaemonoid, nearly horizontal, slightly sinuous, rostral formula 1 + 6–7/1–2, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated in line with or anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle bluntly acute, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite; telson with 2 pairs of distolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising at or slightly posterior to mid-length, eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 3art times as long as wide, lateral margin somewhat sinuous, distolateral tooth distinctly overreaching distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite with slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by nearly length of chela, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers fully art as long as palm, carpus less than art as long as palm, about 1art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus with distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin sinuous, deeply concave in distal art, propodus without spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; maximum postorbital carapace length 4.6 mm.

RANGE.—Western Indian Ocean, Thailand, Indonesia, and Great Barrier Reef of Australia; associated with scleractinian corals of genus Pocillopora.

REMARKS.—The most reliable means of distinguishing P. consobrinus from the much more common P. lutescens relates to the form of the second maxilliped illustrated by Bruce (1972f, fig. 1). Of similar importance is the presence of a postorbital ridge in P. consobrinus and its absence in P. lutescens. Whether or not the relative positions of the posteriormost tooth of the dorsal rostral series and the hepatic spine, used in the key offered above, are equally reliable remains to be determined.

117. Periclimenes coriolis Bruce, 1985

Periclimenes coriolis Bruce, 1985b:234, figs. 4–7 [type locality: southwest of Manila Bay, Luzon, Philippines; 11°01.0′N, 120°17.1′E to 13°59.9′N, 120°17.5′E; 186–184 m].

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, rather slender, directed slightly anteroventrad, rostral formula 1 + 7/2, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of rostral series, situated slightly anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising slightly posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle produced but not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, both pairs arising in posterior art of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 2art times as long as wide, lateral margin slightly convex, distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite unarmed; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of chela and part of carpus, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers fully art as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, about 2art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not exactly subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, biunguiculate, flexor margin sinuous, propodus with few spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod overreaching antennal scale; uropods slightly overreaching extended telson; postorbital carapace length 5.2 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the unique female holotype found in 185 meters southwest of Manila Bay, Philippines.

118. Periclimenes cristimanus Bruce, 1965

Periclimenes cristimanus Bruce, 1965:487, figs. 1, 2 [type locality: Pulau Sudong, near Pulau Salu, Singapore; 1°12.7′N, 103°43.65′E; associated with echinoid]; 1982e:243, fig. 6.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, lanceolate, horizontal, rostral formula 0 + 4–5/0, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of rostral series, situated considerably anterior to level of posterior orbital margin, lateral carina expanded posteriorly into supraorbital eave and spine; carapace with supraorbital tooth, hepatic spine stronger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle not produced; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines, both pairs arising in posterior art of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not ogival; antennular peduncle with 2 or 3 distolateral spines on basal segment; antennal scale about 3 times as long as wide, lateral margin straight, distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with fingers not pectinate on opposable margins, strongly carinate on extensor margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers art as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, about as wide as long, without distal spines, merus with lobe but no distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, biunguiculate, flexor margin obscurely sinuous, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length 3 mm.

RANGE.—Singapore, Malaysia, Hong Kong, Great Barrier Reef of Australia, and Marshall Islands; associated with echinoids.

*119. Periclimenes dentidactylus Bruce, 1984

FIGURE 22

Periclimenes dentidactylus Bruce, 1984a:7, figs. 1–6 [type locality: Makassar Strait southwest of Tandjung Mangkalihat, Borneo; 0°31.4′N, 117°50.1′E; 592–595 meters].

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum overreaching antennal scale, slenderly palaemonoid, nearly horizontal, dorsally slightly concave, rostral formula 1 + art, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated in line with or anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, extending distinctly beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle subacutely produced, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising in anterior art of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 strong distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 3 times as long as wide, lateral margin straight, distolateral tooth overreaching blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of chela, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers art–art as long as palm, carpus art–art as long as palm, about 1art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl subdistally truncate, with denticulate lobe on flexor margin, complexly biunguiculate, flexor margin nearly straight, propodus with few small spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod overreaching antennal scale; uropod reaching to about level of end of extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length 8 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Iligan Bay, northern Mindanao: sta 5515; 8°34′48″N, 124°01′24″E; about 1280 m (no sounding); 8 Aug 1909 (1042–1110); 12′ Tanner beam trawl: 1 ovig female [8.1].

RANGE.—Philippines and Indonesia; 592 to about 1280 m.

REMARKS.—The Albatross specimen of P. dentidactylus belonged to an undescribed species when it was first examined. The illustrations prepared at that time are reproduced here, not so much to show differences between this ovigerous female and the male holotype as to emphasize the similarities between the type specimen and one of the opposite sex taken at possibly more than twice the depth and more than 1000 km to the north.

120. Periclimenes digitalis Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) digitalis Kemp, 1922:224, fig. 65, pl. 8: fig. 12 [type locality: off “Viper Island,” Port Blair, Andaman Islands; 5art–9 meters].

Periclimenes digitalis.—Bruce, 1982e:240, figs. 4, 5.

FIGURE 22.—Periclimenes dentidactylus, ovigerous female from Albatross sta 5515 (Iligan Bay), carapace length 8.1 mm: a, entire shrimp in lateral view; b, anterior carapace, lateral aspect; c, same, dorsal aspect; d, sternum and bases of pereopods; e, tail fan; f, right antennule, dorsal aspect; g, right antenna, ventral aspect; h, right mandible; i, right 1st maxilla; j, right 2nd maxilla; k, right 1st maxilliped; l, right 2nd maxilliped; m, right 3rd maxilliped; n, right 1st pereopod; o, same, chela; p, right 2nd pereopod; q, same, fingers; r, right 3rd pereopod; s, same, dactyl; t, same, distal portion; u, right 4th pereopod; v, same, dactyl; w, same, distal portion; x, left 5th pereopod; y, same, dactyl, z, same, distal portion.↑

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum typically slightly overreaching antennal scale, sometimes shorter, palaemonoid, dorsally horizontal, rostral formula 2 + 6–9/1–2, posteriormost tooth slightly isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace with or without tubercular vestige of supraorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising in anterior art of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not ogival; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale fully 3 times as long as wide, lateral margin straight or faintly concave, distolateral tooth overreaching distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of chela and fully art of carpus, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers art–art as long as palm, carpus slightly longer than palm, nearly 9 times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus with small, acute distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl long and slender, not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin regularly concave, propodus without spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of dactyl and more than art of propodus; maximum postorbital carapace length fully 4 mm.

RANGE.—Zanzibar ? (Bruce, 1982e:243); Andaman Islands, Hong Kong?, and Flores Sea, Indonesia.

REMARKS.—The systematic status of this apparently uncommon species is uncertain because of the presence of a two-segmented mandibular palp in the specimens recorded by Bruce (1982e:243) from Zanzibar and Hong Kong.

121. Periclimenes diversipes Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) diversipes Kemp, 1922:179, figs. 36–39 [part; type locality: Kilakarai, Gulf of Mannar, southern India; low tide, among corals of genus Montipora].

Periclimenes diversipes.—Bruce, 1979f:221.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not reaching level of distal end of antennal scale, palaemonoid, directed slightly anteroventrad, except more anteriad apically, rostral formula 1 + 4–6/0–2, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated slightly anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital spine, hepatic spine no larger than antennal spine, arising directly posterior to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle bluntly triangular, not ovate; abdomen with 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising slightly posterior to mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale 2art–2art times as long as wide, lateral margin nearly straight, distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade: 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod reaching about to level of distal end of antennal scale, fingers minutely pectinate, visible only under high magnification; 2nd pereopods markedly unequal, dissimilar, fingers varying from art to more than twice as long as palm, major chela with fixed finger distally bidentate, carpus from less than art as long to longer than palm, from little longer than wide to more than 2art times as long, unarmed, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin concave, propodus without distinct spines on flexor margin, not segmented; maximum postorbital carapace length less than 2art mm.

RANGE.—Red Sea and Madagascar to Singapore and Gulf of Thailand, to Great Barrier Reef of Australia and Coral Sea; associated wiith scleractinian corals.

*122. Periclimenes elegans (Paulson, 1875)

Anch[istia] elegans Paulson, 1875:113, pl. 17: fig. 1 [type locality: Red Sea].

Periclimenes (Falciger) dubius Borradaile, 1915:211 [type locality: Minicoy, Laccadive Islands].

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) elegans.—Kemp, 1922:215, figs. 60–62.

Periclimenes (Harpilius) elegans.—Holthuis, 1952c:81, fig. 31.

Periclimenes elegans.—Bruce, 1983c:884.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum reaching to or beyond level of distal end of antennal scale, palaemonoid, directed slightly anterodorsad anteriorly, rostral formula 1–2 + 5–6/3–6, posteriormost tooth somewhat isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace with supraorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising slightly posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle convex, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising on anterior art of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale 4art–5art times as long as wide, lateral margin concave, distolateral tooth distinctly overreaching distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite with slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by about art length of chela, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers art–art as long as palm, carpus subequal to palm in length, 4–4art times as long as distal width, with 2 distal spines, merus with distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin slightly concave, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod not nearly reaching distal end of antennal scale; uropod not reaching level of distal end of extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length more than 4 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Off Jolo Island, Sulu Archipelago: sta 5141; 6°09′N, 120°58′E; 53 m; coral sand; 15 Feb 1908 (0847–0905); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 3 males [2.8–4.1] 9 females [2.7–4.0].—Near Siasi, Sulu Archipelago: sta 5147; 5°41′40″N, 120°47′10″E; 38 m; coral sand, shells; 16 Feb 1908 (1127–1147); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 3 ovig females [2.0–3.3].

RANGE.—Red Sea and western Indian Ocean to Hong Kong, Philippines, Great Barrier Reef of Australia, and Marshall Islands.

REMARKS.—Until the limits of variation of P. ensifrons are better known, the possibility that P. elegans is a junior synonym of that species, perhaps with regenerated second pereopods, must be considered (See Bruce, 1971:6 and 1984b: 145).

123. Periclimenes ensifrons (Dana, 1852)

Anchistia ensifrons Dana, 1852a:25 [type locality: Balabac Strait, North Borneo]; 1855, pl. 38: fig. 1a–g.

Periclimenes ensifrons.—Bruce, 1971f:5; 1984b:145.—Devaney and Bruce, 1987:230.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum reaching about to level of distal end of antennal scale, palaemonoid, curving anterodorsad, rostral formula 1–2 + 5–6/2–3, posteriormost tooth not much isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated about in line with hepatic spine; carapace with supraorbital spine, hepatic smaller than antennal spine, arising almost directly posterior to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite not much longer than 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, posterior pair arising only slightly posterior to midlength; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale fully 5art times as long as wide, lateral margin concave, distolateral tooth extending far beyond distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite probably with slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale; 2nd pereopod with fingers about art as long as palm, carpus nearly as long as palm, nearly 5 times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus with small distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin regularly concave, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod reaching about to distal end of antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 3 mm.

RANGE.—Red Sea, Comoro Islands and Aldabra, western Indian Ocean; off northern Burma; Marshall Islands; possibly Tuamotu Archipelago.

REMARKS.—The limits of variability and, therefore, the synonymy of P. ensifrons may require the study of more extensive collections.

124. Periclimenes foresti Bruce, 1981

Periclimenes foresti Bruce, 1981c:201, figs. 10, 11, 17c [type locality: southwest of Manila Bay, Luzon, Philippines; 14°00.0′N, 120°18.0′E—14°01.7′N, 120°20.2′E; 189–209 meters]; 1985b:232, figs. 2, 3.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum rather slender, directed anteroventrad, rostral formula 1–2 + 6–8/1–2, posteriormost tooth distinctly isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine larger than antennal spine, arising nearly in horizontal line with latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle triangularly produced but not ovate; eye with cornea small, hemispherical, not produced distally, antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 2art times as long as wide, lateral margin convex at least proximally, distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1 st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of chela; fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopods distinctly unequal, fingers nearly art as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, little longer than distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl rather abruptly constricted but not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin slightly sinuous, propodus with few indistinct spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; maximum postorbital carapace length 12 mm.

RANGE.—Both recorded specimens of P. foresti were collected from the same general area southwest of Manila Bay, Philippines, in 136–209 m.

125. Periclimenes foveolatus Bruce, 1981

Periclimenes foveolatus Bruce, 1981c:196, figs. 6–9, 17a,b, 18b,e [type locality: southwest of Manila Bay, Philippines; 14°01.0′N, 120°15.8′E—13°59.2′N, 120°18.8′E; 191–188 meters].

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument pitted on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, slenderly palaemonoid, directed anteroventrad to variable degree, rostral formula 0–1 + 7–9/3–6, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine larger than antennal spine, arising somewhat posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle ovate in male; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of small dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising at about mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment, antennal scale about 2art times as long as wide, lateral margin convex, distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by at least length of chela, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopods slightly unequal, similar, fingers more or less than art as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, about 1art as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl devoid of denticulate lobe on flexor margin, but biunguiculate with minute accessory tooth on faintly sinuous flexor margin, propodus with few small spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod overreaching antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length 9art mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the type series from southwest of Manila Bay, Philippines; 187–195 m.

126. Periclimenes galene Holthuis, 1952

Periclimenes (Harpilius) galene Holthuis, 1952c:11, 62, fig. 24 [type locality: Ambon and “islet near Menado,” Indonesia].

Periclimenes galene.—Bruce, 1976d:12, figs. 3, 4; 1983d:207.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, tapering to slender apex, horizontal, rostral formula 0–1 + 4–7/0, epigastric tooth, if present, movable, isolated from remainder of rostral series, situated in vertical line with hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine fully as large as antennal spine, arising directly posterior or slightly posterodorsad to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle bluntly lobate, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite fully twice as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising slightly anterior to mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 3art times as long as wide, lateral margin faintly concave, distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1 st pereopod not reaching distal end of antennal scale, fingers distally expanded, not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers art as long as palm, carpus 1art times as long as palm, 6art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod prehensile, dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin regularly concave, propodus expanded subdistally, with strong spines on distal flexor margin, not segmented; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length fully 3 mm.

RANGE.—Eastern Africa, Indonesia, and Great Barrier Reef of Australia; associated with hydroids.

127. Periclimenes gracilis (Dana, 1852)?

Anchistia gracilis Dana, 1952a:25; [type locality: Sulu Sea]; 1952b:578; 1955, pl. 37: fig. 5.—Bruce and Svoboda, 1984:97.—Bruce, 1989b:180, fig. 4B.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, palaemonoid, horizontal, rostral formula 0 + 5–6/1, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine arising posteroventral to antennal spine, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale with distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale; 2nd pereopod with fingers about art as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, about 1art times as long as distal width, with 2 distal spines, merus with distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, biunguiculate (?), flexor margin somewhat sinuous, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; postorbital carapace length about 3art mm.

RANGE.—Known with certainty only from the type locality in the Sulu Sea.

REMARKS.—This species has not been satisfactorily identified with any current pontoniine concept. It is very possible, as suggested by Bruce and Svoboda (1984:97) and by Bruce (1989b:180), that Anchistia gracilis Dana, 1852 (= Periclimenes gracilis), is a senior synonym of Harpilius depressus Stimpson, 1860 (= Harpiliopsis depressa). As illustrated by Dana, the former species differs from the latter in having only one tooth, rather than two or three, on the unusual contour of the ventral margin of the rostrum, and apparently in having the dactyl of the third pereopod biunguiculate, rather than simple with double, stout, subdistal setae. In support of that conclusion is the not unusual dentition of the incisor process of the mandible described and illustrated by Dana (1852b:578 and 1855, pl. 37: fig. 5d) (see illustration of mandible of H. depressa in Holthuis, 1952c, fig. 90a).

128. Periclimenes grandis (Stimpson, 1860)

Anchistia grandis Stimpson, 1860:39 [type locality: Amami O Shima, Ryukyu Islands].

Periclimenes vitiensis Borradaile, 1898:383 [type locality: Viti Levu, Fiji Islands].—Bruce, 1978f:266, fig. 9.

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) grandis.—Kemp, 1922:210, figs. 58, 59, pl. 7: fig. 10.

Periclimenes grandis.—Bruce, 1975f:23, fig. 1 [color]; 1976d:6, fig. 2; 1978a:217.—Devaney and Bruce, 1987:230.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum reaching to slightly beyond level of distal end of antennal scale, palaemonoid, curving slightly anterodorsad, rostral formula 1–2 + 6–8/2–5, posteriormost tooth not widely separated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace with supraorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle triangular, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising in anterior art of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 4 times as long as wide, lateral margin concave, distolateral tooth distinctly overreaching distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite with slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of fingers, latter not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers art to art as long as palm, carpus art–art as long as palm, 4 to more than 5 times as long as distal width, with 1 distal spine, merus with distinct distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin concave, propodus with few spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod not overreaching antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length nearly 4art mm.

RANGE.—Red Sea to Mozambique, eastward to Ryukyu Islands, Kyushu, Indonesia, Great Barrier Reef of Australia, Marshall Islands, and Tuvalu.

REMARKS.—Like P. elegans, this species may eventually prove to be a junior synonym of P. ensiferus.

129. Periclimenes hertwigi Balss, 1913

Periclimenes hertwigi Balss, 1913:235 [type locality: Sagami Nada, Japan; 120 meters, on echinoid].—Bruce, 1983d:208; 1990a:151, figs. 1, 2, 39c.

Periclimenes Hertwigi.—Balss, 1914b:49, figs. 28–30.

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) gracilirostris Kubo, 1940b:41, figs. 8–10 [type locality: Kumano Nada off Mie Prefecture, Japan; about 310 meters].

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) hertwigi.—Holthuis, 1952c:43, figs. 11, 12.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum reaching to or slightly beyond level of distal end of antennal scale, slender, directed very slightly anteroventrad, rostral formula 1 + art, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine larger than antennal spine, arising just posteroventral to latter, extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle blunt, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite slightly less than twice as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising at about mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 2art times as long as wide, lateral margin nearly straight, distolateral tooth reaching to or slightly beyond level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by entire lengths of chela and carpus, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins except for minor serrations near tips; 2nd pereopod with fingers about art as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, slightly longer than distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl subdistally truncate, with denticulate lobe on flexor margin, not truly biunguiculate, flexor margin moderately convex, propodus with few obscure spinules on flexor margin, not subdivided; 5th pereopod overreaching antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 7 mm.

RANGE.—Japan, East China Sea, Indonesia, Queensland, Australia, and New Caledonia; 120–600 meters, associated with echinoids.

*130. Periclimenes holthuisi Bruce, 1969

Urocaris longicaudata.—Pearson, 1905:78, pl. 1: fig. 5 [not Urocaris longicaudatus Stimpson, 1860].

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) aesopius.—Holthuis, 1952c:34, figs. 5, 6 [not Anchistia aesopia Bate, 1863].

Periclimenes holthuisi Bruce, 1969b:258 [type locality: “Lung Ha Wan,” N.T., Hong Kong; 22°18.5′N, 114°18.2′E; 4 meters, associated with sea anemones].—Bruce and Svoboda. 1983:10, fig. 3; 1984:94.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, slender, generally horizontal but arched dorsally and anteriorly directed anteroventrad, rostral formula 1–2 + 7–9/1–2, posteriormost tooth not distinctly isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine somewhat stronger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle acutely subovate; abdomen with compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite twice as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, both pairs arising in posterior art of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 small distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 2art as long as wide, lateral margin nearly straight, distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by fully length of fingers, latter not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopods equal, similar, with fingers nearly or quite as long as palm, carpus also about as long as palm, about 3art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, biunguiculate, flexor margin variably sinuous, propodus with few spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod not reaching far beyond end of antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 3art mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Sulu Sea, northeast of Dumaran Island: sta 5423; 10°37′50″N, 120°12′E; 93 m; sand; 8 Apr 1909 (1534–1554); 6′ McCormick-Blake beam trawl: 1 ovig female [6.0].

RANGE.—Red Sea and eastern Africa to Maldive Islands, Sri Lanka, South China Sea, Hong Kong, Japan (?), Philippines, Indonesia, New Guinea, Australia, Lord Howe Island, New Caledonia, Palau, and Marshall Islands; 34–45 m, associated with sea anemones, corals, and medusae.

*131. Periclimenes incertus Borradaile, 1915

Periclimenes (Cristiger) incertus Borradaile, 1915:210 [type locality: Maldive Islands]; 1917:364, pl. 53: fig. 7.

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) impar Kemp, 1922:140,147, figs. 16, 17, pl. 3: fig. 1 [type locality: Port Blair, Andaman Islands; 9 meters, on pinkish sponge].

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) incertus.—Holthuis, 1959:193.

Periclimenes incertus.—Bruce, 1980a:10, fig. 5.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, palaemonoid, nearly horizontal, rostral formula 1–2 + 7–8/1–2, posteriormost tooth usually somewhat isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising at about mid-length: eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 3art times as long as wide, lateral margin slightly concave, distolateral tooth not quite reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod reaching about to distal end of antennal scale, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers about art as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, about 2art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, biunguiculate, flexor margin concave, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod overreaching antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 4 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Marungas Island (south side), Sulu Archipelago; [6°06′N, 120°58′E]; 1art–2art mm; scattered coral and sand; 10 Feb 1908 (1330–1500); diving, coral heads taken shore: 1 male [2.1].—Off Jolo Island, Sulu Archipelago: sta 5139; 6°06′N, 121°02′30″E; 37 m; coral sand; 14 Feb 1908 (1313–1317); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 1 female [1.7]; sta 5141; 6°09′N, 120°58′E; 53 m; coral sand; 15 Feb 1908 (0847–0905); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 1 male [1.9]; sta 5145; 6°04′30″N, 120°59′30″E; 42 m; coral sand, shells; 15 Feb 1908 (1344–1359); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 1 ovig female [2.0].—Near Siasi, Sulu Archipelago: sta 5147; 5°41′40″N, 120°47′10″E; 38 m; coral sand, shells; 16 Feb 1908 (1127–1147); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 2 males [1.9, 1.9] 1 ovig female [1.9].

RANGE.—Aden to Madagascar, east to Philippines, Indonesia, Australia, and New Caledonia; to a depth of 53 m. (apparently a new depth record), associated with sponges.

132. Periclimenes indicus (Kemp, 1915)

Urocaris indica Kemp, 1915:275. fig. 26, pl. 13: fig. 9 [type locality: Chilka Lake, Orissa, India; fresh and brackish water].

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) indicus.—Kemp, 1922:144, fig. 13.—Holthuis, 1952c:39, fig. 8.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, crested above orbit, horizontal, rostral formula 2 + 6–8/1–3, posteriormost tooth isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about twice as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising at about mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale 3art–3art times as long as wide, lateral margin straight, distolateral tooth not reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod not overreaching antennal scale; 2nd pereopod with fingers fully as long as palm, carpus slightly more or less than twice as long as palm, fully 5 times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, biunguiculate, flexor margin concave, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod overreaching antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 3 mm.

RANGE.—India, Nicobar Islands, Malaya, Singapore, Indonesia, and Queensland, Australia; to a depth of 55 meters.

133. Periclimenes inornatus Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) inornatus Kemp, 1922;191, figs. 43–46 [type locality: Port Blair, Andaman Islands].

Periclimenes aff. inornatus Fransen, 1989:136, fig. 2.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum directed anteroventrad not overreaching antennal scale, shallow, ventrally convex, rostral formula 7–8/0–2, posterior tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated slightly anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle distinctly produced, subacute, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 1.5 times length of 5th; telson with 2 pairs of well-developed dorsal spines, anterior pair at about 0.3 of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 small distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 2.2 times longer than wide, lateral margin feebly convex, distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite with transverse ridge with small open median notch; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by fingers of chela, fingers subspatulate, margins pectinate; 2nd pereopod with fingers about art as long as palm, carpus about art of palm length, about 1art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, flexor margin sinuously concave, propodus without spines, not segmented; 5th pereopod reaching to about art of scale length; uropod slightly exceeding extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length more than 4 mm.

RANGE.—Kenya, Zanzibar, Seychelles, Comoro, Maldive and Andaman islands, Ryukyu Islands, Indonesia, South China Sea, Great Barrier Reef, Fiji and Caroline islands.

134. Periclimenes johnsoni Bruce, 1987

Periclimenes (Harpilius) calmani.—Johnson, 1962b:59 [not P. calmani Tattersall, 1921].

Periclimenes johnsoni Bruce, 1987c:115 [type locality: Pasir Laba, Singapore; 1°21′N, 103°38′E].

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum overreaching antennal scale, palaemonoid, nearly horizontal, rostral formula 1 + 7–9/4–5, posteriormost tooth somewhat isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising slightly posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle convexly triangular, not ovate, abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite fully 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterioir margin, anterior pair arising anterior to mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 2 distolateral spines on basal segment; antennal scale about 3art times as long as wide, lateral margin nearly straight, distolateral tooth reaching nearly to level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite with slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers subequal to palm in length, carpus 1art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin concave, propodus with few spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod not reaching distal margin of antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 2art mm.

RANGE.—Known only from tidal stream on Singapore.

135. Periclimenes jugalis Holthuis, 1952

Periclimenes (Harpilius) jugalis Holthuis, 1952c:11, 67, fig. 26 [type locality: Djedan, Kepulauan Aru, Indonesia; 13 meters].

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, slender, directed slightly anteroventral, rostral formula 1 + art, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of rostral series, situated in line with or anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle not ovate; abdomen with 6th somite nearly twice as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines, both pairs arising in posterior art of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale with lateral margin nearly straight, distolateral tooth not reaching level of distal margin of blade; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of fingers, latter not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers about art as long as palm, carpus fully art as long as palm, about 3art as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin regularly concave, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; uropod overreaching extended telson; postorbital carapace length about 4 mm.

RANGE.—Zanzibar and Indonesia.

136. Periclimenes kempi Bruce, 1969

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) diversipes Kemp, 1922:179, figs. 36–39 [part].

Periclimenes kempi Bruce, 1969b:260 [type locality: Hurghada, Red Sea coast of Egypt; 27°14′N, 38°50′E; 1 meter, associated with alcyonarians]; 1979f:224; 1981g:80, fig. 2.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, palaemonoid, nearly horizontal, 0+5–8/0–2, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine little longer than antennal spine, arising posteriad and slightly ventrad to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle acutely produced, not quite subovate; abdomen without distinct compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising at about mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale with distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of fingers, latter pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers about art as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, about 3 times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin convex at extreme proximal end of flexor margin, concave distally, propodus with 1 distal spinule on flexor margin, not segmented; uropod distinctly overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 1art mm.

RANGE.—Red Sea, Zanzibar, Andaman Islands, Singapore, Australia, and Fiji Islands; associated with alcyonarians.

137. Periclimenes kororensis Bruce, 1977

Periclimenes kororensis Bruce, 1977c:33, figs. 1–4 [type locality: Koror, Palau Islands; associated with fungiid coral].—Bruce and Svoboda, 1984:94, figs. 5, 6.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not quite reaching level of end of antennal scale, shallow, directed anterodorsad in anterior art, rostral formula 1–2 + 5–6/3–5, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine more prominent than antennal spine, arising directly posterior to or somewhat posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle convex, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising at about mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral tooth on basal segment; antennal scale about 4art times as long as wide, lateral margin distinctly concave, distolateral tooth not reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite with slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by more than length of chela, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopods equal and similar, fingers art as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, 7art times as long as distal width, with 2 distal spines, merus with distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate but slightly constricted at base of unguis, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin faintly sinuous, propodus with single distal spinule on flexor margin, not segmented; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 4art mm.

RANGE.—Cebu, Philippines; Palau Islands; and Queensland, Australia; associated with fungiid corals.

*138. Periclimenes lanipes Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) lanipes Kemp, 1922:156, pl. 4: fig. 4 [type locality: Mergui Archipelago; 12°48′N, 98°16′10″E; 44 meters].

Periclimenes lanipes.—Bruce, 1971g:11, figs, 3, 4, 5c,d; 1978a:228, fig. 11.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum overreaching antennal scale little if at all, rather shallow, directed distinctly anteroventrad, rostral formula 0 + 7–10/0–1, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posterior or posterodoral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle triangular, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite little if at all longer than 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising at about mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale only twice as long as wide, lateral margin convex basally, nearly straight distal thereto, distolateral tooth reaching about to level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by more than length of chela, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins of fingers; 2nd pereopod with fingers less than art as long as palm, carpus about art length of palm, about as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus with strong distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, biunguiculate, accessory tooth small, flexor margin straight, becoming concave distally, propodus clothed with long, woolly hairs on flexor margin, not segmented, 5th pereopod not reaching distal end of antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 4art mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Jolo Island, Sulu Archipelago; [5°58′N, 121°06′E]; shore; 12 Feb 1908: 1 ovig female [3.2].—Near Siasi, Sulu Archipelago: sta 5146; 5°46′40″E, 120°48′50″E; 44 m; coral sand, shells; 16 Feb 1908 (1011–1031); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 1 male [3.0] 6 ovig females [3.0–4.2]; sta 5147; 5°41′40″N, 120°47′10″E; 38 m; coral sand, shells; 16 Feb 1908 (1127–1147); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 2 ovig female [4.1, 4.3].

RANGE.—Somalia to Madagascar, eastward to South China Sea, Philippines, Singapore, Australia, and New Caledonia; associated with basket stars (Euryalida).

139. Periclimenes latipollex Kemp, 1922

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) latipollex Kemp, 1922:150, fig. 18, pl. 4: fig. 3 [type locality: Mergui Archipelago; 12°15′20″N, 97°10′10″E; 113 meters].—Holthuis, 1952c:47, figs. 13, 14.

Periclimenes latipollex.—Bruce, 1971f:8; 1981c:195, fig. 3.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum typically overreaching antennal scale, shallow, nearly horizontal, rostral formula 2–3 + 5–6/2–3, posteriormost tooth not distinctly isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series but arising slightly farther from 2nd tooth than latter from 3rd, situated slightly posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine no larger than antennal spine, arising directly posterior to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle bluntly triangular, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising slightly anterior to mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale typically about 3 times as long as wide, distolateral tooth reaching to about level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of fingers, latter not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers about art as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, about 1art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, biunguiculate, flexor margin straight proximally, concave distally, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod overreaching antennal scale; maximum postorbital carapace length more than 4 mm.

RANGE.—Eastern Africa to Philippines and Indonesia; 78 to more than 300 meters, possibly associated with gorgonians.

REMARKS.—The records of P. latipollex in the literature suggest that it is either an unusually variable species or that the name has been applied to more than one species. The specimens recorded by Holthuis (1952c:47) from Kaulauan Kai in 304 meters have the accessory tooth on the dactyl of the third pereopod microscopic, whereas it is small but distinct in the type specimens from the Mergui Archipelago in 113 meters and in the Philippine specimen identified by Bruce (1981c:195). On the other hand, the latter specimen has the rostrum less shallow, curving dorsad, and armed with 10 dorsal teeth, three of which are situated on the carapace posterior to the level of the orbit, and the antennal scale fully 3art times as long as wide.

140. Periclimenes longirostris (Borradaile, 1915)

Palaemonella longirostris Borradaile, 1915:210 [type locality: Naifaro Island, Fadifollu Atoll, Maldive Islands].

Pariclimenes (Falciger) affinis Borradaile, 1915:211 [type locality: Salomon Island, Chagos Archipelago; not Palaemonella affinis Zehntner, 1894].

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) proximus Kemp, 1922:201, figs. 51–53 [type locality: Port Blair, Andaman Islands; 7–15 meters].

Periclimenes (Harpilius) longirostris.—Holthuis, 1958:3, fig. 1.

Periclimenes longirostris.—Bruce, 1981c:195, figs. 4, 18a,d.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum reaching nearly to level of or overreaching antennal scale, shallowly palaemonoid, directed slightly anterodorsad anteriorly, rostral formula 1 + 5–6/2–3, posteriormost tooth not distinctly isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series but arising slightly farther from 2nd tooth than latter from 3rd, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace with supraorbital spine, hepatic spine no larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle weakly triangular, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising anterior to mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale 4art–5art times as long as wide, lateral margin distinctly concave, distolateral tooth far overreaching distal margin of narrow blade; 4th thoracic sternite with slender median process; 1st pereopod far overreaching antennal scale, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers slightly more or less than art as long as palm, carpus longer or shorter than palm, 7–8 times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus with distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin distinctly concave, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod reaching about as far as distal end of antennal scale; uropod not overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 2art mm.

RANGE.—Northern Red Sea and western Indian Ocean to Philippines, Indonesia, Papua, northeastern Australia, and Marshall Islands; to a depth of at least 17 meters.

141. Periclimenes lutescens (Dana, 1852)

Harpilius lutescens Dana, 1852a:25 [type locality: Tongatapu Island, Tonga Islands]; 1852b:576; 1855:12, pl. 37: fig. 4.—Kemp, 1922:235, figs. 72, 73.

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) amamiensis Kubo, 1940b:44, figs. 11, 12 [type locality: Amami O Shima, Ryukyu Islands].

Periclimenes (Harpilius) lutescens.—Holthuis, 1952c:88 [part], fig. 35.

Periclimenes lutescens.—Bruce, 1972f:411, fig. 1A [right drawing]; 1975f:27, fig. 15 [color]; 1976c:98; 1977h:73 [color figure]; 1977i:3.—Holthuis, 1981:796.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, palaemonoid, nearly horizontal, rostral formula 1–2 + 5–7/1–2. posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle triangular, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, both pairs arising in posterior art of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale with distolateral tooth distinctly overreaching distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite with short, stout median process; 1st pereopod exceeding antennal scale by length of chela, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers fully art as long as palm, carpus less than art as long as palm, about 1art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus with distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin strongly concave, propodus not segmented, non-spinulate; maximum postorbital carapace length about 7art mm.

RANGE.—Known with assurance from Red Sea and eastern Africa eastward to Japan, Indonesia, and Great Barrier Reef of Australia, at least to Solomon and Samoa islands, and perhaps eastward to limits of range of Acropora; associated with branching corals of genera Acropora and, less commonly, Seriatopora.

REMARKS.—See “Remarks” under P. consobrinus.

The striped color pattern illustrated by Dana (1855, pl. 37: fig. 4) is so different from the one displayed by the species currently associated with the name P. lutescens (Bruce, 1975f, fig. 15, and 1977h:73) that there is a tendency to believe that Dana's name is now misapplied to a different species. The remark by Dana (1852b:577), however, “Colors probably not constant for the species” suggests the possibility that his material included more than one species. The single character illustrated by Dana that seems to relate most exactly to the current conception of the species is the peculiar second maxilliped (pl. 37: fig. 4f). Except for the inadvertently missing flexor margin of the penultimate segment, that illustration is remarkably similar to those offered by Holthuis (1952c, fig. 35e) and Bruce (1972f, fig. 1A). On the basis of that character and the Samoan record cited by Bruce (1977i:3)—which suggests the presence of the species in the Tonga Islands (Dana's type locality)—would it not be desirable in the interest of stability—to assume the identity of the species described by Dana with the one now generally known by the same name?

142. Periclimenes magnificus Bruce, 1979

Periclimenes magnificus Bruce, 1979d:195, figs. 1–5, pl. 1: figs. A–C [type locality: Wistari Reef, Capricorn Islands, Queensland, Australia; 26–29 meters].—Cases and Storch, 1981:15.—Bruce and Svoboda, 1984:96.—Fransen. 1989:143, figs. 4b,c, 5e–8. 6i–m. 7i–p.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, shallow, slightly arched, rostral formula 1 + 7–8/1–2, posteriormost tooth isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle acutely subovate; abdomen with low, compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about twice as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising at about mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 dorsolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 2art times as long as wide, lateral margin moderately convex to base of distolateral tooth, latter not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of fingers, latter not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers art as long as palm, carpus art as long as palm, 2art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, biunguiculate, flexor margin concave, propodus with few obscure spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 6art mm.

RANGE.—Southern Japan, Philippines, Indonesia, and Great Barrier Reef of Australia; 3–29 meters, associated with scleractinian corals and sea anemones.

143. Periclimenes nilandensis Borradaile, 1915

Pariclimenes (Falciger) nilandensis Borradaile, 1915:211 [type locality: Nilandu Atoll, Maldive Islands]; 1917:372, pl. 54: fig. 13.

Periclimenes (Harpilius) nilandensis.—Holthuis, 1952c:58, fig. 22.

Periclimenes nilandensis.—Bruce, 1978a:222, figs. 8, 9.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum reaching as far as or overreaching distal end of antennal scale, palaemonoid, nearly horizontal, rostral formula 2 + 6–8/3–5, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace with postorbital spine, hepatic spine slightly larger than antennal spine, arising slightly posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle bluntly triangular, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising anterior to mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale fully 3 times as long as wide, lateral margin straight or slightly concave, distolateral tooth reaching to or slightly beyond level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite with slender median process; 1st pereopod slightly overreaching antennal scale, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers art as long as palm, carpus art as long as palm; about about 3 times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin concave, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 3 mm.

RANGE.—Eastern Africa to Maldive Islands, South China Sea, Indonesia, and Queensland, Australia; associated with gorgonians and, less commonly, hydroids.

144. Periclimenes ornatus Bruce, 1969

Periclimenes ornatus Bruce, 1969b:266 [type locality: Lung Ha Wan, Hong Kong]; 1982e:252, figs. 11, 12.—Fransen, 1989:136, fig. 3a–i.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, rather deep, horizontal, rostral formula 0 + 6–7/0–1, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated slightly posterior to level of orbital margin, anterior to hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital tooth, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteriorly and slightly ventrally to level of latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle acute, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th, telson with 2 pairs of well-developed dorsal spines anterior to posterior margin, at about 0.3 and 0.6 of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not ogival; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral tooth on basal segment; antennal scale about 2art times as long as wide, lateral margin straight, distolateral tooth not exceeding distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic stemite with transverse ridge having small closed median notch; 1st pereopod with fingers subspatulate, cutting edges entire; 2nd pereopods similar, subequal, with fingers about art as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, about 1art times longer than wide, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin concave, propodus with small distoventral spine only, not segmented; uropod not overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length to about 4.8 mm.

RANGE.—Red Sea, Kenya, Japan, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Great Barrier Reef, Norfolk Island to Marshall Islands.

145. Periclimenes pectiniferus Holthuis, 1952

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) pectiniferus Holthuis, 1952c:48, figs. 15, 16 [type locality: Pulau Kabaladua, Makassar Strait, Indonesia; 22 m].

Periclimenes pectiniferus.—Bruce, 1983d:209.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum somewhat palaemonid, not overreaching antennal scale, directed slightly anteroventrad, rostral formula 1–2 + 7/1, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated nearly in line with hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle triangular, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising at mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not ogival; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 3 times as long as wide, lateral margin slightly concave, distolateral tooth not quite reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by slightly more than length of chela, fingers subspatulate, pectinate on greater part of opposable margins; 2nd pereopods slender, subequal, fingers art as long as palm, carpus art as long as palm, about 2art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, biunguiculate, flexor margin nearly straight, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; uropod overreaching extended telson; postorbital carapace length about 3 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from a single specimen from east of Townsville, Queensland, Australia, in 30–35m, in addition to the two syntypes from Makassar Strait.

146. Periclimenes pilipes Bruce and Zmarzly, 1983

Periclimenes pilipes Bruce and Zmarzly, 1983:644, figs. 1–6 [type locality:southern tip of Medren Islet, Enewetak Atoll, Marshall Islands; 11°24′N, 162°22′E; 3 m].—Bruce, 1989b:177, fig. 3a.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, narrowly palaemonid, directed slightly anteroventrad, rostral formula 0 + 5–7/1–2, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated slightly anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine more robust than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle triangular, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising slightly posterior to mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with at least 2 distolateral spines on basal segment, antennal scale about 2art times as long as wide, lateral margin nearly straight, distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod slightly overreaching antennal scale, fingers minutely crenulate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopods unequal, similar, fingers about art as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, about 1art times as long as wide, unarmed, merus with distal angle of flexor margin bluntly produced, not dentate; 3rd pereopod with dactyl very unequally biunguiculate and with 3 long, slender spines in same transverse line arising from distodorsal margin of corpus at base of unguis, flexor margin distinctly sinuous but without denticulate lobe, propodus with few small spines on distal art of flexor margin, not segmented; uropod considerably overreaching extended telson; postorbital carapace length about 3art mm.

RANGE.—Philippines and Marshall Islands; associated with crinoids.

147. Periclimenes platycheles Holthuis, 1952

Periclimenes (Harpilius) platycheles Holthuis, 1952c:85, fig. 33 [type locality: the 2 syntypes came from two different Indonesian localities: Pulau Fau west of Pulau Gebe, Halmahera Sea (31 m) and off Atiationim, Western New Guinea (to 57 m)].—Miyake and Fujino, 1968:409, fig. 3c–f.

Periclimenes platycheles.—Bruce, 1983d:210.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum slightly overreaching antennal scale, slender, directed anterodorsad in anterior art, rostral formula 1 + 5–6/5–6, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated slightly posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle broadly rounded, not spatulate; abdomen with 6th somite 1art times as long as fifth; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising anterior to mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale 4art times as long as wide, lateral margin deeply concave, distolateral spine distinctly overreaching truncate distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite with slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of chela, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers art as long as palm, carpus more than 7 times as long as distal width, with 2 distal spines, merus with distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin concave, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod overreaching antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length less than 3 mm.

RANGE.—Indonesia; Queensland, Australia; and Palau Islands.

*148. Periclimenes psamathe (De Man, 1902)

Urocaris psamathe De Man, 1902:816, pl. 25: fig. 51 [type locality: Ternate].

Periclimenes (Harpilius) psamathe.—Holthuis, 1952c:61, fig. 23.—Monod, 1976:14, figs. 1–28.

Periclimenes psamathe.—Bruce and Svoboda, 1984:94.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum far overreaching antennal scale, slender, slightly crested above orbit, directed sinuously anteriorad or anterodorsad, rostral formula 1 + 2 + 2 + 1/0, distoventral margins of 3 posterior teeth finely serrate, posteriormost tooth isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated variably posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posterior or posterodorsal to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle variably produced anteriorly, sometimes subspatulate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 3 times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, both pairs arising in posterior art of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale 4art times as long as wide, lateral margin nearly straight, distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of chela, fingers pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopods grossly unequal, major chela with fingers about art as long as palm, carpus 2art times as long as palm, nearly 25 times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin rather deeply concave distally, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod overreaching antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length more than 7 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Off Jolo Island, Sulu Archipelago; sta 5141; 6°09′N, 120°58′E; 53 m; coral sand; 15 Feb 1908 (0847–0905); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 1 male [1.9] 2 ovig females [4.2, 4.3]; sta 5145; 6°04′30″N, 120°59′30″E; 42 m; coral sand, shells; 15 Feb 1908 (1344–1359); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 3 females [4.0–5.3], 2 ovig [4.0, 5.3].

RANGE.—Eastern Africa to South China Sea, Japan, Philippines, Great Barrier Reef of Australia, New Caledonia, and Marshall Islands; associated with gorgonians.

149. Periclimenes rectirostris Bruce, 1981

Periclimenes rectirostris Bruce, 1981c:204. figs. 12–15 [type locality: southwest of Manila Bay, Luzon, Philippines; 13°53.1′N, 120°08.9′E—13°53.3′N. 120°10.7′E; 134–129 meters, probably associated with echinoid Eremopyga].

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum overreaching antennal scale, shallow, tapering, horizontal, rostral formula 0 + 11–12/4–5, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated far anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine stouter but not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising slightly posterodorsal to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle subquadrate, not spatulate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite fully 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, both pairs arising in posterior art of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 5 times as long as wide, lateral margin nearly straight, distolateral tooth reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic stemite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by about length of chela, fingers subspatulate, pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers nearly as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, about 2 art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus with small distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin obscurely sinuously concave, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length nearly 6 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the three type specimens from southwest of Manila Bay; 134–129 meters.

150. Periclimenes seychellensis Borradaile, 1915

Periclimenes (Falciger) seychellensis Borradaile, 1915:212 [type locality: Praslin, Seychelles].

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) seychellensis.—Kemp. 1922:176, figs. 34. 35: pl. 6: fig. 7.

Periclimenes seychellensis.—Bruce. 1974d:192.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum overreaching antennal scale slightly, if at all, palaemonoid, directed slightly anterodorsad, rostral formula 2 + 5–8/2–5, posteriormost tooth somewhat but not widely isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated distinctly posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle bluntly acute, not spatulate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising anterior to midlength; eye with comea hemispherical, not produced distally, stalk with dorsal tubercle; antennular peduncle with I distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale 3 or more times as long as wide, lateral margin slightly concave, distolateral tooth reaching nearly or quite to level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic stemite with slender median process; 1st pereopod not overreaching antennal scale, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers fully as long as palm, carpus subequal to or slightly shorter than palm, nearly 4 times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin concave, propodus with few spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod not overreaching antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 4 mm.

RANGE.—Red Sea to Mozambique, eastward to Indonesia, Papua, Australia, New Caledonia, and Marshall Islands; in algal communities.

151. Periclimenes sibogae Holthuis, 1952

Periclimenes (Harpilius) sibogae Holthuis. 1952c:73, figs. 28. 29 [type locality: anchorage. Kepulauan Banda. Indonesia: 9–36 meters].

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, shallow, sinuously horizontal, rostral formula 1 + art, posteriormost tooth isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated in line with or slightly posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine smaller than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle shallowly rounded, not spatulate; abdomen with 6th somite only slightly longer than 5th; eye with comea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 6 times as long as wide, lateral margin deeply sulcate, distolateral tooth distinctly overreaching distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic stemite with short, stout median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of chela and part of carpus, fingers spatulate, pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers art as long as palm, carpus less than art as long as palm, more than twice as long as distal width, armed with 3 distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin concave, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; postorbital carapace length about 4 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the unique holotype from Kepulauan Banda, Indonesia; 9–36 meters. (Dr. Holthuis has informed us that the specimens from the Sudanese Red Sea identified by him as P. sibogae and reported by Edwards and Emberton (1980:236) may not belong to this species.)

*152. Periclimenes sinensis Bruce, 1969

Periclimenes sinensis Bruce, (July)1969b:270 [type locality: Hong Kong; on alcyonarian]; 1982e:255, figs. 13. 14.

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) setoensis Fujino and Miyake, (November) 1969a:149, figs. 4, 5 [type localitty: Shiso-jima, Tanabe Bay, Wakayama Prefecture, Japan; 5 meters, associated with alcyonarian].

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, palaemonoid, nearly horizontal, rostral formula 1 + 8–9/2, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated in line with or anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle bluntly triangular, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite more than 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising at about mid-length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale 2 art times as long as wide, lateral margin nearly straight, distolateral tooth not reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod over reaching antennal scale by about length of fingers, latter not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopods subequal, similar, fingers about as long as palm, carpus art as long as palm, more than twice as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, biunguiculate, flexor margin concave, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod not overreaching antennal scale; uropod slightly overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length 2.3 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Off Jolo Islands, Sulu Archipelago: sta 5141; 6°09′N, 120°58E; 53 m; coral sand; 15 Feb 1908 (0848–0905); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 1 ovig female [1.3].—Near Siasi, Sulu Archipelago: sta 5147; 5°41′40″N, 120°47′10″E; 38 m; coral sand, shells; 16 Feb 1908 (1127–1147); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 1 ovig female [2.1].—Off Tawitawi, Sulu Archipelago: sta 5151; 5°24′40″N, 120°27′15″E; 44 m; coarse sand, shells; 18 Feb 1908 (1307–1327); 12′Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 1 cephalothorax [2.0].

RANGE.—Known previously only from Hong Kong and Japan; associated with alcyonarians. The depths at which the species was taken by the Albatross (to 53 m) represent a considerable extension of the known bathymetric range.

REMARKS.—The posterior four or five teeth of the dorsal rostral series are articulated (not indicated by Fujino and Miyake) and the distolateral spine on the basal segment of the antennular peduncle resembles the illustration in Bruce (1982e, fig. 14B) more closely than the one in Fujino and Miyake (1969a, fig. 5a). On the other hand, the antennal scale and the dactyl of the third pereopod are more like those illustrated by Fujino and Miyake (1969a, fig. 5a,i) than those in Bruce (1982e, fig. 14C, and 13I,J).

153. Periclimenes soror Nobili, 1904

?Periclimenes parasiticus Borradaile. 1898:384 [type locality: Milne Bay, Papua].—Bruce, 1975d:28l, fig. 2.

Periclimenes soror Nobili, 1904:232 [type locality: Djibouti].—Gordon, 1939:395, figs. 1–3.—Bruce, 1978e:299, figs. 1–6.—Bruce and Svoboda, 1984:98.

Periclimenes (Cristiger) frater Borradaile, 1915:210 [type locality: Seychelles].

Periclimenes bicolor Edmondson. 1935:10, fig. 3 [type locality: Kaneohe Bay, Oahu, Hawaii; on asteroid].

Periclimenes (Periclimenes) soror.—Holthuis, 1952c:51, fig. 17.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, rather deep, directed anteriorad or very slightly anteroventrad, rostral formula 0 + art, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not much larger than antennal spine, arising slightly posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle rather strongly produced triangularly, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, both pairs arising in posterior art of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not ogival; antennular peduncle with 2 or 3 distolateral spines on basal segment; antennal scale about 2art times as long as wide, lateral margin nearly straight, distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod not overreaching antennal scale, fingers spatulate, pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers less than art as long as palm, carpus also less than art as long as palm, nearly twice as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, obscurely biunguiculate, flexor margin sinuous, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; uropod slightly overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 2.7 mm.

RANGE.—Red Sea to Japan, Philippines, Indonesia, Australia, and eastward to Hawaii and Society and Tuamotu islands to Golfo de Panama on the American coast; associated with asteroids.

*154. Periclimenes spiniferus De Man, 1902

Periclimenes petitthouarsii var. spinifera De Man, 1902:824 [type locality: Ternate, Pulau Damar-Besar, Teluk Djakarta, and Ambon, in Indonesia, and Tahiti, Society Islands].

Periclimenes (Falciger) spiniferus.—Borradaile, 1917:324, 369, pl. 52.

Periclimenes (Harpilius) spiniferus.—Holthuis, 1952c:76, fig. 30.

Periclimenens spiniferus.—Bruce, 1976c:95, figs. 5, 6.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, shallowly palaemonoid, directed somewhat anterodorsally in anterior art, rostral formula 1 + 5–8/2–5, posteriormost tooth slightly isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated in line with or anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace with supraorbital spine, hepatic spine smaller than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle not produced, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising considerably anterior to mid-length; eye with comea hemispherical, not ogival; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 5 times as long as wide, lateral margin somewhat concave, distolateral tooth overreaching distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic stemite with slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale, fingers spatulate, pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers less than art as long as palm, with sound-producing fossae on opposable margins of each finger, carpus about art as long as palm, about 1art times as long as distal width, with 2 distal spines, merus with distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin concave, propodus with spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod overreaching antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 5 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Marungas Island, Sulu Archipelago; [6°06′N, 120°58′E]; 1art–2art m; scattered coral and sand; 10 Feb 1908 (1330–1500); diving, coral heads taken ashore: 3 males [1.6–3.1], 3 females [2.0–3.0], 2 ovig [2.8, 3.0].

RANGE.—Probably the commonest and most widely distributed pontoniine shrimp in the Indo-West Pacific region, absent only from the northwestern part of the Indian Ocean and the Red Sea; free-living, frequently sheltering in coral colonies.

*155. Periclimenes tenuipes Borradaile, 1898

Periclimenes tenuipes Borradaile, 1898:384 [type locality: New Britain].—Bruce and Svoboda, 1983:4, fig. 1.

Periclimenes borradailei Rathbun, 1904:34 [replacement name for P. tenuipes Borradaile, 1898].

Periclimenes (Falciger) kolumadulensis Borradaile, 1915:213 [type locality: Kolumadulu Atoll, Maldive Islands].

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) tenuipes.—Kemp, 1922:220, pl. 8: fig. 11.

Periclimenes (Harpilius) tenuipes.—Holthuis, 1952c:84.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum overreaching antennal scale, shallow, directed anterodorsad in anterior art, rostral formula 1–2 + 8–10/6–9, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle not spatulate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about 1art times as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising anterior to mid-length; eye with comea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment, antennal scale 6 art–7 times as long as wide, lateral margin distinctly concave, distolateral tooth reaching far beyond distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic stemite with slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers slightly more than art as long as palm, carpus about 1art times as long as palm, about 8 times as long as distal width, with 1 obscure distal spine, merus with distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin concave, propodus with short spinules on flexor margin, obscurely segmented, 5th pereopod overreaching antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum carapace length about 6 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Off Tawitawi, Sulu Archipelago: sta 5160; 5°12′40″N, 119°55′10″E; 22 m; sand; 22 Feb 1908 (0829–0832); 9′ Johnston oyster dredge: 1 male [3.3].

RANGE.—Red Sea and eastern Africa to Philippines, Indonesia, Great Barrier Reef of Australia, and Palau and Marshall islands; generally free-living, sometimes associated with sea anemones.

REMARKS.—The Albatross specimen from off Tawitawi lacks both second pereopods; its positive identification is therefore questionable, but it agrees with the description and illustration by Kemp (1922) in all other particulars.

156. Periclimenes tenuis Bruce, 1969

Periclimenes tenuis Bruce, 1969b:272 [type locality: Chukwani, Zanzibar; 6°15.1'S, 39°12.7′E; 1 foot, on crinoids]: 1982c:195, fig. 8c; 1983c:886.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, horizontal, rostral formula 0 + art, posteriormost tooth not isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine robust, arising well posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle acutely produced, not ovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, both arising on posterior art; eye with comea hemispherical, not ogival; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale narrow, lateral margin straight or slightly concave, distolateral tooth not reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic stemite without slender median process; 1 st pereopod not overreaching antennal scale, fingers scissor-like, much longer than palm, not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopods similar, feeble, with fingers 3 times as long as palm, carpus about art as long as palm, expanded distally but unarmed, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin nearly straight proximally, strongly concave on unguis, propodus with long, spinulate setae on distal part of flexor margin, not segmented; uropod slightly overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 2art mm.

RANGE.—Red Sea, Zanzibar, Ryukyu Islands, Indonesia, Great Barrier Reef of Australia, and Marshall Islands; associated with crinoids.

*157. Periclimenes toloensis Bruce, 1969

FIGURE 23

Periclimenes toloensis Bruce, 1969b:275 [type locality: Ap Island, Tolo Channel, Hong Kong; 9–27 meters]; 1982e:258, figs. 15–18.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, rather shallow, horizontal, rostral formula 1–2 + 7/1, posteriormost tooth somewhat isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine no larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle produced, subovate; abdomen without compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite about twice as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, anterior pair arising at about mid-length; eye with comea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 3 art times as long as wide, distolateral spine not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic stemite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of fingers, latter not pectinate on opposable margins; major 2nd pereopod with fingers slightly more than art as long as palm, carpus slightly less than art as long as palm, about 3 art times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without distal tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod overreaching antennal scale by about length of dactyl, latter not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, biunguiculate, flexor margin faintly sinuous, propodus with few spinules on flexor margin, not segmented; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length about 2art mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Near Siasi, Sulu Archipelago: sta 5147; 5°41′40″N, 120°47′10″E; 38 m; coral sand, shells; 16 Feb 1908 (1127–1147); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 1 ovig female [2.2].

RANGE.—Tanzania, Hong Kong, Philippines, and Northern Territory and Great Barrier Reef of Australia; at least sometimes associated with hydroids.

REMARKS.—As the Albatross representative of this species was at first believed to differ from the original description, it was described and illustrated as an undescribed species. Those illustrations are reproduced here to confirm the error of that initial belief.

158. Periclimenes tosaensis Kubo, 1951

Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) tosaensis Kubo, 1951:268, figs. 7, 8 [type locality: Tosa Wan, off Usa, Shikoku, Japan].

Periclimenes (Harpilius) tosaensis.—Bruce, 1966c:15. figs. 1, 2, 3a, 4a.b.

Periclimenes tosaensis.—Bruce, 1981c: 196, fig. 5.

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, shallow, ventrally concave, rostral formula 1 + 6–9/2, posteriormost tooth somewhat isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated slightly anterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle sinuously and acutely produced, not quite spatulate; abdomen with low, compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, 6th somite fully twice as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, both pairs arising in posterior art of length; eye with comea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 small distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 4 times as long as wide, lateral margin slightly concave, distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic stemite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of fingers, latter not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers subequal to palm in length, carpus slightly longer than palm, about 5 times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, simple, not biunguiculate, flexor margin sinuously concave, propodus with few spinules on distal art of flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod reaching to about distal end of antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length more than 5 mm.

RANGE.—Seychelle Islands, South China Sea, southern Japan, and Philippines; to a depth of about 130 meters.

159. Periclimenes venustus Bruce, 1990

Periclimenes venustus Bruce, 1989b: 178; 1990f:230. figs. 1–6. 7a. 8a [type locality: Port Essington, Cobourg Peninsula, northern Australia; associated with sea anemones].

DIAGNOSIS.—Integument smooth, not pitted, on lateral areas of carapace and abdomen; rostrum not overreaching antennal scale, shallow, ventrally concave, rostral formula 1 + 5–7/0–2, posteriormost tooth somewhat isolated from remainder of dorsal rostral series, situated slightly posterior to level of hepatic spine; carapace without supraorbital or postorbital spine, hepatic spine not noticeably larger than antennal spine, arising posteroventral to latter, not extending beyond anterior margin of carapace, orbital angle strongly acutely produced, subovate; abdomen with low, compressed dorsal prominence on 3rd somite, slightly produced, 6th somite fully twice as long as 5th; telson with 2 pairs of dorsolateral spines anterior to posterior margin, both pairs arising on posterior art of length; eye with cornea hemispherical, not produced distally; antennular peduncle with 1 small distolateral spine on basal segment; antennal scale about 2art times as long as wide, lateral margin straight, distolateral tooth not nearly reaching level of distal margin of blade; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod overreaching antennal scale by length of chela, fingers not pectinate on opposable margins; 2nd pereopod with fingers subequal to palm in length, carpus subequal to or shorter than palm, about 3–4 times as long as distal width, without distal spines, merus without tooth on flexor margin; 3rd pereopod with dactyl not subdistally truncate, without denticulate lobe on flexor margin, biunguiculate, flexor margin concave, propodus with few short spines on distal art of flexor margin, not segmented; 5th pereopod reaching to about distal end of antennal scale; uropod overreaching extended telson; maximum postorbital carapace length more than 5 mm.

FIGURE 23.—Periclimenes toloensis, ovigerous female from Albatross sta 5147 (Sulu Archipelago), carapace length 22 mm: a, carapace and anterior appendages, lateral aspect: b, anterior carapace, lateral aspect; c. abdomen, lateral aspect; d, tail fan; e, left antennule, dorsal aspect; f, left antenna, dorsal aspect; g, right mandible: h, right 1st maxilla; i. right 2nd maxilla; j. right 1st maxilliped; k. right 2nd maxilliped; I. right 3rd maxilliped: m, right 1st pereopod; n. same, chela; o, left (major) 2nd pereopod; p, same, fingers; q, right (minor) 2nd pereopod; r. same, fingers; s, right 3rd pereopod; t, same, dactyl

RANGE.—Ryukyu Islands, Philippines, and northern and western Australia; to a depth of about 5 m.

REMARKS.—Some of the specimens referred in the earlier literature as P. holthuisi may well be examples of this species.

Periclimenoides Bruce, 1990

Periclimenoides Bruce, 1990c:616 [type species, by original designation:Periclimenaeus odontodactylus Fujino and Miyake, 1968b:85, figs. 1, 2; gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum well developed, overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, dorsally dentate, lateral carina not expanded into broad supraocular or postocular eave, carapace moderately compressed, dorsal profile straight, without postrostral gastric teeth, anterior margin not produced anteroventrally as prominent convex lobe and not deeply concave (notched), without longitudinal branchiostegal suture, with antennal spine, without hepatic spine, orbital margin not posteriorly interrupted; abdomen with 5th pleuron rounded, not sharp-pointed; telson not curving ventrally, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of spines not curving ventrally, dorsolateral spines not particularly robust; epistome not bearing paired, horn-like processes; antennal scale well developed; mandible without palp, incisor process bidentate; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without median process; 1st pereopod with carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods with chelae unequal, similar, opposable margins of fingers denticulate, not provided with socket and plunger closure; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl biunguiculate, not bearing hoof-shaped protuberance; uropod with lateral branch bearing teeth and mobile lateral spine.

RANGE.—Japan, Hong Kong, Philippines, Australian Northwest Shelf and Great Barrier Reef; associated with sponges, Ircinia fasciculata.

REMARKS.—Only one species has been recognized.

*160. Periclimenoides odontodactylus (Fujino and Miyake, 1968)

Periclimenaeus odontodactylus Fujino and Miyake, 1968b:85, figs. 1, 2 [type locality: Ushitaka, Amakusa Island, Japan].

Periclimenoides odontodactylus.—Bruce, 1990c:617, figs. 2, 3.

DIAGNOSIS.—Characters of genus; maximum postorbital carapace length about 4 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Off Jolo Island, Sulu Archipelago; sta 5142; 6°06′10″N, 121°02′40″E; 38 m; coral sand and shells; 15 Feb 1908 (1033–1044); 12′ Agassiz Beam trawl, mud bag: 1 ovig female [3.9].

RANGE.—See “Range” of genus.

REMARKS.—This specimen agrees with the original description of P. odontodactylus in most particulars, including the unusual telson and the chelae of the first and second pereopods. The rostrum is armed with eight dorsal teeth, compared with six in the holotype and seven in the specimen from Hong Kong.

*Philarius Holthuis, 1952

Philarius Holthuis, 1952c:5, 15, 151 [type species, by original designation: Harpilius Gerlachei Nobili, 1905b:160; gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, armed at least dorsally throughout length, lateral carina not expanded into broad supraocular or postocular eave; carapace somewhat depressed, dorsal profile straight or slightly convex, with or without 1 or more teeth of dorsal rostral series continuing onto gastric region, anterior margin not produced anteroventrally as prominent convex lobe and not deeply concave (notched), without longitudinal branchiostegal suture, with antennal spine, without hepatic spine, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite blunt or acute; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curving ventrad, dorsolateral spines not particularly robust; epistome not bearing paired, horn-like processes; antennal scale well developed; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite with short stout median process; 1st pereopod with carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar, chelae not borne in vertical plane, movable finger not ventrad, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl not bearing hoof-shaped protuberance, simple, uncinate; uropod with lateral branch bearing 1 movable lateral spine.

RANGE.—Red Sea and eastern Africa to Indonesia, Australia, and the Marshall, Gilbert, and Samoan islands; associated with acroporid corals.

REMARKS.—Bruce (1982d:171) has provided a key to the three species currently assigned to Philarius. Periclimenes brevinaris Nobili, 1906b:42—still known only from the disintegrating holotype from the Persian Gulf—was provisionally transferred to Philarius by Bruce (1967b:568), but that author subsequently (1982d:172) stated that it is “probably not truly congeneric with the three other species [of that genus] and must still be considered incertae sedis.”

*161. Philarius gerlachei (Nobili, 1905)

Harpilius Gerlachei Nobili, 1905b:160 [type locality: southern Persian Gulf off Trucial Coast]; 1906b:45, pl. 4: fig. 10.

Philarius gerlachei—Holthuis, 1952c:152 [part], fig. 69.—Bruce, 1982d, fig. 7C.—Fransen, 1989:145.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostral formula 0 + 3–6/1; carapace without supraorbital spines; 2nd pereopod without distal spine on flexor margin of carpus; maximum postorbital carapace length about 6 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Marungas Island (south side), Sulu Archipelago; [6°06′N, 120°58′E.]; 1art–2art m; scattered coral and sand; 10 Feb 1908 (1330–1500); diving, coral heads taken ashore: 1 male [2.5].

RANGE.—Red Sea and eastern Africa to Ryukyu Island, Philippines, Indonesia, Great Barrier Reef of Australia, and eastward to Solomon, Marshall, and Samoan islands; associated with acroporid corals.

162. Philarius imperialis (Kubo, 1940)

Harpilius imperialis Kubo, 1940c:1, figs. 1–3 [type locality: Nankin-Hama, Haha-Jima, Bonin Islands].

Philarius gerlachei.—Holthuis, 1952c: 152 [part].

Philarius imperialis.—Bruce, 1982d, fig. 7B.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostral formula 1–3 + 6–8/1–3; carapace without supraorbital spines; 2nd pereopod with distinct distal spine on flexor margin of carpus; maximum postorbital carapace length about 6 mm.

RANGE.—Red Sea and eastern Africa to Indonesia, Great Barrier Reef of Australia, and eastward to Bonin, Caroline, and Marshall islands; associated with acroporid corals.

Platycaris Holthuis, 1952

Platycaris Holthuis, 1952c:5, 16, 172 [type species, by monotypy: Platycaris latirostris Holthuis, 1952c:173; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, depressed dorsally, unarmed, with apically acute tooth, expanded laterally into broad supraocular eave; carapace strongly depressed, dorsal profile nearly straight, unarmed, anterior margin strongly produced anteriorly as prominent convex lobe below orbital notch, without longitudinal branchiostegal suture, without antennal, hepatic, or supraorbital spines, orbital margin strongly recessed posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite rounded; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of spines not curving ventrad, dorsolateral spines not robust; antennal scale well developed; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar, subequal, chela not borne in vertical plane, movable finger not ventrad, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl without prominent protuberance on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch bearing movable lateral spine.

RANGE.—Eastern Africa to Okinawa, Indonesia, Great Barrier Reef of Australia, and Fiji Islands; associated with oculinid coral Galaxea.

REMARKS.—Only one species has been recognized.

163. Platycaris latirostris Holthuis, 1952

Platycaris latirostris Holthuis. 1952c:173, figs. 85, 86 [type locality: Ende, Flores, Indonesia].—Bruce, 1966d:1, figs. 1–5; 1985c:5, figs. 4, 5.

DIAGNOSIS.—Characters of genus; maximum postorbital carapace length about 3 mm.

RANGE.—See “Range” of genus.

Platypontonia Bruce, 1968

Platypontonia Bruce. 1968b:289 [type species, by original designation: Pontonia? brevirostris Míers, 1884:562; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, depressed dorsally, unarmed except for apical and subapical teeth in P. hyotis, not expanded laterally into broad supraocular eave; carapace strongly depressed, dorsal profile faintly convex, with strong antennal spine, without supraocular or hepatic spines, orbital margin strongly recessed posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite rounded; telson not curving ventrad; posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of spines not curving ventrad, dorsolateral spines long or robust or both; antennal scale well developed; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar, subequal, chela not borne in vertical plane, movable finger not ventrad, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl without prominent protuberance on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch bearing minute movable lateral spine.

RANGE.—Madagascar, Seychelles, Japan, and Indonesia; in bivalve mollusks.

REMARKS.—A key to the two species of the genus was published by Hipeau-Jacquotte (1971:139).

164. Platypontonia hyotis Hipeau-Jacquotte, 1971

Platypontonia hyotis Hipeau-Jacquotte, (March) 1971:126, figs. 1–7 [type locality: near Tuléar, southwestern Madagascar; in bivalve Pycnodonta].—Bruce, 1983c:895, figs. 7J [as “Pycnodonta hyotis”]. 10B.C.

Platypontonia pterostreae Suzuki, (July) 1971:5, figs. 3, 4, pl. 3 [type locality: Hatsu-shima, Sagami wan, Honshu, Japan; in bivalve Pterostrea].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum with strong, anteriorly dentate median ventral carina in distal art; maximum postorbital carapace length 5.3 mm.

RANGE.—Madagascar, Japan, and Indonesia, and eastern Australia.

Plesiopontonia Bruce, 1985

Plesiopontonia Bruce, 1985b:248 [type species, by monotypy: Plesiopontonia monodi Bruce, 1985b:250; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, armed both dorsally and ventrally, lateral carina not expanded laterally into broad supraocular or postocular eave; carapace subcylindrical, dorsal profile faintly and sinuously convex, none of teeth of dorsal rostral series extending onto gastric region, anterior margin not produced posteroventrally as prominent convex lobe, not deeply concave (notched), without longitudinal branchiostegal suture, with antennal spine, without hepatic spine, orbit not sharply defined; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite subquadrangular; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian spines not curving ventrad, dorsolateral spines not robust; antennal scale well developed; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with carpus entire, not subdivided; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl not bearing hoof-shaped protuberance, not clearly biunguiculate; uropod with lateral branch probably bearing 1 movable spine flanked by acute tooth.

RANGE.—Philippines.

REMARKS.—Only one species is known.

165. Plesiopontonia monodi Bruce, 1985

Plesiopontonia monodi Bruce, 1985b:250, figs. 13–17 [type locality: Balayan Bay, southwestern Luzon, Philippines; 13°49.6′N. 120°51.0′E; 299–320 m].

DIAGNOSIS.—Characters of genus; postorbital carapace length 4.4 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the unique male holotype from Balayan Bay, Luzon, Philippines; possibly associated with bivalve mollusk Acesta.

Pliopontonia Bruce, 1973

Pliopontonia Bruce. 1973b:97 [type species, by original designation: Pliopontonia furtiva Bruce. 1973b:99; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum barely overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, if at all, compressed, dentate dorsally, unarmed ventrally, not expanded laterally into broad supraocular eave; carapace somewhat depressed, dorsal profile nearly straight, anterior margin strongly produced anteriorly as prominent convex lobe separated by sinus from suborbital angle, without longitudinal branchiostegal suture, with strong submarginal antennal spine overreaching suborbital angle, without supraorbital or hepatic spines, orbital margin indistinct posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite rounded; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of spines not curving ventrad, dorsolateral spines small; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar, unequal, chela not borne in vertical plane, movable finger not ventrad, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl without prominent protuberance on flexor margin; uropod with lateral branch armed with small fixed tooth and movable spine mesial to it.

RANGE.—Kenya, Philippines, Indonesia, and Great Barrier Reef of Australia; associated with sea anemones (Actiniaria).

REMARKS.—Only one species is known.

166. Pliopontonia furtiva Bruce, 1973

Pliopontonia furtiva Bruce, 1973b:99, figs. 1–5, pl. 1 [type locality: Ras Iwetine, Mombasa, Kenya; 4°00.55'S,39°44.17′E; associated with actinodiscid Rhodactis rhodostoma in 1 meter]; 1981e:22.—Bruce and Svoboda, 1984:97, fig. 7.—Fransen, 1989:144, fig. 8.

DIAGNOSIS.—Characters of genus; postorbital carapace length 4.8 mm.

RANGE.—See “Range” of genus.

*Pontonia Latreille, 1829

Alciope Rafinesque, 1814:24 [type species, by monotypy: Alciope heterochelus Rafinesque, 1814:24 (= Pontonia flavomaculata Heller, 1864:51); gender: masculine; name suppressed by plenary action of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, Opinion 522 (1958)].

Pontonia Latreille, 1829:96 [type species, designated by plenary action of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, Opinion 378 (1956): Palaemon pinnophylax Otto, 1821:12; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum usually flattened dorsally, armed dorsally only near tip, if at all, often expanded laterally into supraocular eave; carapace depressed, dorsal profile slightly convex, dorsally unarmed, anterior margin usually produced anteriorly, without longitudinal branchiostegal suture, with or without antennal spine, orbital margin not clearly interrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite rounded, not acute; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian spines not curving ventrad, dorsolateral spines variable; antennal scale well developed; mandible with palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods similar and subequal or not; chelae not borne in vertical plane, movable finger not ventrad, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl not bearing hoof-shaped protuberance, usually biunguiculate or multiunguiculate; uropod with lateral branch usually bearing 1 mobile lateral spine.

RANGE.—Pantropical and warm temperate waters; living in mollusks and ascidians.

REMARKS.—Of the 22 or 24 currently recognized species of Pontonia, only five are known from the Philippines and/or Indonesia. All but one of those have been found in ascidians and are included in the key published by Bruce (1972c: 185).

167. Pontonia ascidicola Borradaile, 1898

Pontonia ascidicola Borradaile, 1898:389 [type locality: Blanche Bay, New Britain, in ascidian].—Holthuis, 1952c:165, figs. 79–81.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, dorsally flattened, with faint median carina on dorsal surface but unarmed dorsally and ventrally; carapace with antennal spine, lateral margin somewhat produced anteriorly; telson bearing 2 pairs of conspicuous dorsolateral spines, anterior pair not overreaching bases of posterior pair; antennal scale with distolateral spine curving around lateral margin of blade; 3rd maxilliped with penultimate slightly longer than terminal segment; 2nd pereopods unequal; 3rd pereopod with dactyl biunguiculate, elongate, bearing 7 teeth on flexor margin; maximum postorbital carapace length fully 2 mm.

RANGE.—Red Sea, Madagascar, Indonesia and Bismarck Archipelago, in ascidians.

168. Pontonia katoi Kubo, 1940

Pontonia katoi Kubo, 1940b:55, figs. 21–23 [type locality: off Shimoda, Shizuoka Prefecture, Japan, in branchial chamber of ascidiian Halocynthia].—Holthuis, 1952c:158 [part], figs. 73c,d, 74a, 75c, 76a,b,d,e, 77b,d only.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, dorsally flattened, with faint median carina on dorsal surface, unarmed dorsally but with small, subterminal ventral tooth; carapace with antennal spine, lateral margin somewhat produced anteriorly; telson bearing 2 pairs of conspicuous dorsolateral spines, anterior pair not nearly reaching bases of posterior pair; antennal scale with long distolateral spine closely appressed to lateral margin of blade; 3rd maxilliped with penultimate slightly longer than terminal segment; 2nd pereopods unequal; 3rd pereopod with dactyl biunguiculate, short and stout, bearing 3 teeth on flexor margin; maximum postorbital carapace length fully 2 mm.

RANGE.—Tanzania, Japan, Indonesia, Australia, and New Caledonia; in ascidians.

*169. Pontonia okai Kemp, 1922

Pontonia okai Kemp. 1922:261, figs. 89–92 [type locality: off Cape Negrais, Burma; 15°25′N, 93°45′E; 73–126 m, in ascidian Ascidia].—Holthuis, 1952c:164, fig. 78.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, dorsally flattened, with strong median carina on dorsal surface but unarmed dorsally and ventrally; carapace with antennal spine, lateral margin produced anteriorly; telson bearing 2 pairs of conspicuous dorsolateral spines, anterior pair reaching nearly to bases of posterior pair; antennal scale with short distolateral spine overreaching distal margin of blade; 3rd maxilliped with penultimate about twice as long as terminal segment; 2nd pereopods unequal; 3rd pereopod with dactyl biunguiculate. elongate, bearing 11–13 teeth on flexor margin; maximum postorbital carapace length 2.8 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Off Jolo Island, Sulu Archipelago; sta 5558; 5°51′33″N, 121°01′00″E; 27 m; 18 Sep 1909 (1517–1520); 6′ McCormick trawl: 1 male [2.0] 1 ovig female [2.8], in branchial sac of Ascidia depressiuscula Heller.

RANGE.—Kenya, Burma, South China Sea, Philippines, Indonesia, and Australia; in ascidians.

REMARKS.—The pair of specimens from the Sulu Archipelago agrees well with the description in Kemp (1922), except that the tip of the rostrum is slightly less acute and the stylocerite slightly wider in the Albatross specimens.

170. Pontonia sibogae Bruce, 1972

Pontonia katoi.—Holthuis, 1952c: 158 [part], figs. 73a,b, 74b, 75a,b,d–f, 76c,f,g, 77a,e,f[not P. katoi Kubo].

Pontonia sibogae Bruce, 1972c: 182, fig. 1 [type locality: Curtis Channel, Port Curtis, Queensland, Australia; 42 meters].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, dorsally flattened, without median carina on dorsal surface, unarmed dorsally, with subapical tooth ventrally; carapace with antennal spine, lateral margin angularly produced anteriorly; telson bearing 5 pairs of conspicuous dorsolateral spines; antennal scale with distolateral spine curving around lateral part of blade; 3rd maxilliped with penultimate slightly longer than terminal segment; 2nd pereopods subequal; 3rd pereopod with dactyl biunguiculate, short and stout, bearing 3 teeth on flexor margin; maximum postorbital carapace length 5.9 mm.

RANGE.—Oman, Madagascar, Queensland, Australia, and Indonesia; 25–45 meters, in ascidians.

171. Pontonia stylirostris Holthuis, 1952

Pontonia stylirostris Holthuis, 1952c: 169, figs. 82–84 [type locality: between Pulau Misool and New Guinea; 1°42.5'S, 47.5°47.5′E; 32 m].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overeaching anteriorly extended eyes, subcylindrical, armed dorsally with 2 subapical teeth, unarmed ventrally; carapace with antennal spine, lateral margin not distinctly produced anteriorly; telson bearing 2 pairs of conspicuous dorsolateral spines, anterior pair reaching nearly to bases of posterior pair; antennal scale with short distolateral spine reaching about to level of distalmost margin of blade; 3rd maxilliped with penultimate distinctly longer than terminal segment; 3rd pereopod with dactyl biunguiculate, elongate, bearing 4–6 teeth on flexor margin; maximum postorbital carapace length about 4 mm.

RANGE.—Oman, Tanzania, Indonesia, and Queensland, Australia; 32–45 m, not known to be associated with ascidiaceans.

*Pontonides Borradaile, 1917

Pontonides Borradaile, 1917:387 [type species, by monotypy: Pontonia maldivensis Borradaile, 1915:213; gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, unarmed dorsally, lateral carina expanded into broad supraocular eave; carapace about as wide as high, dorsal profile somewhat convex, anterior margin produced anteriorly as convex lobe, without longitudinal branchiostegal suture, with antennal spine, without hepatic spine, orbital margin incomplete posteriorly; abdomen with pleura of 5th somite rounded or acute; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curving ventrad, dorsolateral spines small; antennal scale well developed; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped without exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopod with chela not borne in vertical plane, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger not ventrad, not semicircular; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl simple, not bearing hoof-shaped protuberance; uropod with lateral branch bearing at least 1 movable lateral spine.

RANGE.—Red Sea and eastern Africa to Japan, Philippines, Indonesia, Great Barrier Reef of Australia, and Caroline and Galápagos islands; associated with alcyonarian, scleractinian, and antipatharian corals.

REMARKS.—The true identity of the Indo-Pacific species referred by Holthuis (1952c) and Fujino and Miyake (1969d) to Pontonides unciger—an apparent representative of which was collected at Albatross Station 5147—must await the revision of the genus suggested by Bruce (1978a:284).

Pontoniopsis Borradaile, 1915

Pontoniopsis Borradaile, 1915:207 [type species, by monotypy: Pontoniopsis comanthi Borradaile, 1915:213; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum sometimes overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, flattened dorsally, unarmed, lateral carina slightly expanded laterally but not forming broad supraocular eave; carapace with dorsal profile nearly straight, not lobate or dentate, anterior margin very slightly produced anteroventrally, not deeply concave (notched), without longitudinal branchiostegal suture, with antennal spine, without hepatic spine, orbital margin obscurely interrupted posteriorly, abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite narrowly rounded; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curving ventrad, dorsolateral spines not robust; antennal scale well developed; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with carpus entire, not subdivided; 2nd pereopods dissimilar, unequal, movable finger not semicircular; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl not bearing hoof-shaped protuberance, biunguiculate; uropod with lateral branch bearing 1 movable spine flanked by immovable tooth.

RANGE.—Indo-Pacific from the Red Sea to the Gilbert, Marianna, and Fiji islands, and the Florida Keys in the western Atlantic.

REMARKS.—The two nominate species assigned to this genus are quite distinct (see Gore, 1981, table 3) and are apparently associated with two different classes of echinoderms.

172. Pontoniopsis comanthi Borradaile, 1915

Pontoniopsis comanthi Borradaile, 1915:213 [type locality; Mabuaig, Torres Straits, on Comanthus].—Holthuis, 1952c: 153, figs. 70, 71—Bruce, 1981h:396, figs. 3D, 4, 5.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum lanceolate, compressed; antennal scale with distolateral tooth not reaching level of distal margin of blade; 3rd maxilliped without arthrobranch; 3rd pereopod distinctly biunguiculate; maximum postorbital carapace length about 1.2 mm.

RANGE.—Gilbert, Marianna, and Fiji islands.

*Thaumastocaris Kemp, 1922

Thaumastocaris Kemp, 1922:244 [type species, by monotypy: Thaumastocaris streptopus Kemp, 1922:244; gender: feminine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, armed dorsally throughout length and ventrally, lateral carina not expanded into broad supraocular or postocular eave; carapace slightly compressed laterally, dorsal profile nearly straight, 3 teeth of dorsal rostral series arising from gastric region, anterior margin not produced anteroventrally as prominent convex lobe and not deeply concave (notched), without longitudinal branchiostegal suture, with antennal spine, without hepatic spine, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of 5th somite rounded; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not curving ventrad, dorsolateral spines long and strong; epistome not bearing paired, horn-like processes; antennal scale well developed; mandible without palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; 1st pereopod with carpus subdivided; 2nd pereopods subsimilar but usually unequal, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl biunguiculate but not bearing hoof-shaped protuberance; uropod with lateral branch bearing 1 movable spine flanked by immovable tooth.

RANGE.—Red Sea and eastern Africa, Philippines, Indonesia. sia, New Caledonia, and Caroline and Marshall islands; associated with sponges.

REMARKS.—Only one species is known.

*173. Thaumastocaris streptopus Kemp, 1922

Thaumastocaris streptopus Kemp, 1922:244, figs. 78–80 [type locality: Nouméa, New Caledonia].—Holthuis, 1952c:111, figs. 46, 47.—Bruce and Svoboda, 1983:25, fig. 9.

DIAGNOSIS.—Characters of genus; maximum carapace length 8.4 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Off Jolo Island, Sulu Archipelago: sta 5136; 6°04′20″N, 120°59′20″E; 40 m; sand, shells; 14 Feb 1908 (0907–0927); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, 2 mud bags: 1 male [7.1]; sta 5145; 6°04′30″N, 120°59′30″E; 42 m; coral sand, shells; 15 Feb 1908 (1344–1359); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 1 ovig female [8.4].—Near Siasi, Sulu Archipelago; 5°41′ 40″N, 120°47′10″E; 38 m; coral sand, shells; 16 Feb 1908 (1127–1147); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 1 female [5.2].

RANGE.—See “Range” of genus.

REMARKS.—The first pereopods seem to be unusually variable in this species. In the male from Albatross station 5136, both members of the pair are virtually identical, are more robust than the stouter one illustrated by Holthuis (1952c, fig. 46b), overreach the antennal scale by the length of the chela and about one-half of the carpus, and have only one distinct carpal articulation. In the ovigerous female from station 5145, they are very unequal: the right overreaches the antennal scale by slightly more than the length of the chela, is a little more robust than the one depicted by Holthuis (1952c, fig. 46b), and has two distinct carpal articulations; the left overreaches the antennal scale by the length of the chela and most of the carpus, is very like the one shown by Kemp (1922, fig. 80a), and has five carpal articulations. In the smaller female from station 5147, they are also very dissimilar: the right overreaches the antennal scale by the length of the chela and most of the carpus, agrees fairly well with the one illustrated by Holthuis (1952c, fig. 4c), and has five carpal articulations; the left overreaches the antennal scale by the length of the chela and about two-thirds of the carpus, resembles the one in Holthuis (1952c, fig. 46b), and has two and one-half carpal articulations. In an ovigerous female with a carapace length of 4.8 mm collected in Oyster Pass, Iwayama Bay, Palau Islands by F.M. Bayer and identified by L.B. Holthuis (USNM 155130), the first pereopods are only slightly unequal and dissimilar, and both have four carpal articulations. In one of two males associated with a blue trumpet sponge at the same locality (USNM 155131) with a carapace length of 4.3 mm, the first pereopods are subequal in length, but the right member of the pair is distinctly more slender than the left and has four distinct carpal articulations, in contrast with only one articulation on the left side. The other male, with a carapace length of only 3.0 mm, has the first pereopods subequal in length, but the right is slightly more robust and has only three distinct carpal articulations, as compared with four on the left side.

Eyed eggs, apparently nearly ready to hatch, in the female, measure about 0.6 mm in major diameter.

*Vir Holthuis, 1952

Vir Holthuis, 1952c:4, 8, 29 [type specimen, by monotypy: Palaemonella orientalis Dana, 1852a:26; gender: masculine.]

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching anteriorly extended eyes, compressed laterally, armed at least dorsally throughout length, lateral carina not expanded into broad supraocular or postocular eave; carapace subcylindrical, dorsal profile nearly straight, with or without 1 tooth of dorsal rostral series on gastric region, anterior margin not produced anteroventrally as prominent convex lobe and not deeply concave (notched), without longitudinal branchiostegal suture, with antennal spine, without hepatic spine, orbital margin not interrupted posteriorly; abdomen with pleuron of fifth somite rounded; telson not curving ventrad, posterior margin not incised, median and submedian pairs of posterior spines not robust;; antennal scale well developed; mandible with inconspicuous palp; 3rd maxilliped with exopod; 4th thoracic sternite with slender median process; 1st pereopod with with carpus entire, not subdivided; second pereopods similar, fingers not provided with socket and plunger closure, movable finger normal, not semicircular; 3rd pereopod composed of 7 segments, merus and ischium not fused, dactyl simple, not bearing hoof-shaped protuberance; uropod with lateral branch bearing 1 movable lateral spine flanked by immovable tooth.

RANGE.—Eastern Africa, Andaman Islands, South China Sea, Ryukyu Islands, Philippines, Great Barrier Reef of Australia, Marianna and Fiji islands and Hawaii; associated with corals.

REMARKS.—Both known species of Vir have Philippine type localities.

*174. Vir orientalis (Dana, 1852)

Palaemonella orientalis Dana, 1852a:26 [type locality: Sulu Sea].—Kemp, 1922:131, figs. 9–11.

Vir orientalis.—Holthuis, 1952c:30.

DIAGNOSIS.—Dorsal antennular flagellum with branches fused for about 6 articles; 2nd pereopod with palm about 2art times as long as wide and carpus 0.6 as long as palm; 3rd pereopod with propodus 7 times as long as wide; maximum postorbital carapace length about 3.3 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Rapu Rapu Island, Lagonoy Gulf; [13°12′N, 124°09′E]; 3–4art m; sand, coral; 22 Jun 1909 91300–1800) dynamite: 1 male [2.1].

RANGE.—Eastern Africa, Andaman Islands, South China Sea, Philippines, Marianna and Fiji islands, and Hawaii.

REMARKS.—The single male specimen from the Albatross collections differs from Kemp's figures in having eight, rather than seven, dorsal rostral teeth, with the posteriormost tooth situated immediately above, rather than posterior to, the posterior orbital margin, and each finger of the 2nd pereopod armed with two low but distinct teeth.

175. Vir philippinensis Bruce and Svoboda, 1984

Vir philippinensis Bruce and Svoboda, 1984:87, figs. 1–4 [type locality: Cebu, Philippines; associated with scleractinian coral Plerogyra].

DIAGNOSIS.—Dorsal antennular flagellum with branches fused for 12 or 13 articles; 2nd pereopod with palm about 3art times as long as wide and carpus 0.8 as long as palm; 3rd pereopod with propodus 11art times as long as wide; maximum postorbital carapace length 3.0 mm.

RANGE.—Ryukyu Islands, Philippines, and Great Barrier Reef of Australia; associated with corals.

*ANCHISTIOIDIDAE Borradaile, 1915

ANCHISTIOIDIDAE Borradaile, 1915:205.

ANCHISTIOIDINAE, 1938:2, 41.—Bruce. 1986a:467–469.

DIAGNOSIS.—Carapace without lateral suture; telson typically with 1 pair of stout posterior spines; antennule with 2 completely separate flagella, 1 with accessory branch; mandible with incisor process, without palp; 1st maxilla with mesial coxal lobe not unusually large; 2nd maxilla without endites; 2nd maxilliped with marginal setae on distal segment not unusually stout or dense; 3rd maxilliped with antepenultimate segment neither articulated with nor much wider than next proximal segment; 4th thoracic sternite without slender median process; fingers of chelipeds not pectinate; 2nd pereopod with dactyl not distinctly serrate on extensor margin; all pleopods with appendices internae, at least in male; 2nd pleopod with appendix masculina in male.

RANGE.—Red Sea and Madagascar to Japan, Philippines, Indonesia, Australia, and Tuamotu Archipelago.

REMARKS.—There is little doubt that recognition of this family is justified by the larval characters described by Gurney (1936) and by the typical dentition of the telson and the form of the endopod of the first pleopod of the adult.

Only one genus is recognized.

* Anchistioides Paulson, 1875

Anchistioides Paulson, 1875:115 [type species, by monotypy: Anchistioides compressus Paulson, 1875:115; gender: masculine].

Palaemonopsis Borradaile, 1899:410 [type species, by monotypy: Palaemonopsis willeyi Borradaile, 1899:410; gender: feminine. Invalid junior homonym of Palaemonopsis Stimpson, 1871 (Crustacea)].

Amphipalaemon Nobili, 1901a:5 [substitute name for Palaemonopsis Borradaile, 1899; gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Characters of the family.

RANGE.—See “Range” of family.

REMARKS.—Because of persistent uncertainty about the validity and variability of the following nominal species of Anchistioides, the compilation of a useful key to the valid species is nearly as difficult today as it was when it was last attempted by Gordon (1935:345):

Periclimenes antiguensis Schmitt, 1924b:84

Type locality: English Harbour, Antigua, Lesser Antilles; surface

Amphipalaemon australiensis

See below

Periclimenes barbadensis Schmitt, 1924b, pl. 3

Type locality: English Harbour, Antigua, Lesser Antilles; surface

= P. antiguensis Schmitt, 1924

Anchistioides compressus Paulson, 1875:115

Type locality: Red Sea

Amphipalaemon cooperi Borradaile, 1915:209

Type locality: South Nilandu Atoll, Maldive Islands

? = Palaemonopsis willeyi Borradaile, 1899

Amphipalaemon gardineri Borradaile, 1915:209

Type locality: North Male Atoll, Maldive Islands

? = Palaemonopsis willeyi Borradaile, 1899

Amphipalaemon Seurati Nobili, 1906a:259

Type locality: “Tearia,” Tuamotu Archipelago; 22 meters

Palaemonopsis willeyi

See below.

176. Anchistioides australiensis (Balss, 1921)?

Amphipalaemon australiensis Balss, 1921b:11, figs. 3–6 [type locality: 45 miles west-southwest of Cape Jaubert, Western Australia; 20 meters].

Anchistioides australiensis.—Bruce, 1971g:24, fig. 6.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum with 7 or 8 dorsal and 3 ventral teeth; carapace with sharp postorbital tooth; antennal scale with blade tapering to base of distolateral tooth, not angularly produced; 2nd pereopod with fingers distinctly longer than palm; maximum postorbital carapace length 13 mm.

RANGE.—The specimen assigned to A. australiensis by Bruce (1971g) came from a depth of 9 meters in the Arafura Sea off Sungai Buaja, West New Guinea, while the type specimens of A. australiensis were found in 20 meters in the extreme eastern part of the Indian Ocean off Cape Jaubert, Westem Australia.

REMARKS.—There is a possibility that the specimen from the Arafura Sea represents an undescribed species, rather than the one described by Balss. It is fully three times as large as the Australian specimens, having a postorbital carapace length of 13.0 mm, as opposed to 4 mm. It is armed postorbitally with a sharp tooth directed anteriorly, which seems to be obsolescent in Australian specimens. The telson is unarmed dorsally and bears a pair of “short, stout, intermediate” posterior spines, whereas Balss (1921b, fig. 4) shows two pairs of rather long dorsolateral spines in the anterior half of the telson and a pair of long, slender, intermediate posterior spines. Perhaps most significant is the fact that the blade of the antennal scale tapers to the base of the distolateral tooth (Bruce, 1971g, fig. 9c), instead of forming an angular distal projection, as in all other described species of the genus. Such a projection seems to be indicated by Balss, 1921b, fig. 3) and distinctly by Gordon (1935, fig. 23d), presumably from one of the type specimens of A. australiensis.

*177. Anchistioides willeyi (Borradaile, 1899)

Palaemonopsis willeyi Borradaile, 1900:410, pls. 36, 37: fig. 7.

Anchistioides willeyi.—Gordon, 1935:344, figs. 23a, 24a,—Holthuis, 1952c:214, figs. 106, 107.—Bruce, 1971g:22, fig. 8; 1978a:285, fig. 44.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum typically with 6–8 dorsal and 3 or 4 ventral teeth; carapace with blunt postorbital tooth; antennal scale with blade angularly produced, not overreaching distolateral tooth; 2nd pereopod with fingers slightly longer than palm; maximum postorbital carapace length 10.5 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Off Romblon Island, Sibuyan Sea; sta 5179; 12°38′15″N, 122°12′30″E; 68 m; hard sand; 24.3°; 25 Mar 1908 (1049–1104); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, 3 mud bags: 1 male [7.8] 1 ovig female [9.2].—Western Basilan Strait, southwest of Zamboanga Peninsula, Mindanao; sta 5134; 6°44′45″N, 121°44′45″N, 121°48′E; 46 m; fine sand; 7 Feb 1908 (0722–0742); 9′ Tanner beam trawl, mud bag: 1 male [10.5].—Off Tawitawi, Sulu Archipelago; sta 5151; 5°24′40″N, 120°27′15″E; coarse sand, shells; 18 Feb 1908 (1307–1327); 12′ Agassiz beam trawl, mud bag: 2 males [7.9, 9.4].—Tumindao Reef (south end), Sulu Archipelago; [4°42′N, 119°19′E]; scattered clumps of coral; 26 Feb 1908; electric light; 1 male [5.2] 1 female [6.4].

RANGE.—Madagascar to Philippines, Indonesia, New Britain, and Great Barrier Reef of Australia.

REMARKS.—There seems to be good likelihood that Gordon (1935:344, 345), who compared type specimens of A. willeyi, A. cooperi, A. gardineri, and A. australiensis, was correct in believing that these four species are conspecific, but complete confirmation must await the availability of additional collections. Somewhat less certain is the possibility that the four Madagascar specimens with long rostra, rostral formulae of 8–13/6, and unusually long fingers of the second pereopod (Bruce, 1978a:286, 287), belong to that species, and the Albatross material does little to clarify the situation. Both specimens of the pair collected at Station 5179, in the Sibuyan Sea, seem to be typical of A. willeyi, with a rostral formula of art and the fingers of the second chela 1.1 times as long as the palm. The male from Basilan Strait (Station 5134) has a rostral formula of art, but the fingers of the second chela are barely as long, comparatively, as those of the typical form. The smaller male from off Tawitawi (Station 5151), has a rostral formula of art, but the second chelipeds are missing; the larger male has a rostral formula of art but the fingers and palm of the second cheliped are subequal. The male from Tumindao Reef has a rostral formula of art but the second chelipeds are lacking; the female has a rostral formula of art and the fingers of the second cheliped very slightly longer than the palm. In other words, four of the seven Philippine specimens have nine or ten dorsal rostral teeth, but in none of the four do the fingers of the second cheliped approach the length of nearly one and one-half times the length of the palm illustrated by Bruce (1978a, fig. 44B).

GNATHOPHYLLIDAE Dana, 1852

GNATHOPHYLLINAE Dana, 1852a:16.

DIAGNOSIS.—Carapace without longitudinal suture; telson with 2 or 3 pairs of spines on posterior margin; antennule with 2 completely separate flagella, 1 with accessory branch; mandible without palp, with incisor process vestigial or absent; 1st maxilla with mesial coxal lobe unusually large, mesial basal lobe reduced; 2nd maxilla without endites; 1st maxilliped with exopodal lash; 2nd maxilliped with distal segment bearing dense marginal row of stout setae; 3rd maxilliped with antepenultimate segment broad, at least proximally; fingers of chelipeds not pectinate; 2nd pereopod with dactyl not distinctly serrate on extensor margin; 1st pleopod without appendix interna on endopod; 2nd pleopod with appendix masculina in male.

RANGE.—Pantropical and subtropical; sometimes associated with sea urchins.

REMARKS.—Comparison of the 12 species representing four genera currently assigned to the family Gnathophyllidae reveals a homogeneity, especially in the anterior mouthparts, that seems to deny the proposed absorption of the heterogeneous palaemonid pontoniines into the family. The mandible is devoid of a palp in Gnathophylloides mineri and Levicaris mammilata (Edmondson, 1931); a vestigial incisor process is indicated in Gnathophylloides robustus, Gnathophyllum, and Pycnocaris. The first maxilla displays a very large mesial coxal lobe and a reduced mesial basal lobe in the two species of Gnathophylloides, in Gnathophyllum, and in Levicaris, with slightly less massive proportions in Pycnocaris. In all four genera, the second maxilla lacks endites. The first maxilliped is provided with a well-developed exopodal lash, and the caridean lobe is unusually produced in Gnathophylloides, Gnathophyllum, and Levicaris, being somewhat more broadly rounded in Pycnocaris. In the second maxilliped, on the other hand, disparity is rampant, reaching an extreme in the compact, five-segmented second maxilliped of Gnathophyllum; even in this appendage, however, there is structural similarity between the example in Levicaris—which is proportionately longer than the second maxilliped of any other decapod—and the tiny counterpart in Gnathophylloides mineri. There is discrepancy, also, between the operculate third maxillipeds of Gnathophylloides mineri, Gnathophyllum, and Pycnocaris and the more slender antepenultimate segments of that appendage in Gnathophylloides robustus and Levicaris.

The following key may serve to distinguish these four genera.

Key to Genera of Gnathophyllidae

Gnathophylloides Schmitt, 1933

Gnathophylloides Schmitt, 1933:5 [type species, by monotypy: Gnathophylloides mineri Schmitt, 1933:7; gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum with dorsal teeth; telson with 3 pairs of spines on posterior margin; 2nd maxilliped not unusually elongate; 3rd pereopod with dactyl composed of subtriangular lamina bearing extensodistal spine.

RANGE.—Zanzibar, Seychelles, Western Australia, Hawaii, and western Atlantic; associated with echinoids.

REMARKS.—Neither of the two currently recognized species of Gnathophylloides has been recorded from the Philippine-Indonesian region, but it is probable that they will eventually be found there. They are comparatively characterized in Bruce (1973f:27).

178. Gnathophylloides mineri Schmitt, 1933

Gnathophylloides mineri Schmitt, 1933:7, fig. 3 [type locality: Ensenada, Puerto Rico]; 1935:167, fig. 31.—Bruce, 1974e:313, fig. 1.

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum not overreaching eyes; carapace rounded anteroventrally; telson with lateral margin convex, posterior margin not bilobed, without posteromedian carina; eyestalk not extending distally beyond cornea; antennal scale widest in proximal art, lateral margin distinctly concave; mandible without trace of incisor process; 2nd maxilliped with 2 distal segments, together, subquadrate; 3rd maxilliped with antepenultimate segment 1art times as long as wide in proximal art, lateral margin slightly convex, exopod longer than endopod; 1st pereopod without acute distal prolongation on basis; 2nd pereopod with chela about 3 times as long as wide, movable finger unarmed on opposable margin; color pattern of single wide longitudinal stripe of dark brown or black; maximum postorbital carapace length 2.3 mm.

RANGE.—Zanzibar, Seychelles, New South Wales, Australia, Tonga Islands, Hawaii, and western Atlantic from Florida to Yucatan and Grenadines: associated with echinoids Tripneustes.

179. Gnathophylloides robustus Bruce, 1973

Gnathophylloides robustus Bruce, 1973f:17, figs. 1–7 [type locality: off Point Moore, Geraldton, Western Australia; associated with echinoid Centrostephanus in 3 meters].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum overreaching eyes; carapace acute anteroventrally; telson with lateral margins nearly straight, posterior margin bilobed, with short posteromedian carina; eyestalk produced distally beyond cornea; antennal scale with margins subparallel, lateral margin nearly straight; mandible with vestige of incisor process; 2nd maxilliped with 2 distal segments, together, elongate triangular; 3rd maxilliped with antepenultimate segment 3art times as long as wide, lateral margin distinctly concave, exopod shorter than endopod; 1st pereopod with acute distal prolongation on basis; 2nd pereopod with chela about 5 times as long as wide, movable finger with single tooth on opposable margin; color pattern of fine longitudinal red stripes; maximum postorbital carapace length 6.2 mm.

RANGE.—Known only from the type locality off Western Australia; associated with echinoid, Centrostephanus.

REMARKS.—Because of the numerous differences, especially in the second and third maxillipeds, between the two species assigned to Gnathophylloides, G. robustus may qualify as a distinct genus, unless intermediate forms eventually appear.

Gnathophyllum Latreille, 1819

Gnatophyllum Latreille, 1819:72 [type species, selected by H. Milne Edwards in Cuvier, 1837, pl. 52: fig. 2: Alpheus elegans Risso, 1816:92; gender: neuter].

Gnathophyllum Desmarest, 1823:322–324 [emendation of Gnatophyllum Latreille, 1819].

Drimo Risso, 1827:70 [type species, by monotypy: Alpheus Elegans Risso, 1816:92; gender: masculine].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum with dorsal teeth; telson with 2 or 3 pairs of spines on posterior margin; 2nd maxilliped short and broad; 3rd maxilliped operculate; 3rd pereopod biunguiculate.

RANGE.—Pantropical and subtropical; sometimes associated with echinoids.

REMARKS.—Eight currently recognized species of Gnathophyllum, covered in the following key, are remarkably similar morphologically but most display diagnostic color patterns.

Key to Species of Gnathophyllum

180. Gnathophyllum americanum Guérin-Méneville, 1855

Gnathophyllum americanum Guérin-Méneville, 1855:viii, pl. 2: fig. 14 [type locality: Cuba].—Holthuis, 1949b:244, figs. 5, 6.—Manning, 1963:58, figs. 5, 6.—Bruce, 1975f:25, fig. 12 [color].—Manning and Chace, 1990:12, 13, fig. 7.

Gnathophyllum fasciolatum Stimpson, 1860:28 [type locality: Port Jackson, Australia].

Gnathophyllum zebra Richters, 1880:161, pl. 17: figs. 18–20,22 [type locality: Ilot Fouquets, Mauritius].

Gnathophyllum pallidum Ortmann, 1890:537 [type locality: Tahiti].

Gnathophyllum tridens Nobili, 1906a:259 [type locality: Rikitea, Tuamotu Archipelago; outer reef].

Gnathophyllum minuscularium Armstrong, 1940:9, fig. 4C–K [type locality: The Reach, St. George Island, Bermuda; surface].

DIAGNOSIS.—Rostrum armed with 3–5 dorsal teeth, posterior tooth of series situated on rostrum, proper, anterior to level of posterior orbital margin; telson with posterior pair of lateral spines variably but distinctly removed anteriorly from posterior spines; comea of eye distinctly papillate distally; antennular peduncle with stylocerite reaching about to level of articulation with 2nd segment; 3rd pereopod slender, merus 3art–6art times as long as wide; carapace and abdomen, except for 6th somite and telson, dark brown with whitish transverse stripes-6 on carapace, 10 on 5 anterior abdominal somites; ovigerous females with postocular carapace length of 2.3–4.4 mm.

RANGE.—Red Sea to South Africa and eastward through Indo-Pacific region to Tuamotu Archipelago, western Atlantic from Bermuda and southern Florida throughout Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea, eastern Atlantic from Canary Islands; to a depth of 50 meters, occasionally associated with echinoderms and has even “been observed browsing on the papulae of several asteroids by means of the highly modified outer maxillipeds.” (Bruce, 1975f:27).

*HYMENOCERIDAE Ortmann, 1890

HYMENOCERIDAE Ortmann, 1890:511.

DIAGNOSIS.—Carapace without longitudinal suture; telson with 2 pairs of spines on posterior margin; antennule with 2 completely separate flagella, 1 with accessory branch, sometimes foliaceous; mandible without palp or incisor process; 1st maxilla with mesial coxal lobe not unusually large, mesial basal lobe not reduced; 2nd maxilla with vestigial endite; 1st maxilliped with exopodal lash; 2nd maxilliped with marginal setae on distal segment not especially stout or dense; 3rd maxilliped with antepenultimate segment articulated with and distinctly wider than next proximal segment; 2nd pereopod with chela compressed toward flexor margin, sometimes foliaceously so, dactyl sometimes serrate on extensor margin; 1st pleopod without appendix intema on endopod; 2nd pleopod with appendix masculina in male.

RANGE.—Red Sea to South Africa and eastward through Indonesia and entire Pacific to Panama.

REMARKS.—The fact that the three foliaceous distal segments of the third maxilliped are articulated, rather than fused, with the next proximal segment seems sufficient reason to resurrect Ortmann's familial designation of the three remarkable species in two genera recognized herein and characterized in the following key.

Key to Genera and Species of Hymenoceridae

*Hymenocera Latreille, 1819

Hymenocera Latreille, 1819:71 [type species, designated under plenary powers of International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature: Hymenocera picta Dana, 1852b:593; gender: feminine].

Nematophyllum Bleeker, 1856:37 [type species, selected by Holthuis, 1952d:345: Hymenocera picta Dana, 1852b:593; gender: neuter].

DIAGNOSIS.—Antennule with lateral flagellum greatly expanded foliaceously; 3rd maxilliped with penultimate segment wider than antepenultimate; 2nd pereopod with flexor margin of chela greatly expanded foliaceously.

RANGE.—Red Sea to Zululand and eastward through Philippines and Indonesia to Hawaii, Tuamotus, and Panama; preying on starfishes.

REMARKS.—Debelius (1984:53) is the most recent author to recognize two species of harlequin shrimps. He based that conclusion on the fact that the Indian Ocean form is spotted with brown encircled with bright blue, while the Pacific form has wine-red spots. In the absence of apparent morphological differences and even of dissimilarities in the configuration of the spots in illustrations by Debelius and others-except for a sexual difference in “the second color patch on the side of the abdomen” (Wickler, 1973:225), we are disposed to treat those populations as representing color phases of a single species until there is evidence of more definitive taxonomic distinctions. Such evidence might be no more noticeable than minor but consistent disparity in the color pattern, as in Lysmata amboinensis (De Man, 1888) and L. grabhami (Gordon, 1935) (see Manning and Chace, 1990:23).

*181. Hymenocera picta Dana, 1852

Hymenocera picta Dana, 1852b:593; 1855, pl. 39: fig. 3 [type locality: Raraka, Tuamotu Archipelago].—Wickler, 1973:225, figs. 1–3.—Debelius, 1984:53, 54 [color photos].

H[ymenocera] elegans Heller, 1861:25 [type locality: Tor (Gulf of Suez)]; 1962c:264, pl. 3: figs. 9–14.—Debelius, 1984:53–55 [color photos].

H[ymenocera] latreillii Sharp, 1893:119 [Indian region; Guérin-Méneville nomen nudum].

DIAGNOSIS.—Characters of genus; maximum postorbital carapace length nearly 10 mm.

MATERIAL.—PHILIPPINES. Tataan, Simalac, off Tawitawi, Sulu Archipelago; 19 Feb 1908: 1 male [3.7].

RANGE.—See “Range” of genus.

REMARKS.—See “Remarks” on genus.

Literature Cited

Abele. L.G.

1971.   A New Species of Periclimenaeus Borradaile, 1915 (Crustacea: Decapoda: Palaemonidae) from the Northeastern Gulf of Mexico. Tulane Studies in Zoology and Botany, 17(2):38–40, figures 1, 2.

Abele, L.G., and W. Kim

1984.   Notes on the Freshwater Shrimps of Isla del Coco with the Description of Macrobrachium cocoense, New Species. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 97(4):951–960, figures 1–4.

1989.   The Decapod Crustaceans of the Panama Canal. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology. 482: iv + 50 pages, figures 1–18.

Alcock, A., and A.R. Anderson

1894.   Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer “Investigator,” Commander C.F. Oldham, R.N., Commanding, 14: An Account of a Recent Collection of Deep Sea Crustacea from the Bay of Bengal and Laccadive Sea. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, series 2, 63:141–185, plate 9.

Annandale, N., and S. Kemp

1913.   The Crustacea Decapoda of the Lake of Tiberias. Journal and Proceedings. Asiatic Society of Bengal, new series, 9(6):241–258, 1 unnumbered text-figure, plates 12–14.

Anonymous

1910.   Dredging and Hydrographic Records of the U.S. Fisheries Steamer Albatross during the Philippine Expedition, 1907–1910. Bureau of Fisheries Document, 741: 97 pages.

Armstrong, J.C.

1940.   New Species of Caridea from the Bermudas. American Museum Novitates. 1096:1–10, figures 1–4.

Audouin, J.V.

1826.   Explication sommaire des planches de Crustacés de 1′Égypteet de la Syrie, publiées par Jules-César Savigny, Membre de l'Institut; offrant un expose édes caractèeres naturels des genres, avec la distinction des espèces. In J.-C. Savigny, Description de l'Egypte, Histoire Naturelle, 1(4):77–98. Paris.

Aurivillius. C.W.S.

1898.   Krustaceen aus dem Kamerun-Gebiete. Kungliga Svenska Vetenskapsakademiens Handlingar, 24(4): 1–31, plates 1–4.

Baba, K., K.-l. Hayashi, and M. Toriyama

1986.   Decapod Crustaceans from Continental Shelf and Slope Around Japan. 336 pages, figures 1–22, 176 figures in color. Tokyo.

Baker. W.H.

1907.   Notes on South Australian Decapod Crustacea, Part V. Transactions and Proceedings and Report of the Royal Society of South Australia, 31:173–191, plates 23–25.

Balss. H.

1913.   Diagnosen neuer ostasiatischer Macruren. Zoologischer Anzeiger, 42(5):234–239.

1914a.  Über einige Pontoniiden. Zoologischer Anzeiger. 45(2):83–88, figures 1–13.

1914b.  Ostasiatische Decapoden, II: Die Natantia und Reptantia. In F. Doflein, editor, Dekapoden, part 7 in volume 2 of Beiträge zur Naturgeschichte Ostasiens. Abhandlungen der Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, München, supplement 2, 10:1–101, figures 1–50, plate 1.

1916.   Crustacea, II: Decapoda Macrura und Anomura (ausser Fam. Paguridae). In W. Michaelsen. Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Meeresfauna Westafrikas, 2(1):13–46, figures 1–16. Hamburg: L. Friederichsen & Co.

1921a.  Über eine neue Pontoniide aus dem Golf von Neapel. Mitteilungen aus der Zoologischen Station zu Neapel, 22(15):523–526, figures 1–8.

1921b.  Results of Dr. E. Mjöbergs Swedish Scientific Expeditions to Australia 1910–13, XXIX: Stomatopoda, Macrura, Paguridea und Galatheidea. Kungliga Svenska Vetenskapsakademiens Handlingar. 61 (10): 1–24, figures 1–12.

1924.   Ostasiatische Decapoden, V: Die Oxyrhynchen und Schlussteil (Geographische Übersicht der Decapoden Japans.) Archiv für Naturgeschichte, 90(A5):20–84, figures 1, 2, plate 1.

Barnard, K.H.

1958.   Further Additions to the Crustacean Fauna-list of Portuguese East Africa. Memórias do Museu Dr. Alvaro de Castro, 4:3–23, figures 1–7.

1962.   New Records of Marine Crustacea from the East African Region. Crustaceana, 3(3):239–245, figures 1–3.

Bate, C.S.

1863.   On Some New Australian Species of Crustacea. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1863:498–505, pls. 40, 41.

1868a.  On a New Genus, with Four New Species, of Freshwater Prawns. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1868:363–368, plates 30. 31.

1868b.  Carcinological Gleanings, IV. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series 4, 2:112–120, plates 9–11.

1888.   Report on the Crustacea Macrura Collected by the Challenger during the Years 1873–76. In Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. “Challenger” during the Years 1873–76. 24: xc + 942 pages. 76 figures, 157 plates.

Berggren, M.

1990.   Dasella herdmaniae (Lebour) (Decapoda: Natantia: Pontoniinae) from Moçambique and Establishment of a New Species, Dasella brucei. Journal of Crustacean Biology, 10(3):554–559, figures 1–3.

Berggren, M., and I. Svane

1989.   Periclimenes ingressicolumbi, New Species, a Pontoniine Shrimp Associated with Deep-water Echinoids off San Salvador Island in the Bahamas, and a Comparison with Periclimenes milleri. Journal of Crustacean Biology, 9(3):432–444, figures 1–6.

Blanco, G.J.

1939a.  Two New Decapods from the Philippines. The Philippine Journal of Science. 69(2): 167–171, plates 1.2.

1939b.  A New Species of Palaemon from Northern Luzon. The Philippine Journal of Science, 67:201–206, plate 1.

Bleeker, P.

1856.   Reis door de Minahassa en den Molukschen Archipel gedaan un die maanden September en October 1855 in het gervvolg van den Gouveneur-Generaal A.J. Duymaer van Twist. 2 volumes. Batavia (Jakarta): Laange & Co..

Boone, L.

1930.   New Decapod and Isopod Crustaceans from Gonave Bay, Haiti. Zoologica (New York), 12(4):41–53, figures 7–10.

1935.   Crustacea: Anomura, Macrura, Euphausiacea, Isopoda, Amphipoda and Echinodermata: Asteroidea and Echinoidea. In Scientific Results of the World Cruise of the Yacht “Alva,” 1931, William K. Vanderbilt, Commanding. Bulletin of the Vanderbilt Marine Museum, 6:1–264, figures 1–13, plates 1–96.

Borradaile, L.A.

1898.   A Revision of the Pontoniidae. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series 7, 2:376–391.

1899.   On Some Crustaceans from the South Pacific, Part III: Macrura. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1898:1000–1015, plates 63–65.

1900.   On the Stomatopoda and Macrura Brought by Dr. Willey from the South Seas. In Willey, Zoological Results Based on Material from New Britain, New Guinea, Loyalty Islands, and Elsewhere, Collected during the Years 1895, 1896 and 1897, 4:395–428, plates 36–39.

1901.   Land Crustaceans. In J. Stanley Gardiner, The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, 1(1):64–100, figures 12–23, plate 3.

1915.   Notes on Carides. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series 8, 15:205–213.

1916.   Crustacea, Part I: Decapoda. British Antarctic (“Terra Nova”) Expedition, 1910, Natural History Report: Zoology, 3(2):75–110, figures 1–16.

1917.   The Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905. under the Leadership of Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner, M.A. Volume 6, Number VIII on the Pontoniinae. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, series 2, 17(3):323–396, plates 52–57.

1920.   On a New Commensal Prawn. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series 9, 5:132, 133.

Bosc, L.A.G.

1802.   Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, contenant leur description et leurs moeurs, avec figures dessinées d'après nature, 1:1–258, plates 1–8; 2:1–296, plates 9–18. Paris.

Bouvier, E.-L.

1895.   Sur les Palémons recueillis dans les eaux douces de la Basse-Californie par M. Diguet. Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle (Paris), 1:159–162, figures 1, 2.

Bruce, A.J.

1965.   Notes on Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, X: Periclimenes cristimanus sp. nov., a New Pontoniinid Shrimp from Singapore. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series 13, 7:487, figures 1, 2.

1966a.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XI: A Re-examination of Philarius lophos Barnard, with the Designation of a New Genus, Ischnopontonia. Bulletin of Marine Science, 16(3):584–598, figures 1–5.

1966b.  The Re-discovery of Cavicheles kempi Holthuis (Decapoda Natantia, Pontoniinae) in the Comores. Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, series 2, 38(3):266–269, figure 1.

1966c.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, I: Periclimenes tosaensis Kubo. Crustaceana. 10(1):15–22, figures 1–4.

1966d.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, II: Platycaris latirostris Holthuis. Crustaceana, 11(1):1–9, figures 1–5.

1967a.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, III–IX: Descriptions of Some New Genera and Species from the Western Indian Ocean and the South China Sea. Zoologische Verhandelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 87: 73 pages, figures 1–29.

1967b.  The Results of the Re-examination of the Type Specimens of Some Pontoniid Shrimps in the Collection of the Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris. Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, series 2, 39(3):564–572.

1968a.  A Report on Some Pontoniid Shrimps from New Caledonia. Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, series 2, 39(6): 1148–1171, figures 1–10.

1968b.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XII: The Re-examination of the Types of Pontonia brevirostris Miers, 1884, with the Designation of a New Genus, Platypontonia (Decapoda, Natantia). Crustaceana, 15(3):289–297, figures 1–3.

1969a.  Preliminary Descriptions of Ten New Species of the Genus Periclimenaeus Borradaile, 1915 (Crustacea. Decapoda, Natantia, Pontoniinae). Zoologische Mededelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 44(12): 159–176.

1969b.  Preliminary Descriptions of Sixteen New Species of the Genus Periclimenes Costa 1844 (Crustacea. Decapoda Natantia, Pontoniinae). Zoologische Mededelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 43(20):253–278.

1969c.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XIII: Propontonia pellucida gen. nov., sp. nov., a New Pontoniid Shrimp from the Amirante Islands. Crustaceana. 17(2): 141–150, figures 1–5.

1969d.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae. XIV: Observations on Paratypton siebenrocki Balss. Crustaceana. 17(2): 171–186, figures 1–5, plate 1.

1970a.  Report on Some Commensal Pontoniinid Shrimps (Crustacea: Palaemonidae) Associated with an Indo-Pacific Gorgonian Host (Coelenterata: Gorgonacea). Journal of Zoology. London, 160:537–544, figures 1–3.

1970b.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XV: Hamopontonia corallicola gen. nov., sp. nov., a New Pontoniid Shrimp from Hong Kong. Crustaceana, 18(1): 37–48, figures 1–4.

1970c.  Further Preliminary Descriptions of New Species of the Genus Periclimenaeus Borradaile, 1915, (Crustacea, Decapoda, Natantia, Pontoniinae). Zoologische Mededelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 44(21):305–315.

1970d.  Observations on the Indo-West Pacific Species of the Genus Palaemonella Dana, 1852 (Decapoda, Pontoniinae). Crustaceana, 19(3):273–287, figures 1–7, plate 1.

1971a.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XVII: Eupontonia noctalbata gen. nov., sp. nov., a New Pontoniinid Shrimp from Mahé, the Seychelle Islands. Crustaceana. 20(3):225–236, figures 1–5.

1971b.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XVI: Onycocaris seychellensis sp. nov., a New Species of Shrimp from Mahé. Crustaceana. 20(2);208–218, figures 1–6.

1971c.  Onycocaris zanzibarica sp. nov., a New Pontoniid Shrimp from East Africa. Journal of Natural History, 5:293–298, figures 1, 2.

1971d.  Periclimenes attenuatus sp. nov. (Crustacea, Decapoda, Natantia, Pontoniinae), a New Commensal Shrimp from the Duke of York Islands. Pacific Science. 25(4):533–544, figures 1–5.

1971e.  On a New Commensal Shrimp Periclimenes hirsutus sp. nov. (Crustacea, Decapoda Natantia. Pontoniinae) from Fiji. Pacific Science. 25:91–99. figures 1–6.

1971f.  Pontoniinid Shrimps from the Ninth Cruise of R/V Anton Bruun, IIOE, 1964; I: Palaemonella Dana and Periclimenes Costa. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, 82:1–13. figure 1.

1971g.  Records of Some Rare Pontoniid Shrimps from Australian Waters, with Remarks upon the Mouthparts of Some Species of the Genus Periclimenes Costa, 1844. Zoologische Verhandelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 114:1–32, figures 1–9.

1972a.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae. XIX: Allopontoniia iaini gen. nov., sp. nov., a New Echinoid Associate from Zanzibar (Decapoda, Caridea). Crustaceana, 22(1): 1–12, figures 1–5.

1972b.  A Report on a Small Collection of Pontoniid Shrimps from Fiji, with the Description of a New Species of Coralliocaris Stimpson (Crustacea, Decapoda. Natantia, Pontoniinae). Pacific Science, 26(1):63–86, figures 1–11.

1972c.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XX: Pontonia sibogae sp. nov., a New Species of Pontonia from Eastern Australia and Indonesia (Decapoda Natantia. Palaemonidae). Crustaceana. 23(2):182–186, figure 1.

1972d.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae. XXI: Typton bawii sp. nov., the First Occurrence of the Genus Typton Costa in the Indian Ocean (Decapoda Natantia, Palaemonidae). Crustaceana. 23(3):243–254. figures 1–6.

1972e.  Shrimps that Live with Molluscs. Sea Frontiers. 18(4):218–227, illustrated.

1972f.  A Review of Information upon the Coral Hosts of Commensal Shrimps of the Sub-Family Pontoniinae. Kingsley, 1878 (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae). In Proceedings of the Symposium on Corals and Coral Reefs, pages 399–417, figures 1, 2. Cochin: The Marine Biological Association of India.

1972g.  Pycnocaris chagoae gen. nov., sp. nov., a New Shrimp from the Chagos Archipelago (Decapoda Natantia, Gnathophyllidae). Crustaceana, 23(1):50–64, figures 1–7.

1973a.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XXIV: Dasycaris zanzibarica sp. nov. from the Western Indian Ocean, with Remarks on Other Species of Dasycaris Kemp. 1922 (Decapoda Natantia). Crustaceana, 24(3):247–260, figures 1–6.

1973b.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XXII: Pliopontonia furtiva gen. nov., sp. nov., a New Shrimp Associated with a Coralliomorph Zoantharian. Crustaceana, 24(1):97–109, figures 1–5, plate 1.

1973c.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae. XXIII: Tectopontonia maziwiae gen. nov., sp. nov., a New Coral Associate from Tanganyika (Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Crustaceana, 24(2): 169–180. figures 1–4.

1973d.  Typton australis sp. nov., a New Pontoniinid Shrimp from the Great Barrier Reef. Australia. Records of the Australian Museum, 28(12):253–263, figures 1–4.

1973e.  The Pontoniinid Shrimps Collected by the Yale Seychelles Expedition, 1957–1958 (Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Crustaceana, 24(1): 132–142, figures 1.2.

1973f.  Gnathophylloides robustus sp. nov., a New Commensal Shrimp from Western Australia, with the Designation of a New Genus Levicaris (Decapoda, Caridea). Crustaceana. 24(1): 17–32, figures 1–9.

1974a.  Coralliocaris viridis sp. nov., a Preliminary Note (Decapoda Natantia, Pontoniinae). Crustaceana. 26(2):222, 1 figure.

1974b.  Periclimenes insolitus sp. nov. (Decapoda Natantia, Pontoniinae), a New Commensal Shrimp from Waikiki Beach, Oahu, Hawaii. Crustaceana. 26(3):293–307. figures 1–8.

1974c.  Observations upon Some Specimens of the Genus Periclimenaeus Borradaile (Decapoda. Natantia, Pontoniinae) Originally Described by G. Nobili. Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, series 3. 258 (Zoologie 180): 1557–1583, figures 1–15.

1974d.  A Report on a Small Collection of Pontoniinid Shrimps from the Island of Farquhar (Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Crustaceana. 27(2): 189–203. figures 1–8.

1974e.  The Occurrence of Gnathophylloides mineri Schmitt (Decapoda, Natantia, Gnathophyllidae) in the Indian Ocean. Crustaceana. 26(3):313–315. figure 1.

1975a.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XXVI: Neoanchistus cardiodytes gen. nov., sp. nov., a New Mollusc-Associated Shrimp from Madagascar (Decapoda. Palaemonidae). Crustaceana. 29(2): 149–165. figures 1–7.

1975b.  Further Observations on the Indo-West Pacific Species of the Genus Palaemonella Dana. 1852 (Decapoda Natantia. Pontoniinae). Crustaceana. 29(2): 169–185. figures 1–7.

1975c.  Periclimenes colemani sp. nov., a New Shrimp Associate of a Rare Sea Urchin from Heron Island, Queensland (Decapoda Natantia, Pontoniinae). Records of the Australian Museum, 29(18):486–501, figures 1–8.

1975d.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XXV: Further Observations upon Periclimenes noverca Kemp, 1922. with the Designation of a New Genus Zenopontonia. and Some Remarks upon Periclimenes parasiticus Borradaile (Decapoda Natantia. Palaemonidae). Crustaceana. 28(3):275–285. figures 1–3.

1975e.  Pontonia armata H. Milne Edwards (Decapoda Natantia. Pontoniinae)—A Correction. Crustaceana, 29(1):49–54, figures 1–3.

1975f.  Coral Reef Shrimps and Their Colour Patterns. Endeavour, 34(121):23–27, figures 1–16.

1976a.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XXVII: Apopontonia falcirostris gen. nov., from Madagascar. Crustaceana, 31(3):301–311, figures 1–5.

1976b.  A Report on a Small Collection of Pontoniine Shrimps from the Northern Indian Ocean. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of India, 1974 [1976], 16(2):437–454.

1976c.  A Report on Some Pontoniinid Shrimps Collected from the Seychelle Islands by the F.R.V. Manihine, 1972, with a Review of the Seychelles Pontoniinid Shrimp Fauna. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society, 59:89–153, figures 1–30.

1976d.  A Report on a Small Collection of Shrimps from the Kenya National Marine Parks at Malindi, with Notes on Selected Species. Zoologische Verhandelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 145:1–72, figures 1–23.

1977a.  Pontoniine Shrimps in the Collections of the Australian Museum. Records of the Australian Museum, 31(2):39–81, figures 1–16.

1977b.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XXIX: Epipontonia spongicola gen. nov., sp. nov., from Wasin Island, Kenya. Crustaceana, 32(3):304–315, figures 1–5.

1977c.  Periclimenes kororensis sp. nov., an Unusual Shrimp Associate of the Fungiid Coral Heliofungia actiniformis. Micronesica, 13(1):33–43, figures 1–4.

1977d.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XXVIII: Typton wasini sp. nov., from Wasin Island, Kenya. Crustaceana, 32(3):272–285, figures 1–7.

1977e.  The Occurrence of Conchodytes nipponensis (De Haan) (Decapoda Natantia, Pontoniinae) in Queensland, Australia. Crustaceana, 33(1):97–100, figure 1.

1977f.  A Report on a Small Collection of Pontoniine Shrimps from Queensland, Australia. Crustaceana, 33(2):167–181, figures 1–10.

1977g.  The Possible Identity of Coralliocaris macrophthalma (H. Milne Edwards, 1837) (Decapoda Natantia, Pontoniinae). Crustaceana, 32(2):203–205, figure 1.

1977h.  Shrimps that Live on Corals. Oceans, 1(2):70–75, illustrated.

1977i.  The Hosts of the Coral-Associated Indo-West-Pacific Pontoniine Shrimps. Atoll Research Bulletin, 205:1–19, 1 figure.

1977j.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XXX: Some Periclimenes Species from Madagascar (Decapoda Caridea). Crustaceana, 33(3):265–274, figures 1–5.

1978a.  A Report on a Collection of Pontoniine Shrimps from Madagascar and Adjacent Seas. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society, 62:205–290, figures 1–44.

1978b.  Paranchistus pyenodontae sp. nov. a New Pontoniine Shrimp Associated with an Ostreid Bivalve Host. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum, l8(2):233–240, figures 1–5, plate 39.

1978c.  Typton crosslandi sp. nov., a New Pontoniine Shrimp, from the Galapagos Islands. Crustaceana, 35(3):294–300, figures 1–3.

1978d.  Pontoniinid Shrimps from the Ninth Cruise of R/V Anton Bruun. IIOE, 1964, II: The Remaining Genera. Bulletin of Marine Science, 28(1):118–136, figures 1–3.

1978e.  Periclimenes soror Nobili, a Pontoniin Shrimp New to the American Fauna, with Observations on Its Indo-West Pacific Distribution. Tethys, 8(4)[1976]:299–306. figures 1–6.

1978f.  The Re-examination of Some Pontoniine Shrimp Types First Described by L.A. Borradaile (Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Crustaceana, 34(3):251–268, figures 1–9.

1979a.  Ctenopontonia cyphastreophila, a New Genus and Species of Coral Associated Pontoniine Shrimp from Eniwetok Atoll. Bulletin of Marine Science, 29(3):423–435, figures 1–7.

1979b.  Onycocaris anomala sp. nov., a New Pontoniine Shrimp from the Northern Territory, Australia. Records of the Australian Museum, 32(2):69–79, figures 1–4.

1979c.  Onycocaris furculata sp. nov., a New Pontoniine Shrimp from La Réunion. Cahiers de l'Indo-Pacifique, 1(3):323–334, figures 1–4.

1979d.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XXXI: Periclimenes magnificus sp. nov., a Coelenterate Associate from the Capricorn Islands (Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Crustaceana, Supplement 5:195–208, figures 1–6, plate 1.

1979e.  A Report on a Small Collection of Pontoniine Shrimps from Eniwetok Atoll. Crustaceana, Supplement 5:209–230, figures 1–7, plate 1.

1979f.  Records of Some Pontoniine Shrimps from the South China Sea. Cahiers de l'Indo-Pacifique, 1 (2):215–248.

1980a.  On Some Pontoniine Shrimps from Nouméa, New Caledonia. Cahiers de l' Indo-Pacifique, 2(1): l–39, figures 1–14.

1980b.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacifique Pontoniinae, XXXIII: Periclimenaeus diplosomatis sp. nov., an Ascidian Associate from Heron Island, Australia, Crustaceana, 39(1):39–51, figures 1–6.

1981a.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XXXVIII: Apopontoniadubia sp. nov., from a Southern Queensland Sponge Host. Crustaceana, 41(3):225–232, figures 1–3.

1981b.  Onycocaridella prima, New Genus, New Species, a New Pontoniine Sponge-Associate from the Capricorn Islands, Australia (Decapoda, Caridea, Pontoniinae). Journal of Crustacean Biology, 1(2):241–250, figures 1–6.

1981c.  Decapod Crustacea: Pontoniinae. In Résultats des campagnes MUSORSTOM, I: Philippines (18–28 Mars 1976). Mémoires ORSTOM, 91:189–215, figures 1–18.

1981d.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XXXVI: Pontonia ardeae sp. nov., a New Bivalve Associate from the Capricorn Islands (Decapoda, Natantia). Crustaceana, 40(2): 113–126, figures 1–8.

1981e.  Pontoniine Shrimps of Heron Island. Atoll Research Bulletin, 245:1–33.

1981f.  Some Pontoniine Shrimps from the Solomon Islands. Micronesica, 16(2):261–269, figure 1.

1981g.  Pontoniine Shrimps from Viti Levu, Fijian Islands. Micronesica, 17(1–2):77–95, figures 1–11.

1981h.  Pontoniine Shrimps from the Great Astrolabe Reef, Fiji. Pacific Science, 34(4):389–400, figures 1–5.

1982a.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XXXIX: Isopontonia platycheles gen. nov., sp. nov., from the Chesterfield Islands, New Caledonia (Decapoda, Caridea). Crustaceana, 42(1):54–64, figures 1–5.

1982b.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XLI: Orthopontonia, a New Genus Proposed for Periclimenaeus ornatus Bruce. Crustaceana, 43(2): 163–176, figures 1–6, plate 1.

1982c.  The Shrimps Associated with Indo-West Pacific Echinoderms, with the Description of a New Species in the Genus Periclimenes Costa, 1844 (Crustacea: Pontoniinae). Australian Museum Memoir, 16: 191–216, figures 1–8.

1982d.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XL: The Rediscovery of Periclimenes lifuensis Borradaile, 1898 (Decapoda, Pontoniinae) and the Establishment of Its Systematic Position. Crustaceana, 42(2): 158–173, figures 1–7.

1982e.  The Pontoniine Shrimp Fauna of Hong Kong. In B.S. Morton and C. K. Tseng, editors, Proceedings of the First International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Hong Kong and Southern China, Hong Kong, 1980, pages 234–284, figures 1–26. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press.

1983a.  A Second Species of the Pontoniine Shrimp Genus Dasella Lebour, D. ansoni sp. nov., from the Arafura Sea. The Beagle, Occasional Papers of the Northern Territory Museum of Arts and Sciences. 1(3):21–29, figures 1–5.

1983b.  Epipontonia anceps n. sp., a Sponge-Associated Pontoniine Shrimp from Heron Island, Queensland. (Crustacea: Decapoda: Palaemonidae). Records of the Australian Museum. 35:19–28, figures 1–10.

1983c.  Expédition Rumphius II (1975). Crustacés parasites, commensaux, etc. (Th. Monod ed.). IX: Crustacés Décapodes (1ere partie: Natantia Pontoniinae). Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris, series 4, 5, section A, no. 3:871–902, figures 1–10.

1983d.  The Pontoniine Shrimp Fauna of Australia. Australian Museum Memoir 18:195–218.

1984a.  Periclimenes dentidactylus, a New Deep Water Pontoniine Shrimp from Makassar Strait, Indonesia. Marine Research in Indonesia, 24:7–17, figures 1–6.

1984b.  Marine Caridean Shrimps of the Seychelles, Monographiae Biologicae, 55:141–169.

1985a.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XLII: Miopontonia yongei gen. nov., sp. nov., from the Australian North West Shelf (Decapoda, Caridea). Crustaceana, 48(2): 167–178, figures 1–5.

1985b.  Decapod Crustacea: Pontoniinae (MUSORSTOM II). In Résultats des campagnes MUSORSTOM, I et II - Philippines (1876, 1980). Mémoires du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, série A., Zoologie, 133:229–260, figures 1–17.

1985c.  Some Caridean Associates of Scleractinian Corals in the Ryukyu Islands. Galaxea, 4:1–21, figures 1–12, plate l.

1986a.  Observations on the Family Gnathophyllidae Dana, 1852 (Crustacea: Decapoda). Journal of Crustacean Biology, 6(3):463–470, figures 1–3.

1986b.  Chacella, a New Palaemonid Shrimp Genus Proposed for Dasycaris kerstitchi Wicksten, 1983 (Crustacea: Decapoda: Natantia). Journal of Crustacean Biology, 6(3):485–490, figures 1–3.

1986c.  Diapontonia maranulus, New Genus, New Species, a Pontoniine Shrimp Associate of a Deep-water Echinoid. Journal of Crustacean Biology, 6(1):125–133, figures 1–5.

1986d.  Three New Species of Commensal Shrimps from Port Essington, Arnhem Land, Northern Australia (Crustacea: Decapoda: Palaemonidae). The Beagle, Occasional Papers of The Northern Territory Museum of Arts and Sciences. 3(1):143–166, figures 1–15.

1986e.  Periclimenes milleri New Species, a Bathyal Echinoid-associated Pontoniine Shrimp from the Bahamas. Bulletin of Marine Science, 39(3):637–645, figures 1–5.

1986f.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae, XLIII: A New Species of Typton from Ashmore Reef, Timor Sea (Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Crustaceana, 50(3):278–286, figures 1–4.

1987a.  Onycocaridites anomodactylus, New Genus, New Species (Decapoda: Palaemonidae), a Commensal Shrimp from the Arafura Sea. Journal of Crustacean Biology, 7(4):771–779, figures 1–4.

1987b.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae. XLIV: Periclimenes darwiniensis sp. nov. from the Northern Territory, Australia (Decapoda, Caridea). Crustaceana, 52(1):29–39, figures 1–5.

1987c.  Periclimenes johnsoni sp. nov., a New Species of Shrimp from Singapore (Crustacea: Decapoda: Palaemonidae). Indo-Malayan Zoology, 4:113–126, figures 1–5.

1987d.  Typton nanus sp. nov., a New Commensal Shrimp (Crustacea: Decapoda: Palaemonidae) from the Australian North-West Shelf. The Beagle, Records of the Northern Territory Museum of Arts and Sciences, 4(1):49–56.

1988a.  Exopontonia malleatrix, New Genus, New Species, a Palaemonid Shrimp from Ashmore Reef, Timor Sea. Journal of Crustacean Biology, 8(1):122–130, figures 1–5.

1988b.  Two New Palaemonid Shrimps (Crustacea: Decapoda) from the Australian North West Shelf. Journal of Natural History, 22:1263–1276, figures 11–7.

1988c.  A Redescription of Periclimenes fimbriatus Borradaile, 1915, with the Designation of a New Genus (Crustacea: Decapoda: Palaemonidae). Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society, 94:219–232, figures 1–6.

1988d.  A New Palaemonid Shrimp from the Zostera-beds of Moreton Bay, Queensland. Australia (Decapoda: Palaemnonidea). The Beagle. Records of the Northern Territory Museum of Arts and Scineces. 5(1):105–114, figures 1–5.

1989a.  Notes on Some Indo-Pacific Pontoniinae. XLV: Conchodytes maculatus sp. nov., a New Bivalve Associate from the Australian Northwest Shelf. Crustaceana. 56(2):182–192, figures 1–6.

1989b.  A Report on Some Coral Reef Shrimps from the Philippine Islands. Asian Marine Biology, 6:173–192, figures 1–6.

1989c.  Periclimenes gonioporae sp. nov. (Crustacea: Decapoda: Palaemonidae), a New Coelenterate-associated Shrimp. The Beagle, Records of the Northern Territory Museum of Arts and Sciences, 6(1):149–156, figures 1–4.

1990a.  Crustacea Decapoda: Deep-sea Palaemonoid Shrimps from New Caledonian Waters. In A. Crosnier, editor, Résultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 6. Memoires du Muséum National d' Histoire Naturelle, series A, Zoologie, 145:149–215, figures 1–39.

1990b.  Periclimenes poupini sp. nov., a New Anomone-associated Shrimp from Deep-water Traps (Crustacea: Decapoda: Palaemonidae). Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, série A, Zoologie, 4(11) (1989):851–863, figures 1–7.

1990c.  Additions to the Marine Shrimp Fauna of Hong Kong. In B. Morton, editor, Proceedings of the Second International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Hong Kong and Southern China, 2(2):611–648, figures 1–17. Hong Kong University Press, Hong Kong.

1990d.  Periclimenes tonga sp. nov., a Commensal Shrimp Associated with a Scyphozoan Host from Tonga (Crustacea: Decapoda: Palaemonidae). Micronesica, 21(1988):23–32, figures 1–5.

1990e.  Periclimenes franklini sp. nov., a New Deep-sea Shrimp from the Coral Sea. The Beagle, Records of Northern Territory Museum of Arts and Sciences, 7(1):55–64.

1990f.  A New Cnidarian-associated Palaemonid Shrimp from Port Essington, Cobourg Peninsula, Australia. Indo-Malayan Zoology, 6(1989): 229–243, figures 1–8.

1991a.  Shallow-water Palaemonoid Shrimps from New Caledonia (Crustacea: Decapoda). In B. Richer de Forges, editor, Le Benthos des Fonds Meubles des Lagons de Nouvelle-Calédonie, 1. Etudes et Théses, Paris, ORSTOM, pages 221–279, figures 1–31.

1991b.  Crustacea Decapoda: Further Deep-sea Palaemonoid Shrimps from New Caledonian Waters. In A. Crosnier, editor, Résultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, volume 9. Mémoires du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, série A, Zoologie, 152:299–411, figures 1–75.

1991c.  Notopontonia platycheles, New Genus, New Species (Decapoda: Pontoniinae) from South Australia, with Remarks on Pontonia pinnophylax (Otto), the type Species of Pontonia Latreille. Journal of Crustacean Biology, 11(4):607–628, figures 1–14.

Bruce, A.J., and A. Svoboda.

1983.   Observations upon Some Pontoniine Shrimps from Aqaba, Jordan. Zoologische Verhandelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 205:44 pages, figures 1–15.

1984.   A Report on a Small Collection of Coelenterate-Associated Pontoniine Shrimps from Cebu, Philippine Islands. Asian Marine Biology, 1:87–99, figures 1–7.

Bruce, A.J., and D.L. Zmarzly

1983.   Periclimenes pilipes, New Species, a Crinoid Associate from Enewetak Atoll, Marshall Islands (Crustacea: Decapoda; Pontoniinae). Journal of Crustacean Biology, 3(4):644–654, figures 1–6.

Calman, W.T.

1899.   On Two Species of Macrurous Crustaceans from Lake Tanganyika. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1899:704–712, plates 39, 40.

1909.   On a Blind Prawn from the Sea of Galilee (Typhlocaris galilea, g. et sp. n.). Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, series 2 (Zoology), 11(5):93–97, plate 19.

1939.   Crustacea: Caridea. In The John Murray Expedition 1933–34 Scientific Reports, 6(4): 183–224, figures 1–8.

Cases, E., and V. Storch

1981.   Decapods Associated with Invertebrates from Cebu. The Philippine Scientist, 18:15–26, figures 1–9.

Chace, F.A., Jr.

1937.   The Templeton Crocker Expedition, VII: Caridean Decapod Crustacea from the Gulf of California and the West Coast of Lower California. Zoologica (New York), 22(2): 109–138, figures 1–9.

1942.   Six New Species of Decapod and Stomatopod Crustacea from the Gulf of Mexico. Proceedings of the New England Zoological Club, 19:79–92, plates 23–28.

1958.   A New Shrimp of the Genus Periclimenes from the West Indies. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 71:125–130, figures 1–17.

1969.   A New Genus and Five New Species of Shrimps (Decapoda, Palaemonidae, Pontoniinae) from the Western Atlantic. Crustaceana, 16(3):251–272, figures 1–11.

1972a.  Palaemon debilis from Hawaii and the Status of the Genus Palaemonetes (Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Crustaceana, 23(1):12–19, figures 1–4.

1972b.  The Shrimps of the Smithsonian-Bredin Caribbean Expeditions with a Summary of the West Indian Shallow-water Species (Crustacea: Decapoda: Natantia). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, 98: × + 179 pages, figures 1–61.

1975.   Cave Shrimps (Decapoda: Caridea) from the Dominican Republic. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 88(4):29–44, figures 1–7.

1983.   The Caridean Shrimps (Crustacea: Decapoda) of the Albatross Philippine Expedition, 1907–1910, Part 1: Family Stylodactylidae. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, 381: iii + 21 pages, 8 figures.

Chace, F.A., Jr., and S.L.H. Fuller

1971.   A New Shrimp of the Genus Gnathophyllum (Decapoda, Caridea) from Puerto Rico. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 83(44):493–504, figures 1–7.

Chong, S.S.C.

1989.   A New Species of Freshwater Prawn, Macrobrachium qua sp. nov. (Decapoda, Caridea, Palaemonidae) from Sabah, East Malaysia, Borneo. Crustaceana, 56(1):31–38, figures 1, 2.

Chong, S.S.C., and H.W. Khoo

1987a.  A New Species of Freshwater Prawn, Macrobrachium johnsoni spec, nov. (Decapoda: Caridea: Palaemonidae) from Peninsular Malaysia, and a Description of Its First Zoea. Zoologische Mededelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 61(25):359–370, figures 1–3.

1987b.  Macrobrachium ahkowi nom. nov., a Replacement Name for Macrobrachium johnsoni Chong & Khoo, 1987, Preoccupied by Macrobrachium johnsoni Ravindranath, 1979 (Decapoda: Caridea: Palaemonidae). Zoologische Mededelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 61(37):561, 562.

Clark, A.H.

1919.   Some Necessary Changes in Crustacean Nomenclature. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 32:199.

Costa, H.H.

1979.   The Palaemonidae of the Inland Waters of Sri Lanka. Ceylon Journal of Science (Biological Sciences), new series, 13(1–2):39–64, 6 text figures, 2 plates.

Costa, O.G.

1844.   Su due nuovi generi di Crostacei decapodi Macrouri Nota. Annali delle Accademia degli Aspiranti Naturalisti, Napoli, 2:285–290.

Costa, O.G., and A. Costa

1838–1871.   Crostacei ed Aracnedi. In Fauna del Regno di Napoli ossia enumerazione di tutti gli Animali che abitano le diverse regioni di questo regno e le acque che le bagnano contenente la descrizione de nuovi o poco esattamente conosciuti con figure ricavate da originali viventi e dipinte al naturale: foglia 1–43 (259 pages, 31 plates), 1–4 (30 pages, 1 plate), 1–5 (34 pages, 5 plates). [For contents and dates of publication see Sherborn (1937) and d'Erasmo (1949).]

Coutiére, H.

1899.   Sur quelques Macroures des eaux douces de Madagascar (Voyage de M.G. Grandidier). Bulletin du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, 5(7):382–383.

1900.   Sur quelques Macroures des eaux douces de Madagascar. Comptes Rendus des Séances de l'Académie des Sciences (Paris), 130:1266–1268.

1901.   Note sur Coralliocaris Agassizi n. sp. provenant des dragages du Blake (1878–1879). Bulletin du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle (Paris), 1901(3):115–117, 1 figure.

1902.   Note sur les Palaemonidae africains provenant des explorations d'Ed. Foa. Bulletin du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, 7:515–520.

Cowan, C.F.

1976.   On the Disciples' Edition of Cuvier's Regne Animal. Journal of the Society for the Bibliography of Natural History, 8(1):32–64.

Cowles, R.P.

1914.   Palaemons of the Philippine Islands. The Philippine Journal of Science, (D)9(4):319–403, figure 1, plates 1–3.

Criales, M.M.

1980.   Commensal Caridean Shrimps of Octocorallia and Antipatharia in Curaçao and Bonaire with Description of a New Species of Neopontonides. Studies on the Fauna of Curaçao and Other Caribbean Islands, 61(188):68–85, figs. 25–29.

1981.   Two New Species of Pseudocoutierea (Decapoda Natantia, Palaemonidae) from the Colombian Caribbean. Crustaceana, 41(2):167–181, figures 1–9.

Curtiss, A.

1938.   A Short Zoology of Tahiti in the Society Islands. 193 pages. Brooklyn, N.Y.: Guide Printing Company, Inc.

Dai, A.-Y.

1984.   A Preliminary Study on the Freshwater Prawn Genus Macrobrachium of China (Decapoda: Caridea). Acta Zootaxonomica Sinica, 9(3):244–252, figures 1–22.

Dammerman, K.W.

1929.   Krakatau's New Fauna. Reprint from Krakatau, published for the Fourth Pacific Science Congress, Java 1929:83–118, 1 figure, 2 plates.

1948.   The Fauna of Krakatau 1883–1933. Verhandelingen Koninklijke Nederlandsche Akademie van Wetenschappen, section 2, 44:1–594, frontispiece, figures 1–46, plates 1–11.

Dana, J.D.

1852a.  Conspectus Crustaceorum quae in Orbis Terrarum circumnavigatione, Carolo Wilkes e Classe Republicae Foederatae Duce, lexit et descripsit. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1852:10–28.

1852b.  Crustacea, Part 1. In United States Exploring Expedition during the Years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842, under the Command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Volume 13, 685 pages. Philadelphia.

1855.   Crustacea. In United States Exploring Expedition during the Years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842, under the Command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., Atlas:1–27, 96 plates. Philadelphia.

Dang, N.T.

1975.   Phân loai tôm cua nuóc ngot mién bart c Vietnam. Tap San Sinhuart-Dia Hoc, 13(3):65–78, 8 figures.

Debelius, H.

1984.   Armoured Knights of the Sea. 120 pages. Essen: Alfred Kernen. [Translated from German Gepanzerte Meeresritter published in 1983.]

De Haan, W.

1833–1850.   Crustacea. In P.F. von Siebold, Fauna Japonica sive Descriptio Animalium, quae in Itinere per Japoniam, Jussu et Auspiciis Superiorum, qui Summum in India Batava Imperium Tenent, Suscepto, Annis 1823–1830 Collegit, Notis, Observationibus et Adumbrationibus Illustravit. 1–xxxi, 1x–xvi, 1–243, plates A–J, L–Q, 1–55, circ. tab. 2. Lugduni–Batavorum. [Leiden].

De Man, J.G.

1879.   On Some Species of the Genus Palaemon Fabr. with Descriptions of Two New Forms. Notes from the Royal Zoological Museum of the Netherlands at Leyden, 1(41):165–184.

1881.   Carcinological Studies in the Leyden Museum, No. 1. Notes from the Leyden Museum, 3:121–144.

1888a.  Report on the Podophthalmous Crustacea of the Mergui Archipelago. Collected for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum. The Journal of the Linnean Society, 22:1–312, 19 plates.

1888b.  Bericht über die von Herrn Dr. J. Brock im indischen Archipel gesammelten Decapoden und Stomatopoden. Archiv für Naturgeschichte, 53(1):215–600, plates 7–22a.

1892.   Decapoden des Indischen Archipels. In M. Weber, Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in Niederländisch Ost-Indien, 2:265–527, plates 15–29.

1897.   Bericht über die von Herrn Schiffscapitän Storm zu Atjeh, an den westlichen Küsten von Malakka, Bor neo und Celebes sowie in der Java-See gesammelten Decapoden und Stomatopoden, 5. Zoologische Jahrbücher, Abtheilung für Systematik, Geographie und Biologie der Thiere, 9:725–790, plates 12–14.

1898.   Macroura. Part I in The Crustaceans in Zoological Results of the Dutch Scientific Expedition to Central Borneo. Notes from the Leyden Museum, 20:137–161, plates 6–8.

1900.   Report on a Collection Made by Messrs. F.V. McConnell and J.J. Quelch at Mount Roraima in British Guiana. Crustacea Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, series 2 (Zoology), 8(2):57–64, plate 6.

1902.   Die von Herrn Professor Kükenthal in Indischen Archipel gesammelten Dekapoden und Stomatopoden. In W. Kükenthal, Ergebnisse einer zoologischen Forschungsreise in den Molukken und Borneo. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, 25(3):467–929, plates 19–27.

1904.   On Some Species of the Genus Palaemon, Fabr., from Tahiti, Shanghai, New Guinea, and West Africa. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, series 2 (Zoology), 9:291–327, plates 18–20.

1905.   Synonymical Remarks about Palaemon neglectus nov. nom. and Palaemon reunionnensis Hoffm. Notes from the Leyden Museum, 26:201–205, plate 15.

1906.   Diagnoses of Five New Species of Decapod Crustacea and of the Hitherto Unknown Male of Spirontocaris rectirostris (Stimps.) from the Inland Sea of Japan, as also of a New Species of Palaemon from Darjeeling, Bangal. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series 7, 17:400–406.

1908.   Description of a Species of Palaemon from near Sydney, Probably Either a New Species or the Adult Form of Palaemon (Eupalaemon) danae, Heller. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series 8, 1:363–370, plate 16.

1911a.  On the West African Species of the Subgenus Eupalaemon Ortm. Notes from the Leyden Museum, 33(21):261–264.

1911b.  On Two New Species of Decapod Crustacea. Notes from the Leyden Museum, 33(15):223–232.

1912a.  Sur deux espèces et une variété nouvelles du genre Palaemon Fabr. provenant du Congo Belge. Revue Zoologique Africaine, 1(3):413–417.

1912b.  Sur quelques Palaemonidae et sur une espèce de Penaeus de l'Afrique occidentale, avec des observations sur le Palaemon (Eupalaemon) acanthurus Wiegm. de l'Amérique du sud. Annales de la Société Royale Zoologique et Malacologique de Belgique, 46:197–253, plates 1–4.

1915.   Macrura; Zur Fauna von Nord-Neuguinea. Nach den Sammlungen von Dr. P.N. van Kampen und K. Gjellerup in den Jahren 1910–1911. Zoologischen Jahrbüchern, Abteilung für Systematik, Geographie und Biologie der Tiere, 38(6):385–458, plates 27–29.

1925.   Contribution à la connaissance [l'étude] des Décapodes Macroures marins et fluviatiles [du bassin] du Congo Belge. Annales du Musée du Congo Belge, Zoologie, series 3, section 3, tome 1, fascicule 1:6–54, figures 1–15d, tables A–H’.

De Ridder, Ch., and L.B. Holthuis

1979.   Pontonides sympathes, a New Species of Commensal Shrimp (Crustacea, Decapoda, Pontoniinae) from Antipatharia in the Galapagos Islands. Zoologische Mededelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 54(7):101–110, figures 1–3.

De Saussure, H.

1857.   Diagnoses de quelques Crustacés nouveaux de l'Amérique tropicale. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie Pure et Appliquée, series 2, 9:501–505.

Desmarest, A.-G.

1823.   Malacostraces, Malacostraca. In Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, 28:158–425. Strasbourg and Paris.

Desmarest, E.

1849.   Description d'un nouveau genre de Crustacés de la section des Décapodes Macroures, famille des Salicoques, tribu des Palémoniens, (Genre Leander.) Annales de la Société Entomologique de France, series 2, 7:87–94, 2 figures.

Devaney, D.M., and A.J. Bruce

1987.   Crustacea Decapoda (Penaeidea, Stenopodidea, Caridea, and Palinura) of Enewetak Atoll. In D.M. Devaney, E.S. Reese, B.L. Burch, and P. Helfrich, editors, The Natural History of Enewetak Atoll, volume 2, Biogeography and Systematics, pages 221–233.

Duris, Z.

1990a.  Two New Species of the Commensal Shrimp Genus Periclimenaeus Borradaile, 1915 (Decapoda, Palaemonidae) from the Maldive Islands. Journal of Natural History, 24:615–625, figures 1–4.

1990b.  Two New Species of the Palaemonid Shrimp Genus Periclimenes from the Maldive Waters (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Acta Societas Zoologicae Bohemoslovacae, 5(1):1–8, figures 1–4.

Edmondson, C.H.

1931.   New Crustaceans from Kauai, Oahu, and Maui. Bernice P. Bishop Museum Occasional Papers, 9(17):3–18, figures 1–3, plates 1–4.

1935.   New and Rare Polynesian Crustacea. Bernice P. Bishop Occasional Papers, 10(24):1–38, figures 1–11, plates 1, 2.

Edwards, A., and H. Emberton

1980.   Crustacea Associated with the Scleractinian Coral, Stylophora pistillata (Esper), in the Sudanese Red Sea. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 42(3):225–240.

d'Erasmo, G.

1949.   Le date di pubblicazione della “Fauna del Regno di Napoli” di Oronzio Gabriele Costa e di Achille Costa. Rendiconti dell' Accademia delle Scienze fisiche e Matematiche della Societa Nazionale de Scienze, Lettere ed Arti (di Napoli), series 4, 16:1–23.

Fabricius, J.C.

1781.   Species Insectorum exhibentes eorum Differentias Specificas, Synonyma Auctorum, Loca natalia, Metamorphosin adjectis Observationibus, Descriptionibus, 1. viii + 552 pages. Hamburgi & Kilonii.

1798.   Supplementum Entomologiae systematicae. 572 pages. Hafniae.

Faxon, W.

1893.   Report on the Dredging Operations off the West Coast of Central America to the Galapagos, to the West Coast of Mexico, and in the Gulf of California, in Charge of Alexander Agassiz, Carried on by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer “Albatross,” during 1891, Lieut. Commander Z.L. Tanner, U.S.N., Commanding, VI: Preliminary Descriptions of New Species of Crustacea. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, 24(7):149–220.

Filho. J.F.

1967.   Palaemon (Palaemon) paivai, Nova Especie de Crustaceo do Brasil (Decapoda Palaemonidae). Archos Estacao de Biologia Marinha Univerdsidade do Ceará, 7:19–22.

Fincham, A.A.

1987.   A New Species of Macrobrachium (Crustacea, Caridea, Palaemonidae) from the Northern Territory, Australia and a Key to the Australian Species of the Genus. Zoologia Scripta, 16(4):351–354, figure 1.

Forskål, P.

1775.   Descriptiones Animalium, Avium, Amphibiorum, Piscium, Insectorum, Vermium. 19 + xxxii + 164 pages. Havniae.

Fowler, H.W.

1912.   The Crustacea of New Jersey. Annual Report of the New Jersey State Museum, 1911(2):29–650, plates 1–150.

Fransen, C.H.J.M.

1987.   Notes on Caridean Shrimps of Easter Island with Descriptions of Three New Species. Zoologische Mededelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 61(35):501–531, figures 1–16.

1989.   Notes on Caridean Shrimps Collected During the Snellius-II Expedition, I: Associates of Anthozoa. Netherlands Journal of Sea Research, 23(2):131–147, figures 1–9.

Fujino, T.

1972.   A New Pontoniinid Shrimp, Pontonia spighti sp. nov., Associated with a Newly Described Ascidian from the Pacific Coast of Costa Rica (Decapoda, Natantia, Pontoniinae). Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory, 19(5):293–301, figures 1–3.

1973a.  A New Genus of Pontoniinid Shrimp, Hamodactyloides, with a Description of H. ishigakiensis sp. nov. (Decapoda Natantia, Pontoniinae), from the Ryukyu Islands. Crustaceana, 25(2):171–180, figures 1–3.

1973b.  A New Shrimp Phyllognathia simplex sp. nov. (Crustacea, Decapoda, Gnathophyllidae) from Sagami Bay, Japan. Annotationes Zoologicae Japonenses, 46(2):90–99, figures 1–3.

Fujino, T., and K. Baba

1973.   A New Fresh-water Prawn of the Genus Macrobrachium (Crustacea, Decapoda, Caridea) from Iriomote Island of the Ryukyus. Annotationes Zoologicae Japonenses, 46(2):100–110, figures 1–4.

Fujino, T., and S. Miyake

1968a.  On the Mandible of the Genus Palaemon of Japanese Palaemonid Shrimps with the Discussion of Its Taxonomic Value. Occasional Papers of the Zoological Laboratory, Faculty of Agriculture, Kyushu University, 1(10):191–200, figures 1–3.

1968b.  Description of Two New Species of Pontoniid Shrimps (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae) Commensal with Sponges. Occasional Papers of the Zoological Laboratory, Faculty of Agriculture, Kyushu University, 1(3):85–96, figures 1–5.

1969a.  On Two New Species of Palaemonid Shrimps from Tanabe Bay, Kii Peninsula, Japan (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory, 17(3):143–154, figures 1–5.

1969b.  Studies on the Genus Onycocaris with Descriptions of Five New Species (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Journal of the Faculty of Agriculture, Kyushu University, 15(4):403–448, figures 1–18.

1969c.  Typton dentatus sp. nov. from the Ryukyu Islands, Japan, with Discussion on the Generic Characters (Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Occasional Papers of the Zoological Laboratory, Faculty of Agriculture, Kyushu University, 2(5):79–86, figures 1, 2.

1969d.  Sexual Dimorphism and Variation in the Second Pereiopods of Pontonides unciger Calman (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Occasional Papers of the Zoological Laboratory, Faculty of Agriculture, Kyushu University, 2(6):87–92, figure 1.

1970a.  Araiopontonia odontorhyncha gen. et sp. nov., a New Shrimp from the Ryukyu Islands, Japan (Decapoda, Palaemonidae, Pontoniinae). Occasional Papers of the Zoological Laboratory, Faculty of Agriculture, Kyushu University, 3(1):1–10, figures 1–4.

1970b.  Caridean and Stenopodidean Shrimps from the East China and the Yellow Seas (Crustacea, Decapoda, Natantia). Journal of the Faculty of Agriculture, Kyushu University, 16(3):237–312, figures 1–25.

1972.   A New Pontoniinid Shrimp of the Genus Coralliocaris Stimpson from Taiwan (Crustacea, Decapoda, Pontoniinae). Occasional Papers of the Zoological Laboratory, Faculty of Agriculture, Kyushu University, 3(9):91–98, figures 1–3.

Genofre, G.C., and V.L. Lobão

1978.   Macrobrachium holthuisi sp. n. a New Species of Shrimp (Decapoda, Macrura). Crustaceana, 35(3):273–276, figure 1.

Gibbes, L.R.

1848.   Catalogue of the Fauna of South Carolina. In M. Tuomey, Report on the Geology of South Carolina, Appendix, pp. i–xxiv.

1850.   On the Carcinological Collections of the Cabinets of Natural History in the United States: With an Enumeration of the Species Contained Therein and Descriptions of New Species. Proceedings of Third Meeting of American Association for Advancement of Science, pages 165–201.

Gordon, I.

1935.   On New or Imperfectly Known Species of Crustacea Macrura. Journal of the Linnean Society, Zoology, 39:307–351, figures 1–27.

1939.   Redescription of Periclimenes soror Nobili (Crustacea, Decapoda). Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series 11, 4:395–400, figures 1–3.

Gore, R.H.

1981.   Three New Shrimps, and Some Interesting New Records of Decapod Crustacea from a Deep-water Coral Reef in the Florida Keys. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 94(1):135–162, figures 1–5.

Gourret, P.

1884.   Considérations sur la faune pélagique du Golfe de Marseille suivies d'une étude anatomique et zoologique de la Spadella marioni espèce nouvelle de l'ordre des Chaetognathes (Leuckart). Annales du Musée d'Histoire Naturelle de Marseille, Zoologie, 2(2):1–175, plates 1–5.

1888.   Révision des Crustacés Podophthalmes du golfe de Marseille, suivie d'un essai de classification de la classe des Crustacés. Annales du Musée d'Histoire Naturelle de Marseille, Zoologie, 3(5):1–212, plates 1–18.

Guérin-Méneville, F.E.

1829–1838.   Crustacés, Arachnides et Insectes. In L.J. Duperrey, Voyage autour du monde, exécuté par ordre du Roi, sur la corvette de Sa Majesté, La Coquille, pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825. Zoologie 2 (no. 2, sect. 1):1–47 (Crustacés), 48–319 (Arachnides et Insectes); plates 1–5 (Crustaces), 1–21 (Insectes). Paris: Arthus Bertrand. [See Holthuis (1961) for dates of publication of plates.]

1832.   I.re Classe. Crustacés. Expédition scientifique de Morée, Zoologie, 2:30–50.

1855–1856.   Crustaceos. In La Sagra, Historia Fisica Politica y Natural de la Isla de Cuba, Historia Natural, 7 [atlas]: xxxii + 88 pages, 3 plates.

Gurney, R.

1936.   Notes on Some Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda, III: The Larvae of the Palaemonidae. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1936:619–623, plates 1–4.

1938.   The Larvae of the Decapod Crustacea, Palaemonidae and Alpheidae. Great Barrier Reef Expedition, 1928–29; Scientific Reports, 6(1):1–60, figures 1–265.

Gurney, R., and M.V. Lebour

1941.   On the Larvae of Certain Crustacea Macrura, Mainly from Bermuda. The Linnean Society's Journal–Zoology, 41:89–181, figures 1–26.

Guzman, M., J. Cabrera, and C. Kensler

1977.   Notes on Macrobrachium Species of Mexico. In J.A. Hanson and H.L. Goodwin, editors, Shrimp and Prawn Farming in the Western Hemisphere. Pages 207–209. Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania: Dowden, Hutchinson & Ross. Inc.

Haan, W. De. See De Haan.

Hay, W.P.

1917.   Preliminary Descriptions of Five New Species of Crustaceans from the Coast of North Carolina. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 30:71–73.

Heard, R.W.

1986.   Pontoniine Shrimps (Decapoda: Caridea: Palaemonidae) of the Northwest Atlantic, I: The Genus Neopontonides Holthuis, 1951, with the Description of N. chacei. New Species, and the Erection of Pseudopontonides, New Genus, to Receive N. principis Criales, 1980. Journal of Crustacean Biology, 6(3):471–484, figures 1–5.

Heller, C.

1856.   Beitrag zur Fauna der Adria. Verhandlungen des Kaiserlich-königlichen Zoologisch des Zoologisch-botanischen Vereins in Wien, 6:629–634, plate 9.

1861.   Synopsis der im rothen Meere vorkommenden Crustaceen. Verhandlungen des Kaiserlich-königlichen Zoologisch–Botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 11:1–32.

1862a.  Neue Crustaceen gesammelt während der Weltumseglung der k. k. Fregatte Novara: Zweiter vorläufiger Bericht. Verhandlungen des Kaiserlich-königlichen Zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 12:519–528.

1862b.  Beiträge zur näheren Kenntniss der Macrouren. Sitzungsberichte der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien, 45(1):389–426, plates 1, 2.

1862c.  Beiträge zur Crustaceen-Fauna des rothen Meeres. Sitzungsberichte der Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftlichen Classe der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 44(1):241–295, plates 1–3.

1864.   Horae dalmatinae. Bericht über eine Reise nach der Ostküste des adriatischen Meeres. Verhandlungen der Kaiserlich-königlichen Zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 14:17–64.

1865.   Reise der österreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde in den Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859 unter den Befehlen des Commodore B. von Wullerstorf-Urbair. Zoologischer Theil, Crustaceen. Volume 2, part 3(1):1–280, plates 1–25.

1869.   Zur näheren Kenntniss der in den süssen Gewässern des südlichen Europa vorkommenden Meerescrustaceen. Zeitschrift für Wissenschaftliche Zoologie, 19:156–162.

Henderson, J.R.

1893.   A Contribution to Indian Carcinology. Transactions of the Linnean Society, London, series 2 (Zoology), 5(1):325–458, plates 36–40.

Henderson, J.R., and G. Matthai

1910.   On Certain Species of Palaemon from South India. Records of the Indian Museum, 4(4):277–305, plates 15–18.

Herbst, J.F.W.

1791–1796.   Versuch einer Naturgeschichte der Krabben und Krebse nebst einer systematischen Beschreibung ihrer verschiedenen Arten, 2: viii + iii + 225 pages, plates 22–46. Berlin and Stralsund: Gottlieb August Lange.

Herklots, J.A.

1851.   Addimenta ad Faunam Carcinologicam Africae Occidentalis, sive descriptiones specierum novarum e crustaceorum ordine, quas in Guinea collegit vir strenuus H.S. Pel, praefectus residentiis in littore guineae. 28 pages, 2 plates. Leiden: Lugduni-Batavorum.

1857.   Palaemon Vollenhovenii, nouvelle espèce de Crustacé; Notices entomologiques, 2. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereniging, 1:96, 97.

Hess, W.

1865.   Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Decapoden-Krebse Ost-Australiens. Archiv für Naturgeschichte, 31 (1):127–173, plates 6, 7.

Hilgendorf, F.

1879.   Die von Hrn. W. Peters in Moçambique gesammelten Crustaceen. Monatsberichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1878:782–852, plates 1–4.

1893a.  Ein neuer Susswasser-Palaemonide aus Madagaskar (Bithynis? hildebrandti). Sitzungs-Berichte der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin, 1893:244–246.

1893b.  Die von Herrn Dr. Büttner im Togolande gesammelten Onisciden und zwei neue Macruren. Sitzungs-Berichte der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin, 1893(5):152–157.

1893c.  Umänderung des Namens Palaemon (Eupalaemon?) paucidens in P. (Eu.) raridens. Sitzungs-Berichte der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin, 1893:181.

1898.   Die Land- und Süsswasser-Dekapoden Ostafrikas. Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, 4(7):1–37, textfigures A–C, plate 1.

Hipeau-Jacquotte, R.

1965.   Notes de faunistique et de biologie marines de Madagascar, III: Un nouveau Décapode nageur (Pontoniinae) associé aux oursins dans la région de Tuléar: Tuleariocaris holthuisi nov. gen. et nov. sp. Recueil des Travaux de la Station Marine d'Endoume, 53(37):247–259, plates 1–5.

1971.   Notes de faunistique et de biologíe marines de Madagascar, V: Platypontonia hyotis nov. sp. (Decapoda Natantia, Pontoniinae). Crustaceana, 20(2):125–140, figures 1–7.

Hobbs, H.H., Jr.

1973a.  Three New Troglobitic Decapod Crustaceans from Oaxaca, Mexico. Association for Mexican Cave Studies Bulletin, 5:25–38, figures 1–8.

1973b.  Two New Troglobitic Shrimps (Decapoda: Alpheidae and Palaemonidae) from Oaxaca, Mexico. Association for Mexican Cave Studies Bulletin, 5:73–80, 3 figures.

Hobbs, H.H., Jr., H.H. Hobbs III, and M.A. Daniel

1977.   A Review of the Troglobitic Decapod Crustaceans of the Americas. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, 244: v + 183 pages, 70 figures.

Hoffmann, C.K.

1874.   Crustacés et Echinodermes de Madagascar et de l'île de la Réunion. In F.P.L. Pollen et D.C. van Dam, Recherches sur la Faune de Madagascar et de ses Dépendances, 5(2):1–58, plates 1–10.

Holmes, S.J.

1900.   Synopsis of California Stalk-Eyed Cruutacea. Occasional Papers of the California Academy of Sciences, VII: 262 pages, figures 1–6, plates 1–4.

Holthuis, L.B.

1948.   Note on Some Crustacea Decapoda Natantia from Suriname. Proceedings, Koninklijke Nederlandsche Akademie van Wetenschappen, (C):51(9):1104–1113, figures 1–3.

1949a.  On Some Species of Macrobrachium (Crustacea Decapoda) from West Africa. Eos (Madrid), 25:175–185, figures 1, 2.

1949b.  The Caridean Crustacea of the Canary Islands. Zoologische Mededelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 30(15):227–255, figures 1–8.

1950a.  The Decapoda of the Siboga Expedition, Part X: The Palaemonidae Collected by the Siboga and Snellius Expeditions, with Remarks on Other Species, Part I: Subfamily Palaemoninae. In Siboga-Expeditie, 39a⁹: 268 pages, 52 figures.

1950b.  Preliminary Descriptions of Twelve New Species of Palaemonid Prawns from American Waters (Crustacea Decapoda). Proceedings, Koninklijke Nederlandsche Akademie van Wetenschappen, (C)53:93–99.

1950c.  Description d'une nouvelle espèce du genre Periclimenes Costa (Crustacés Décapodes, Natantia) des CÔtes Algériennes. Bulletin des Travaux Publiés par la Station Expérimentale d'Aquiculture et de Peche de Castiglione, new series, 2:107–118, figure 1, plate 1.

1951a.  A General Revision of the Palaemonidae (Crustacea Decapoda Natantia) of the Americas, I: The Subfamilies Euryrhynchinae and Pontoniinae. Allan Hancock Foundation Publications, Occasional Paper, 11:332 pages, plates 1–63.

1951b.  The Caridean Crustacea of Tropical West Africa. Atlantide Report, 2:7–187, figures 1–34.

1952a.  On Some Indo-Westpacific Palaemoninae (Crustacea Decapoda Caridea). Zoologische Mededelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 31(18):201–211, figure 1, plate 15.

1952b.  The Subfamily Palaemoninae, Part II. In A General Revision of the Palaemonidae (Crustacea Decapoda Natantia) of the Americas. Allan Hancock Foundation Occasional Papers, 12: 396 pages, 1 figure, 55 plates.

1952c.  The Decapoda of the Siboga Expedition, Part XI: The Palaemonidae Collected by the Siboga and Snellius Expeditions with Remarks on Other Species, Part II: Subfamily Pontoniinae. In Siboga-Expeditie, 39a¹⁰: 254 pages, 110 figures.

1952d.  Proposed Use of the Plenary Powers to Designate a Type Species for the Genus “Hymenocera” Latreille, 1819 (Class Crustacea, Order Decapoda) in Harmony with Current Usage. Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, 6:343–345.

1955.   The Recent Genera of the Caridean and Stenopodidean Shrimps (Class Crustacea: Order Decapoda: Supersection Natantia) with Keys for Their Determination. Zoologische Verhandelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 26: 157 pages, 105 figures.

1958.   Crustacea from the Northern Red Sea (Gulf of Aqaba and Sinai Peninsula), I: Macrura. Bulletin Sea Fisheries Research Station (Haìfa, Israel), 18:1–40, figures 1–15.

1959.   Results of the Reexamination of the Type Specimens of Some Species Belonging to the Subfamilies Pontoniinae and Palaemoninae (Crustacea Decapoda Macrura). Zoologische Mededelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 36(11):193–200, figure 1.

1965.   A New Fresh-water Prawn of the Genus Macrobrachium (Crustacea Decapoda, Caridea) from Madagascar. Zoologische Mededelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 40(30):281–285, figure 1.

1973.   Caridean Shrimps Found in Land-locked Pools at Four Indo-West Pacific Localities (Sinai Peninsula, Funafuti Atoll, Maui and Hawaii Islands), with the Description of One New Genus and Four New Species. Zoologische Verhandelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 128: 48 pages, figures 1–13, plates 1–7.

1974a.  Bithynops luscus, a New Genus and Species of Cavernicolous Shrimp from Mexico (Crustacea Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Quaderni Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, 171(2):135–142, figures 1, 2.

1974b.  Subterranean Crustacea Decapoda Macrura Collected by Mr. L. Botosaneanu during the 1973 Cuban-Roumaniian Biospeological Expedition to Cuba. International Journal of Speleology, 6:231–242, figures 1–3.

1977.   Cave Shrimps (Crustacea, Decapoda, Natantia) from Mexico. Quaderno Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, 171(3):173–195, figures 1–8.

1978.   Zoological Results of the British Speleological Expedition to Papua New Guinea 1975, 7: Cavernicolous Shrimps (Crustacea Decapoda Natantia) from New Ireland and the Philippines. Zoologische Mededelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 53(19):209–224, figures 1–6.

1979.   H. Milne Edwards's “Histoire naturelle des Crustacés” (1834–1840) and Its Dates of Publication. Zoologische Mededelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 53(27):285–296.

1980.   Shrimps and Prawns of the World: An Annotated Catalogue of Species of Interest to Fisheries. FAO Fisheries Synopsis, 125(1): xvii + 271 pages. [Volume 1 of FAO Species Catalogue.]

1981.   Description of Three New Species of Shrimps (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea) from Pacific Islands. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 94(3):787–800, figures 1–4.

1984a.  Two Freshwater Prawns of the Genus Macrobrachium (Crustacea Decapoda: Palaemonidae) from New Guinea. Zoologische Mededelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 58(11): 163–174, figures 1–6.

1984b.  Freshwater Prawns (Crustacea Decapoda: Natantia) from Subterranean Waters of the Gunung Sewu Area, Central Java, Indonesia. Zoologische Mededelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmueum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 58(9):141–148, figure 1.

1986.   Some Pontoniinae (Crustacea: Decapoda: Palaemonidae) from Southern Oman. Zoologische Mededelingen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 60(17):263–272, figures 1, 2.

Holthuis, L.B., and I. Eibl-Eibesfeldt

1964.   A New Species of the Genus Periclimenes from Bermuda (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Senckenbergiana Biologica, 45(2):185–192, figures 1–4.

Holthuis, L.B., and A.M. Husson

1973.   Jonkheer Drs. Willem Cor nells van Heurn (1887–1972). Zoologische Bijdragen Uitgegeven door het Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden, 16:1–67, figures 1–5, plates 1–3.

International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN)

1956.   Opinion 378.

1958.   Opinion 522.

1959.   Opinion 564.

Ives, J.E.

1891.   Crustacea from the Northern Coast of Yucatan, the Harbor of Vera Cruz, the West Coast of Florida, and the Bermuda Islands. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, (1891): 176–207, plates 5, 6.

Jalihal. D.R., S. Shenoy. and K.N. Sankolli

1988.   Freshwater Prawns of the Genus Macrobrachium Bate, 1868 (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae) from Karnataka, India Records of the Zoological Survey of India, Miscellaneous Publications, Occasional Paper, 112:1–74, illustrated.

Jayachandran, K.V., and N.I. Joseph

1985a.  Aquatic Biology, India, 5. [Not seen.]

1985b.  A New Species of Macrobrachium from the South-West Coast of India (Decapoda: Palaemonidae). Journal of Natural History, 19:185–190, figures 1, 2.

1986.   On a New Species of Macrobrachium (Decapoda. Palaemonidae) from the South-West Coast of India. Crustaceana, 50(2):2l7–224, figures 1–4.

Johnson. D.S.

1962a.  On a New Species of Macrobrachium (Decapoda, Caridea). Crustaceana, 4(4):307–310, figure 1.

1962b.  A Synopsis of the Decapoda Caridea and Stenopodidea of Singapore, with Notes on Their Distribution and a Key to the Genera of Caridea Occurring in Malayan Waters. Bulletin of the National Museum, State of Singapore, 32:44–79, plate 2.

1967.   On Some Commensal Decapod Crustaceans from Singapore (Palaemonidae and Porcellanidae). Journal of Zoology, London, 153:499–526, figures 1–17, plates 1, 2.

1973.   Notes on Some Species of the Genus Macrobrachium (Crustacea: Decapoda: Caridea: Palaemonidae). Journal of the Singapore National Academy of Science, 3(3):273–291.

Joliet, L.

1882.   Observations sur quelques Crustacés de la Méditerranée. Archives de Zoologie Expérimentale et Générale. 10:101–120, plate 6.

Kamita, T.

1951.   Studies on the Decapod Crustacea of Oki Isles, Japan Sea. II: On the Shrimps of Atyidae and Palaemonidae. Zoological Magazine. Tokyo, 60:215–219.

1974.   Four Species of the Nepalese Prawns. Researches on Crustacea. Carcinological Society of Japan. 6:1–14, figures 1–4. plates 1, 2.

Kato, H., and M. Takeda

1981.   A New Shrimp of the Genus Palaemon (Crustacea, Decapoda) from the Ogasawara Islands. Bulletin of the National Science Museum. Tokyo, (Zoology), 7(3):101–109.

Kemp. S.

1915.   Fauna of the Chilka Lake: Crustacea Decapoda. Memoirs of the Indian Museum, 5:199–325. figures 1–38. plates 12, 13.

1917.   Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum. IX: Leander styliferus, Milne-Edwards, and Related Forms. Records of the Indian Museum, 13(4):203–23l, figures 1–7, plates 8–10.

1918.   Crustacea Decapoda of the Inle Lake Basin. Records of the Indian Museum, 14:81–102, figures 1–3, plates 24, 25.

1922.   Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum, XV: Pontoniinae. Records of the Indian Museum. 24(2): 113–288, figures 1–105, plates 3–9.

1924.   Crustacea Decapoda of the Siju Cave. Garo Hills, Assam. Records of the Indian Museum, 26(1):41–48, plate 3.

1925.   Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum, XVII: On Various Caridea Records of the Indian Museuum, 27:249–343, figures 1–24.

Kensley. B., and I. Walker

1982.   Palaemonid Shrimps from the Amazon Basin, Brazil (Crustacea: Decapoda: Natantia). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, 362: iii + 28 pages, 24 figures.

Khan. M.A.A., A.A. Fincham, and N. Mahmood

1980.   A New Species of Palaemon (Decapoda: Caridea) from Bangladesh. Journal of Natural History, 14:85–89, figures 1, 2.

Kingsley, J.S.

1878.   List of the North American Crustacea Belonging to the Sub-order Caridea. Bulletin of the Essex Institute, 10(4, 5, 6):53–71.

1880.   On a Collection of Crustacea from Virginia, North Carolina and Florida, with a Revision of the Genera of Crangonidae and Palaemonidae. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1879:383–427, plate 14.

1882.   Carcinological Notes, Number V. Bulletin of the Essex Institute, 14:105–132, plates 1, 2.

Kubo, I.

1936.   Two New Littoral Macrurous Crustaceans from Japan. Journal of the Imperial Fisheries Institute, 31(2):47–54, plates 14, 15.

1940a.  Studies on Japanese Palaemonoid Shrimps, I: Palaemon. Journal of the Imperial Fisheries Institute, 34(1):5–30, figures 1–16, plates 1, 2.

1940b.  Studies on Japanese Palaemonoid Shrimps, II: Pontoniinae. Journal of the Imperial Fisheries Institute, 34(1):31–75. figures 1–36.

1940c.  A New Shrimp, Harpilius imperialis. Journal of the Imperial Fisheries Institute, 34(1): 1–4, figures 1–3.

1949.   On a New Species of the Genus Anchistus. Bulletin of the Biogeographical Society of Japan, 14:26–29. figures 1, 2.

1951.   Some Macrurous Decapod Crustacea Found in Japanese Waters, with Descriptions of Four New Species. Journal of the Tokyo University of Fisheries, 38(2):259–289, figures 1–16.

Kuris, A.M., Z. Ra'anan. A. Sagi, and D. Cohen

1987.   Morphotypic Differentiation of Male Malaysian Giant Prawns, Macrobrachium rosenbergii. Journal of Crustacean Biology, 7(2):219–237. figures 1–8.

Lanchester, W.F.

1901.   On the Crustacea Collected During the “Skeat” Expedition to the Malay Peninsula, Together with a Note on the Genus Actaeopsis, Part I: Brachyura, Stomatopoda, and Macrura. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1901:534–574, plates 33, 34.

Latreille, P.A.

1818.   Crustacés, Arachnides et Insectes. Tableau Encyclopédique et Méthodique des Trois Régnes de Nature. 24:1–38, plates 133–397.

1819.   Salicoques, Carides, Latr. Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle, 30:68–73.

1829.   Crustacés, Arachnides et partie des Insectes. In G. Cuvier, Le règne animal distribué d'après son organisation, pour servir de base à l'histoire naturelle des animaux et d'introduction à l'anatomie comparée, édition 2, 4: xxvi + 584 pages.

Lebour, M.V.

1939.   Decapod Crustacea Associated with the Ascidian Herdmania. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, (B)108(4): 649–653, 2 plates.

1945.   Alteration in the Name Dasia as a Decapod Genus. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 115:279.

1949a.  Some New Decapod Crustacea from Bermuda. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 118(4):1107–1117, figures 1–6.

1949b.  Alteration in the Specific Name of Periclimenes (Ancylocaris) bermudensis Lebour. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 119:605.

Lenz, H.

1905.   Ostafrikanische Dekapoden und Stomatopoden Gesammelt von Herrn Prof. Dr. A. Voeltzkow. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, 27(4):341–392, plates 47, 48.

1910.   Dekapode Crustaceen Äquatorialafrikas. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Zentral-Afrika-Expedition 1907–1908 unter Fuhrung Adolph Friedrichs, Herzogs zu Mecklenburg, volume 3 (= Zoologie 1)(3): 121–134, plate 3. [Pages l-14 on separate.]

Liang, X.-q., and Yan, S.-I.

1980.   Description of Two New Species of Macrobrachium (Decapoda Caridea) from Fujian, China. Acta Zootaxonomica Sinica, 5(1): 30–34.

1981.   A New Genus and Two New Species of Freshwater Prawns (Crustacea Decapoda) from Guangxi, China. Acta Zootaxonomica Sinica, 5(1), 1981:31–35.

1983.   New Species and New Records of Fresh-water Shrimps (Crustacea Decapoda) from Hainan Island, China. Oceanologia Limnologia Sinica, 14(3), 1983:211–216, figures 1–3.

1985.   New Species and New Record of Palaemoninae from China (Crustacea Decapoda). Acta Zootaxonomica Sinica, 10(3):253–258, figures 1–4.

1986.   A New Species of Macrobrachium (Decapoda: Caridea) from Sichuan, China. Journal of Fisheries of China, 10(1):107–109, figures 1–4.

Linnaeus, C.

1758.   Systema Naturae per Regna Tria Naturae, Secundum Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, cum Characteribus, Differentiis, Synonymis, Locis. Edition 10, volume 1, iii + 824 pages. Holmiae.

Lobão, V.L., G.A.S. Melo, and W.M. Fernandes

1986.   Descrição de Uma Nova Expécie do Gènero Macrobrachium (Crustacea, Decapoda, Paalaemonidae) da Região Sul de São Paulo. Resumes do XIII Congresso Brasilieiro de Zoologia, Cuiabà, MT, 2–7 Feb., 1986:50.

Lo Bianco, S.

1903.   Le pesche abissali esseguite da F.A. Krupp col Yacht Puritan nelle adiacenze di Capri ed in altre località del Mediterraneo. Mittheilungen aus der Zoologischen Station zu Neapel, 16:109–279, plates 7–9.

Lockington, W.N.

1878.   Notes on Pacific Coast Crustacea. Bulletin of the Essex Institute, 10:159–165.

Maccagno, T.P.

1961.   Missione 1957 del Prof. Guisseppe Scortecci in Migiurtinia (Somalia Sett.) Crustacea Decapoda Natantia. Atti della Società Italiana di Scienze Naturali e del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale in Milano, C(3):335–343, plates 17, 18.

Macpherson, E.

1988.   New Records of Decapods Crustaceans from the Coast off Namibia / South West Africa, with the Descriptions of Two New Species. Investigation Pesquera, Barcelona, 52(l):51–66, figures 1–8.

Man, J.G. De See De Man.

Manning, R.B.

1961.   A Redescription of the Palaemonid Shrimp, Leander paulensis Ortmann, Based on Material from Florida. Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, 11(4):525–536, figures 1, 2.

1963.   The East American Species of Gnathophyllum (Decapoda, Caridea), with the Description of a New Species. Crustaceana, 5(l):47–63, figures 1–6.

Manning, R.B., and F.A. Chace, Jr.

1990.   Decapod and Slomatopod Crustacea from Ascension Island, South Atlantic Ocean. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, 503: i-vi + 99 pages, 25 figures.

Manning, R.B., and L.B. Holthuis

1981.   West African Brachyuran Crabs (Crustacea: Decapoda). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, 306: xii + 379 pages, figures 1–88.

Marion, A.F.

1879.   Crustacés de Marseille. In L. de Folin and L. Périer, Les Fonds de la Mer. Étude internationale sur les particularités nouvelles des régions sous-marines, 3:226.

Martens, E. Von. See Von Martens.

McClendon, J.F.

1911.   On Adaptations in Structure and Habits of Some Marine Marine Animals of Tortugas, Florida. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, 3:57–62, plates 1, 2.

Melo, G.A.S., V.L. Lobarto, and W.M. Fernandes

1986.   Macrobrachium petronioi sp. n. (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae) Uma Nova Espécie de Camarao de Agua Doce da Regiarto de Cananeia, sp. Resumos do XIII Congresso Brasileiro de Zoologia, Cuiabà, MT, 2–7 Feb., 1986:51.

Miers, E.J.

1875.   On Some New or Undescribed Species of Crustacea from the Samoa Islands. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series 4, 16:341–344.

1877.   On a Collection of Crustacea, Decapoda and Isopoda, Chiefly from South America, with Descriptions of New Genera and Species. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1877:653–679, plates 66–69.

1884.   Crustacea In Report of the Zoological Collections Made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during the Voyage of H.M.S. “Alert” 1881–2, pages 178–575, plates 18–34.

Milne Edwards, H.

1837.   Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, comprenant l'anatomie, la physiologie et la classification de ces animaux, 2:1–532, atlas, plates 1–14, 14bis, 15–25, 25bis, 26–42. Paris: Librairie encyclopédique de Roret.

1840.   Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, Comprenant l'Anatomie, la Physiologie et la Classification de ces Animaux, 3: ii + 638 pages. Paris. [See Holthuis, 1979 for dates of publication.]

1836–1844.   Les Crustacés. In G. Cuvier, Le Règne Animal, distribué d'après son organisation, pour servir de base à l'histoire naturelle des animaux et d'introduction à l'anatomie comparée. 278 pages, atlas, plates 1–80. Paris. [The dates of the 23 issues of this work may be found in C.F. Cowan (1976:60) and in R.B. Manning and L.B. Holthuis (1981:369).]

1844.   Crustacés. Voyage dans l'Inde, par Victor Jacquemont, pendant les années 1828 à 1832: Description des collections, 4(2):1–9, plates 1–3.

Miyake, S., and T. Fujino

1967.   On Four Species of Pontoniinae (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae) Found in Porifera Inhabiting the Coastal Regions of Kyushu, Japan. Journal of the Faculty of Agriculture, Kyushu University, 14(2):275–291. figures 1–7, plate 3.

1968.   Pontoniid Shrimps from the Palau Islands (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae). Journal of the Faculty of Agriculture, Kyushu University, 14(3):399–431, figures 1–8.

Molina, G.I.

1782.   Saggio sulla storia naturale del Chili, ed. 1. 367 pages, 7 plates, 1 map.

Monod, T.

1976.   Sur quelques Natantia (Crust. Décapodes) de Nouméa (Nouvelle-Calédonie). Cahiers du Pacifique, 19:7–28, figures 1–57.

Muller, F.

1880.   Palaemon Potiuna. Ein Beispiel abgekurzter Verwandlung. Zoologischer Anzeiger, 3:152–157.

1892.   O camarao preto, Palaemon Potiuna. Archivos do Museu Nacional do Rio de Janeiro, 8:181–206, plates 11–13,

Nardo, G.D.

1847.   Sinonimia moderna delle specie registrate nell' opera intitolata: Descrizione de Crostacei, de Testacei e de Pesci che abitano le lagune e golfo veneto rappresentati in figure, a chiaro-scuro ed a colori dall' Abate Stefano Chiereghini. 127 pages.

Nates Rodriguez, J.C., and J.L. Villalobos Hiriart. See Villalobos Hiriart, J.L., and J.C. Nates Rodriguez.

Nobili. G.

1896.   Viaggio del Dr. Alfredo Borelli nel Chaco Boliviano e nella Repubblica Argentina, I: Crostacei decapodi. Bollettino Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Universita di Torino, 11(265):1–3.

1899.   Contribuzioni alla conoscenza della fauna carcinologica della Papuasia, delle Molucche e dell'Australia. Annali del Museum Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova, series 2, 20(40):230–282.

1900a.  Decapodi e Stomatopodi Indo-Malesi. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova, series 2, 20(40):473–523, figures 1–4.

1900b.  Descrizione di un nuovo Palaemon di Giava e osservazioni sulla Callianassa turnerana Wh. del Camerun. Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Università di Torino, 15(379): 1–4.

1901a.  Decapodi raccolti dal Dr. Filippo Silvestri nell'America meridionale. Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Università di Torino, 16(402): 16 pages, figures 1, 2.

1901b.  Viaggio del Dr. Enrico Festa nella Repubblica dell'Ecuador e regioni vicine. Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Università di Torino, 16(415):1–58.

190lc.  Decapodi e Stomatopodi Eritrei del Museo Zoologico dell'Università di Napoli. Annuario del Museo Zoologico della R. Università di Napoli, new series, 1(3): 1–20.

1903a.  Crostacei di Singapore. Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Università di Torino, 18(455):1–39, 1 unnumbered figure, 1 unnumbered plate.

1903b.  Crostacei di Pondichéry, Mahé, Bombay etc. Bollettino dei Muusei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Università di Torino. 18(452): 1–24, 1 piate.

1904.   Diagnoses préliminaires de vingt-huit espèces nouvelles de Stomatopodes et Décapodes Macroures de la mer Rouge. Bulletin du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, 10(5):228–238.

1905a.  Decapodi e Isopodi della Nuova Guinea Tedesca raccolti dal Sign. L. Biró. Annales Historico-Naturales Musei Nationalis Hungarici, 3:480–507, figures 1, 2, plates 12, 13.

1905b.  Décapodes nouveaux des côtes d'Arabie et du Golfe Persique (Diagnoses préliminaires). Bulletin du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, 11 (3):158–164, 1 unnumbered figure.

1906a.  Diagnoses préliminaires de Crustacés, Décapodes et Isopodes nouveaux recueillis par M. le Dr. G. Seurat aux Îles Touamotou. Bulletin du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, 12(5):256–270.

1906b.  Crustacés Décapodes et Stomatopodes: Mission J. Bonnier et Ch. Perez (Golfe Persique 1901). Bulletin Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique, 40:13–159, figures 1–3, plates 2–7.

1907.   Nuove osservazioni sulla identita di Brachycarpus neapolitanus Cano e Palaemon biunguiculatus Lucas. Annuario del Museo Zoologico della R. Università di Napoli, new series, 2(21): 1–6, plate 11.

Norman, A.M.

1861.   Contributions to British Carcinology, I: Characters of Undescribed Podophthalmia and Entomostraca. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, series 3, 8:273–281, plates 13, 14.

Olivier, A.C.

1811.   Palaemon: Palaemon. In Olivier, Encyclopédie méthodique: Histoire naturelle: Insectes, 8:652–667.

Ortmann, A.

1890.   Die Unterordnung Natantia Boas: Die Decapoden-Krebse des Strassburger Museums, mit besonderer Berücksichtung der von Herrn Dr. Döderlein bei Japan und bei den Liu-Kiu-Inseln gesammelten und z. Z. im Strassburger Museum aufbewahrten Formen, I. Zoologische Jahrbücher Abtheilung für Systematik, Geographie und Biologie der Thiere, 5:437–542, plates 36, 37.

1891.   Die Decapoden-Krebse des Strassburger Museums, mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der von Herrn Dr. Döderlein bei Japan und bei den Liu-Kiu-Inseln gesammelten und z. Z. im Strassburger Museum aufbewahrten Formen, II: Versuch einer Revision der Gattungen Palaemon sens. Strict. und Bithynis. Zoologische Jahrbüchern. Abtheilung für Systematik. Geographie und Biologie der Thiere, 5:693–750. pl. 47.

1894.   Crustaceen. In R. Semon, Zoologische Forschungreisen in Australien und dem Malayischen Archipel, V. Denkschriften Medizinisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft zu Jena. 8:3–80, plates 1–3.

1897.   Os Camarões da Agua Doce da America do Sul. Da Revista do Museu Paulista, 2:173–216, plate 1.

Otto, A.G.

1821.   Conspectus Animalium quorundam maritimorum nondum editorum. 20 pages. Bratislava: Typis Universitatis.

Parisi, B.

1919.   Natantia, Part VII. In I Decapodi Giapponesi del Museo di Milano. Atti della Società Italiana di Scienze Naturali, 58:59–99. figures 1–8, plates 3–6.

Patton, W.K.

1966.   Decapod Crustacea Commensal with Queensland Branching Corals. Crustaceana, 10(3):27l-295, figures 1–3.

Paulson, O.

1875.   Podophthalmata i Edriophthalmata (Cumacea). Izsledovaniya Rakoobraznykh Krasnago Morya s Zametkami Otnosite' no Rakoobraznykh Drugikh Morie. xiv + 144 pages, 21 plates. Kiev. [English translation: Podophthalmata and Edriophthalmata (Cumacea). Part I in Studies on Crustacea of the Red Sea, with Notes Regarding Other Seas. 134 pages, 21 plates. Jerusalem: Israel Program for Scientific Translations, 1961. Published for the National Science Foundation and Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.]

Pearso, J.

1905.   Report on the Macrura Collected by Professor Herdman, at Ceylon, in 1902. Supplementary Report 24. In W.A. Herdman, Report to the Government of Ceylon on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar, 4:65–92, plates 1, 2.

Pennant. T.

1777.   Crustacea, Mollusca, Testacea. British Zoology, edition 4, 4: viii + 136 pages, 93 plates.

Pereira S., G.

1986.   Freshwater Shrimps from Venezuela, I: Seven New Species of Palaemoninae (Crustacea: Decapoda: Palaemonidae). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, 99(2):198–213, figures 1–13.

Pesta, O.

1911.   Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pontoniiden. Marygrande mirabilis nov. gen. nov. spec. Zoologischer Anzeiger, 38:571–575. figures 1–5.

Peters. W.

1852.   Conchodytes. eine neue in Muscheln lebende Gattung von Garneelen. Bericht über die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der K. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. 1852:588–595.

Phan Chuu Duc

1971.   A New Species of Shrimp (Decapoda, Palaemonidae) from the Caspian Sea. Uchenye Zapiski Azerhaidzhanskii Gosudarstvennyi Universitet (Ser Biol Nauk)), 1971(4):35–37.

Powell, C.B.

1980.   The Genus Macrobrachium in West Africa, I: M. thysi, a New Large-egged Species from the Ivory Coast. Revue de Zoologie Africaine, 94(2):317–326, figures 1–3.

Rafinesque, C.S.

1814.   Précis des découvertes et travaux somiologiques de Mr. C.S. Rafinesque-Schmaltz, entre 1800 et 1814, Ou Choix raisonné de ses principales Découvertes en Zoologie et en Botanique, pour servir d'introduction à ses ouvrages futures. 35 pages. Palermo.

1815.   Analyse de la Nature ou Tableau de l'Univers et des Corps organisés. 224 pages. Palermo.

Randall, J.W.

1840.   Catalogue of the Crustacea Brought by Thomas Nuttall and J.K. Townsend, from the West Coast of North America and the Sandwich Islands, with Descriptions of Such Species as Are Apparently New, among Which Are Included Several Species of Different Localities. Previously Existing in the Collection of the Academy. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 8:106–147, plates 3–7.

Rathbun. M.J.

1901.   The Brachyuraand Macrura of Porto Rico. [Preprint from] U.S. Fish Commission Bulletin for 1900 [1902], 20(2):1–127, 129–137 [preprint index]; figures 1–24, plates 1, 2.

1902.   Descriptions of New Decapod Crustaceans from the West Coast of North America. Proceedings of the United States National Museum, 24:885–905.

1904.   Decapod Crustaceans of the Northwest Coast of North America. Harriman Alaska Expedition, 10:1–190, figures 1–95, plates 1–10.

1906.   The Brachyura and Macrura of the Hawaiian Islands. Bulletin of the United States Fish Commission, 1903, 23(3):827–930 [preprint, earlier in 1906, with added index, pages i–viii], figures 1–79, plates 1–24.

1912.   New Decapod Crustaceans from Panama. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, 59(13):1–3.

1914.   Stalk-eyed Crustaceans Collected at the Monte Bello Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1914:653–664, plates 1,2.

Rathke. H.

1837.   Zur Fauna der Krym. Ein Beitrag. Mémoires Présentes á l'Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg par divers Savants et lus dans ses Assemblées, series 6B, 3:291–454, plates 1–10.

Ravindranath, K.

1979.   A New Species of Macrobrachium (Decapoda, Caridea, Palaemonidae) from India. Crustaceana, 37(2):184–190, figures 1, 2.

Richters. F.

1880.   Decapoda. In K. Möbius, Beiträge zur Meeresfauna der Insel Mauritius und der Seychellen, pages 139–178, plates 15–18.

Riek, E.F.

1951.   The Australian Freshwater Prawns of the Family Palaemonidae. Records of the Australian Museum, 22(4):358–367, figures 1–12.

Risso. A.

1816.   Histoire naturelle des Crustacés des environs de Nice. 175 pages, 3 plates. Paris: Librairie Grecque-Latine-Allemande.

1822.   Mémoire sur quelques nouveaux Crustacés observés dans la mer de Nice. Journal de Physique, de Chimie, d'Histoire Naturelle et des Arts, 95:241–248.

1827.   Histoire naturelle des principales productions de l'Europe méridionale et particulièrement de celles des environs de Nice et des Alpes Maritimes. Volume 5, vii + 403 pages, 62 figures, 10 plates.

Rodriguez, G.

1982.   Fresh-waler Shrimps (Crustacea, Decapoda, Natantia) of the Orinoco Basin and the Venezuelan Guayana. Journal of Crustacean Biology, 2(3):378–391. figures 1–5.

Rodríguez de la Cruz R., M.C.

1965.   Contribution al conocimiento de los palaemonidos de Mexico, II: Palemonidos del Atlantico y veniente oriental de Mexico con descripcion de dos especies nuevas. Anales del Instituto Nacional de Investigaciones Biologico-Pesqueras, 1:72–112, plates 1–9, graphs 1–4, 1 map.

Roux, J.

1917.   Crustacés. In C.E.A. Wichmann, Expédition de 1903. Nova Guinea. Résultats de l'Expédition Scientifique Néerlandaise à la Nouvelle-Guinée, Zoology, 6:589–621, plates 27, 28.

1918.   Sur une nouvelle espèce de Palaemon (Parapalaemon) habitant l'île de Bali. Revue Suisse de Zoologie, 26(3):113–116, figures 1, 2.

1921.   Crustacés (Expéditions de 1907, 1909 et 1912). Nova Guinea, Résultats de l'Expédition Scientifique Néerlandaise à la Nouvelle-Guinée, 12, Zoology, 4:585–606, plate 16.

1923.   Crustacés d'eau douce de l'Archipel Indo-Australian. Capita Zoologica, 2(2):1–22, figures 1,2.

1926.   Crustacés décapodes d'eau douce de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. In F. Sarasin and J. Roux, editors. Nova Caledonia, Zoologie, 4(2):181–240, figures 1–56. Munich: C.W. Kreidel's Verlag.

1927.   Contribution à la faune Carcinologique d'eau douce de la Nouvelle-Guinée. Nova Guinea, 15:319–350, figures 1, 2, plates 3, 4.

1928a.  Note sur deux espèces sud-américaines de Crustacés Macroures d'eau douce. Revue Suisse de Zoologie, 35(4):43–48.

1928b.  Notes carcinologiques de l'archipel indo-australien. Treubia, 10:197–224, figures 1–9,1–4.

1930.   Note sur quelques Crustacés décapodes dulcaquicoles de l'Archipel indo-australien. Revue Suisse de Zoologie, 37(15):353–362.

1932.   Susswassermacruren der Deutschen Limnologischen Sunda-Expedition. Archiv für Hydrobiologie, supplement, U(67):563–574, 1 unnumbered figure.

1933.   Note sur quelques Crustacés décapodes d'eau douce provenant de l'Australie septentrionale. Revue Suisse de Zoologie, 40(24):343–348.

1934a.  Notes de Carcinologie mélanésienne. Revue Suisse de Zoologie, 41(11):217–234, figures 1–13.

1934b.  Macroures d'eau douce de Madagascar et des îles voisines (Palemonides el Atyides). Faune des Colonies Françaises, 5(8):529–547, figures 1, 2.

1935a.  Sur deux espèces de Palaemon (Crust. Decap.) provenant des îles du Cap-Vert. Bulletin du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, series 2, 7(3):190–196, figures 1,2.

1935b.  New Freshwater Decapod Crustaceans from the Malay Peninsula. Bulletin of the Raffles Museum, 9:28–33, plate 4.

1936.   Second Note upon Freshwater Decapod Crustaceans from the Malay Peninsula. Bulletin of the Raffles Museum (Singapore), 12:29–43, figures 1–14, plates 12, 13.

Roux, P.

1831.   Mémoire sur la classification des Crustacés de la tribu des Salicoques. 39 pages. Marseille.

1833.   Lettre relative à divers Coquilles, Crustacés, Insectes, Reptiles et Oiseaux, observés en Egypte. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 28:72–78. plate 7.

Samouelle, G.

1819.   The Entomologist's Useful Compendium, or an Introduction to the Knowledge of British Insects. 496 pages. London.

Sankoli, K.N., and S. Shenoy

1979.   On a New Genus and a New Species of a Subterranean Prawn Troglindicus phreaticus (Caridea, Palaemonidae). Bulletin of the Fisheries Faculty, Konkan Agricultural University, Bombay, 1(1):83–91, figures 1, 2, i–v.

Saussure, H. De. See De Saussure.

Say, T.

1817–1818. An Account of the Crustacea of the United States. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1:57–80 [includes plate 4]. 97–101, 155–169 (1817); 235–253, 313–319, 374–401, 423–441, 445–458 (1818). (Facsimile reproduction, Lehre, Germany: Verlag von J. Cramer, 1969.]

Schenkel, E.

1902.   Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Dekapodenfauna von Celebes. Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel, 13:485–585, plates 7–13.

Schmitt, W.L.

1924a.  The Macruran, Anomuran and Stomatopod Crustacea. In Bijdragen Tot de Kennis der Fauna van Curaçao. Resultaten Eener Reis van Dr. C.J. van der Horst in 1920. Bijdragen Tot de Dierkunde Uitgegeven door het Koninklijk Zoologisch Genootschap Natura Artis Magistra te Amsterdam, 23:61–81, figures 1–7, plate 8.

1924b.  Report on the Macrura, Anomura and Stomatopoda Collected by the Barbados-Antigua Expedition from the University of Iowa in 1918. University of Iowa Studies in Natural History, 10(4):65–99, plates 1–5.

1932.   Coralliocaris pearsei. In Pearse, Inhabitants of Certain Sponges at Dry Tortugas (Papers of the Tortugas Laboratory, volume 28). Carnegie Institution of Washington Publication, 435:123, 124, figure 1.

1933.   Four New Species of Decapod Crustaceans from Porto Rico. American Museum Novitates, 662:1–9, figures 1–4.

1935.   Crustacea Macrura and Anomura of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands. In Scientific Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands. Part 2, volume 15, pages 125–227, 255–262 [index], figures 1–80. New York, N.Y.: New York Academy of Sciences.

1936.   Macruran and Anomuran Crustacea from Bonaire, Curaçao and Aruba, Number 16. In Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise nach Bonaire, Curaçao und Aruba im Jahre 1930. Zoologische Jahrbucher, Abteilung für Systematik, Okologie und Geographie der Tiere, 67:363–378, plates 11–13.

Sharp, B.

1893.   Catalogue of the Crustaceans in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1893:104–127.

Sherborn, C.D.

1937.   On the Dates of Publication of Costa (O.G.) and (A.) Fauna del Regno di Napoli, 1829–1886. Journal of the Society for the Bibliography of Natural History, 1:35–47.

Shokita, S., and M. Takeda

1989.   A New Freshwater Prawn of the Genus Macrobrachium (Decapoda, Caridea, Palaemonidae) from Thailand. Bulletin of the National Science Museum, Tokyo, series A (Zoology), 15(3):147–154, figures 1, 2, plate 1.

Smith, S.I.

1869a.  Notice of the Crustacea Collected by Prof. C.F. Hartt on the Coast of Brazil in 1867. Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, 2:1–42, plate 1.

1869b.  [Footnotes.] In Verrill, On the Parasitic Habits of Crustacea. American Naturalist, 3:245, 246, 249, 250.

1871.   List of the Crustacea Collected by J. A. McNiel in Central America. Report of the Peabody Academy of Science, 1869:87–98.

1874.   XXV: The Crustacea of the Fresh Waters of the United States. In S.F. Baird, Report of the Commissioner for 1872 and 1873, with appendices A and B, 2: pages 637–665, 3 plates. United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries

1882.   Reports on the Results of Dredging, under the Supervision of Alexander Agassiz, on the East Coast of the United States, during the Summer of 1880, by the U.S. Coast Survey Steamer “Blake,” Commander J.R. Bartlett, U.S.N., Commanding. 1: Report on the Crustacea: Decapoda. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, 10(1):1–108, plates 1–16.

Sollaud. E.

1911.   Desmocarts trispinosus (= Palaemonetes trispinosus, Aurivillius), type d'un nouveau genre, à nombreux caractères ancestraux. de Décapodes palémonides. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séances de l'Académie des Sciences, 152:913–916.

1914. Sur deux nouveaux Palémonides. à développement condensé, vivant dans les eaux douces du Tonkin: Leander mani n. sp. et Coutierella tonkinensis n. g. n. sp. Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France, 39:315–324, figures 1–4.

Squires, HJ., and O. Mora L.

1971.   A New Species of Palaemon (Nematopalaemon), (Decapoda, Palaemonidae) from the Pacific Coast of Colombia. Crustaceana, 21(1):101–105. figure 1.

Stebbing, T.R.R.

1908.   South African Crustacea, Part 4. Annals of the South African Museum, 6(1):1–96. plates 1–15.

1915.   South African Crustacea, VIII. Annals of the South African Museum, 15(2):57–104, plates 13–25 [plates 77–89 of Crustacea].

1923.   Crustacea of Natal. Union of South Africa. Fisheries and Marine Biological Survey, 3:1–16, pls. 10–16.

Stimpson, W.

1860.   Crustacea Macrura. Pars V111 of Prodromus descriptionis animalium evertebratorum, quae in Expeditione ad Oceanum Pacificum Septentrionalem, a Republica Federata missa, Cadwaladaro Ringgold et Johanne Rodgers Ducibus, observavit et descripsit Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, (1860):22–47.

1871.   Notes on North American Crustacea, in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, III. Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History in New York, 10:92–136.

Streets, T.H.

1871.   Descriptions of Five New Species of Crustacea from Mexico. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1871:225–227, plate 2.

Sunier. A.L.J.

1925.   Twee Mededeelingen over Palaemoniden. Tijdschrift der Nederlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging, (2)19:cxv–cxvii.

Suzuki. H.

1971.   On Some Commensal Shrimps Found in the Western Region of Sagami Bay. Researches on Crustacea. Carcinological Society of Japan, 4 and 5:1–31, figures 1–12, plates 1–3.

Tattersall, W.M.

1921.   Report on the Stomatopoda and Macrurous Decapoda Collected by Mr. Cyril Crossland in the Sudanese Red Sea. The Journal of the Linnean Society, Zoology, 34:345–398. plates 27, 28.

Thallwitz, J.

1891.   Ueber einige neue indo-pacifische Crustaceen (vorläufige mittheilung). Zoologischer Anzeiger, 14:96–103.

1892.   Decapoden-Studien, inbesondere basirt auf A.B.Meyer's Sammlungen im Ostindischen Archipel, nebst einer Aufzählung der Decapoden und Stomatopoden des Dresdener Museums. Abhandlungen und Berichte des Königlichen Zoologischen und Anthropologisch-Ethnographischen Museums zu Dresden, 1890–91(3): 55 pages, 1 plate.

Tilesius. WG.

1819.   Ueber das nächtliche Leuchten des Meerwassers. Neue Annalen der Wetteranischen Gesellschaft für die Gesammte Naturkunde, 1(1):l–10, plate 21.

Titgen, R.H.

1989.   Gnathophyllid Shrimp of the Hawaiian Islands, with the Description of a New Species of Gnathophyllum (Decapoda. Gnathophyllidae). Crustaceana, 56(2):200–210, figures 1–3.

Tiwari, K.K.

1949a.  On a New Species of Palaemon from Banaras, with a Note on Palaemon lanchesteri De Man. Records of the Indian Museum. 45(4):333–345, figures 1,2.

1949b.  Preliminary Descriptions of Two New Species of Palaemon from Bengal. Records of the Indian Museum, 45(4):329–331.

1952.   Diagnosis of New Species and Subspecies of the Genus Palaemon Fabricius (Crustacea: Decapoda). Annals and Magazine of Natural History, (12)5:27–32.

1958.   New Species and Subspecies of Indian Freshwater Prawns. Records of the Indian Museum, 53(1,2):297–300.

1964.   A Note on the Freshwater Prawn, Macrobrachium altifrons (Henderson, 1893) [Crustacea: Decapoda: Palaemonidae], Proceedings of the Zoological Society, Calcutta, 16(2):225–238, figures 1–8.

Torralbas, F.

1917.   Contribución al estudio de los crustáceos de Cuba: Notas del Dr. Juan Gundlach, E 1896 compiladas y completadas por el Dr. José I. Torralbas, E 1903. Anales de la Academia de Ciencias Médicas, Físicas y Naturales de la Habana, 53:543–624, figures 1–73.

Van Name, W.G.

1928.   Ascidians from the Philippines and Adjacent Waters. United States National Museum Bulletin. 100(1):49–174 + i-iii [index], figures 1–115, plates 23–33.

Villalobos F., A.

1967.   Estudio de los Palaemonidae de México, I: Macrobrachium acanthochirus n. sp., del suroeste de México. Anales del Instituto de Biología, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, 37(1, 2): 167–171, plates 1,2.

Villalobos Hiriart, J.L., and J.C. Nates Rodriguez (in error for Nates Rodriguez, J.C., and J.L. Villalobos Hiriart)

1990.   Dos Especies nuevas de Camarones de Agua Dulce del Genero Macrobrachium Bate, (Crustacea, Decapoda, Palaemonidae). de la Veniente Occidenatl de Mexico. Anales del Instituto de Biología, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, 61(1):1–11, figures 1–3.

von Martens, E.

1868.   Über einige ostasiatische S¨sswasserthiere. Archiv für Naturgeschichte. 34(1): 1–64, plate I.

1869.   Sudbrasilische Suss- und Brackwasser-Crustaceen nach den Sammlungen des Dr. Reinh. Hensel. Archiv für Naturgeschichte, 35(1):1–37, plates 1, 2.

Weber, F.

1795.   Nomenciator entomologicus secundum Entomologiam systematicum ill. Fabricii adjectis speciebus recens detectis et varietatibus. viii + 171 pages. Chilonii et Hamburgi.

White, A.

1847.   List of the Specimens of Crustacea in the Collection of the British Museum, viii + 141 pages. London: British Museum.

Wickler, W.

1973.   Biology of Hymenocera picta Dana. Micronesica. 9(2):225–230, figures 1–5.

Wicksten, M.K.

1983.   Shallow Water Caridean Shrimps of the Gulf of California, Mexico. Allan Hancock Foundation Monograph, 13:1–59, figures 1–8.

Wiegmann, A.F.A.

1836.   Beschreibung einiger neuen Crustaceen des Berliner Museums aus Mexiko und Brasilien. Archiv für Naturgeschichte, 2(1): 145–151.

Woltereck, R.

1941.   Inseln und Seen der Philippinen. Internationale Revue der Gesammten Hydrobiologie und Hydrographie, 4l(1-3):37–l76, 63 maps and photos.

Yokoya. Y.

1936.   Some Rare and New Species of Decapod Crustaceans Found in the Vicinity of the Misaki Marine Biological Station. Japanese Journal of Zoology, 7(1):129–146, figures 1–10.

Yu, S.–C.

1930.   Note sur les crevettes chinoises appartenant au genre Leander Desm. avec description de nouvelles espèces. Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France, 55:553–573, figures 1–4.

1931.   Note sur les crevettes chinoises appartenant au genre Palaemon Fabr. avec description de nouvelles especes. Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France, 56(3):269–288, figures 1–4.

1936.   Notes on New Fresh-waler Prawns of the Genus Palaemon from Yunnan. Bulletin of the Fan Memorial Institute of Biology (Zoology), 6(6):305–314, figures 1–4.

Zehntner, L.

1894.   Crustacés de l'Archipel Malais. Revue Suisse de Zoologie et Annales du Musée d'Histoire Naturelle de Genève, 2:135–214, plates 7–9.

REQUIREMENTS FOR SMITHSONIAN SERIES PUBLICATION

Manuscripts intended for series publication receive substantive review (conducted by their originating Smithsonian museums or offices) and are submitted to the Smithsonian Institution Press with Form SI-36, which must show the approval of the appropriate authority designated by the sponsoring organizational unit. Requests for special treatment—use of color, foldouts, case-bound covers, etc.—require, on the same form, the added approval of the sponsoring authority.

Review of manuscripts and art by the Press for requirements of series format and style, completeness and clarity of copy, and arrangement of all material, as outlined below, will govern, within the judgment of the Press, acceptance or rejection of manuscripts and art.

Copy must be prepared on typewriter or word processor, double-spaced, on one side of standard white bond paper (not erasable), with 1art″ margins, submitted as ribbon copy (not carbon or xerox), in loose sheets (not stapled or bound), and accompanied by original art. Minimum acceptable length is 30 pages.

Front matter (preceding the text) should include: title page with only title and author and no other information; abstract page with author, title, series, etc., following the established format; table of contents with indents reflecting the hierarchy of heads in the paper; also, foreword and/or preface, if appropriate.

First page of text should carry the title and author at the top of the page; second page should have only the author's name and professional mailing address, to be used as an unnumbered footnote on the first page of printed text.

Center heads of whatever level should be typed with initial caps of major words, with extra space above and below the head, but no other preparation (such as all caps or underline, except for the underline necessary for generic and specific epithets). Run-in paragraph heads should use period/dashes or colons as necessary.

Tabulations within text (lists of data, often in parallel columns) can be typed on the text page where they occur, but they should not contain rules or numbered table captions.

Formal tables (numbered, with captions, boxheads, stubs, rules) should be submitted as carefully typed, double-spaced copy separate from the text; they will be typeset unless otherwise requested. If camera-copy use is anticipated, do not draw rules on manuscript copy.

Taxonomic keys in natural history papers should use the aligned-couplet form for zoology and may use the multi-level indent form for botany. If cross referencing is required between key and text, do not include page references within the key, but number the keyed-out taxa, using the same numbers with their corresponding heads in the text.

Synonymy in zoology must use the short form (taxon, author, year:page), with full reference at the end of the paper under “Literature Cited.” For botany, the long form (taxon, author, abbreviated journal or book title, volume, page, year, with no reference in “Literature Cited”) is optional.

Text-reference system (author, year:page used within the text, with full citation in “Literature Cited” at the end of the text) must be used in place of bibliographic footnotes in all Contributions Series and is strongly recommended in the Studies Series: “(Jones, 1910:122)” or “…Jones (1910:122).” If bibliographic footnotes are required, use the short form (author, brief title, page) with the full citation in the bibliography.

Footnotes, when few in number, whether annotative or bibliographic, should be typed on separate sheets and inserted immediately after the text pages on which the references occur. Extensive notes must be gathered together and placed at the end of the text in a notes section.

Bibliography, depending upon use, is termed “Literature Cited,” “References,” or “Bibliography.” Spell out titles of books, articles, journals, and monographic series. For book and article titles use sentence-style capitalization according to the rules of the language employed (exception: capitalize all major words in English). For journal and series titles, capitalize the initial word and all subsequent words except articles, conjunctions, and prepositions. Transliterate languages that use a non-Roman alphabet according to the Library of Congress system. Underline (for italics) titles of journals and series and titles of books that are not part of a series. Use the parentheses/colon system for volume (number):pagination: “10(2):5–9.” For alignment and arrangement of elements, follow the format of recent publications in the series for which the manuscript is intended. Guidelines for preparing bibliography may be secured from Series Section, SI Press.

Legends for illustrations must be submitted at the end of the manuscript, with as many legends typed, double-spaced, to a page as convenient.

Illustrations must be submitted as original art (not copies) accompanying, but separate from, the manuscript. Guidelines for preparing art may be secured from the Series Section, SI Press. All types of illustrations (photographs, line drawings, maps, etc.) may be intermixed throughout the printed text. They should be termed Figures and should be numbered consecutively as they will appear in the monograph. If several illustrations are treated as components of a single composite figure, they should be designated by lowercase italic letters on the illustration; also, in the legend and in text references the italic letters (underlined in copy) should be used: “Figure 9b.” Illustrations that are intended to follow the printed text may be termed Plates, and any components should be similarly lettered and referenced: “Plate 9b.” Keys to any symbols within an illustation should appear on the art rather than in the legend.

Some points of style: Do not use periods after such abbreviations as “mm, ft, USNM, NNE.” Spell out numbers “one” through “nine” in expository text, but use digits in all other cases if possible. Use of the metric system of measurement is preferable; where use of the English system is unavoidable, supply metric equivalents in parentheses. Use the decimal system for precise measurements and relationships, common fractions for approximations. Use day/month/ year sequence for dates: “9 April 1976.” For months in tabular listings or data sections, use three-letter abbreviations with no periods: “Jan, Mar, Jun,” etc. Omit space between initials of a personal name: “J.B. Jones.”

Arrange and paginate sequentially every sheet of manuscript in the following order: (1) title page, (2) abstract, (3) contents, (4) foreword and/or preface, (5) text, (6) appendices, (7) notes section, (8) glossary, (9) bibliography, (10) legends, (11) tables. Index copy may be submitted at page proof stage, but plans for an index should be indicated when the manuscript is submitted.